Academic Catalog 2023 - 2024

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 266

ABOUT THE UNIVERSITY

The University of Wollongong in Dubai (UOWD) is a renowned institution of higher education, recognised in the UAE and
internationally for its teaching excellence and distinguished research portfolio. The institution located in the Emirates of
Dubai, is officially licensed from 12 December 2018 to 12 December 2023 by the Ministry of Education of the United Arab
Emirates to award degrees/qualifications in higher education.
Combining the outstanding academic credentials of the University of Wollongong – a top 10 university in Australia – with
a truly multicultural learning environment, we have helped to shape the lives of more than 10,000 graduates from 108
nations, who are now making their mark in the global workplace.
A pioneer in the field of education, UOWD was the first international campus to be established in Dubai, and 25 years on,
this spirit of innovation continues to define everything we do. This means that pursuing your higher education at UOWD
is not only a valuable investment in your future; it is a truly life-changing experience.
UOWD established an outstanding record for educating highly employable graduates over the last 24 years and gained
an international reputation for the quality of our educational practices.
With more than 3,600 students representing 108 nationalities being taught by academics from more than 40 countries,
UOWD offers the best traditions of western education in a truly multicultural learning environment.
UOWD has also consolidated its campus within a single medium-rise building inside Dubai Knowledge Park, very close to
its current location. The new campus, with increased teaching space, integrates UOWD’s educational, research and
innovation qualities paralleled with cutting-edge technology and academic resources creating unrivalled learning and
recreational environment to anyone studying at UOWD.
ACADEMIC EXCELLENCE
We have combined the academic excellence of Australia’s 12th highest-ranking university with the culture and
excitement of the cosmopolitan city of Dubai, to provide a dynamic, stimulating and rewarding environment for students,
research practitioners and business professionals alike. At the same time, we are active contributors to the burgeoning
knowledge economy of the UAE.
Our student-centred approach to learning ensures that our graduates go out into the world armed with much more than
technical knowledge and an outstanding educational experience. They also have professional skills in research, analysis,
entrepreneurship, problem solving and communication. This sets them apart from their peers across other institutions
and explains why so many of our graduates now have senior, responsible and exciting positions in a range of prestigious
organisations, both in the UAE and around the world.
Since our inception, we have built a reputation for quality, credibility and integrity, and the University is held in high
regard by its students, alumni, business, industry and government. We maintain a long and proud tradition of excellence
in education combined with liberal values of enquiry, and continuously strives to provide a fertile environment for bright
young minds to flourish, where critical thinking is both encouraged and nurtured; qualities that characterise great
institutes of learning.
So, welcome again to UOWD – your Australian University in Dubai
CONTENTS
....................................................................................................................................................... I
ABOUT THE UNIVERSITY ...................................................................................................................... II
THE UNIVERSITY ................................................................................................................................ 7
VISION.............................................................................................................................................. 7
MISSION ........................................................................................................................................... 7
VALUES............................................................................................................................................. 7
ORGANISATION .................................................................................................................................. 8
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES .................................................................................................................. 9
HANDBOOKS AND PUBLICATIONS........................................................................................................... 9
LICENSURE AND ACCREDITATION ........................................................................................................... 9
INTERNATIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION ............................................................................. 10
UOWD SERVICES ............................................................................................................................. 11
ACADEMIC CALENDAR ....................................................................................................................... 12
ADMISSIONS ................................................................................................................................... 13
ADMISSION REQUIREMENT................................................................................................................. 13
TRANSFER ADMISSION ....................................................................................................................... 13
CREDIT FOR PRIOR LEARNING ............................................................................................................. 13
TUITION FEES .................................................................................................................................. 14
SCHOLARSHIPS ................................................................................................................................. 14
FINANCIAL AID ................................................................................................................................. 14
RE-ADMISSION/ LAPSED .................................................................................................................... 15
ADMISSION DEADLINES ..................................................................................................................... 15
REGISTRAR ..................................................................................................................................... 16
STUDENT RECORDS ........................................................................................................................... 16
STUDENT PRIVACY ............................................................................................................................ 16
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS ................................................................................................ 17
ENROLMENT POLICIES ....................................................................................................................... 17
Enrolment and Registration .......................................................................................................................... 17
Variation to Enrolment .................................................................................................................................. 17
Cross-Institutional Study................................................................................................................................ 17
Course load (Standard and Restricted) ......................................................................................................... 17
Leave of Absence ........................................................................................................................................... 17
Transfer to UOW Australia ............................................................................................................................ 18
STUDENT ASSESSMENT ...................................................................................................................... 18
Grading System .............................................................................................................................................. 18
Class Attendance ............................................................................................................................................ 18
Special Consideration .................................................................................................................................... 19
Deans Merit List ............................................................................................................................................. 19
STUDENT PROGRESSION .................................................................................................................... 19
Academic Standing......................................................................................................................................... 19
Course Status ................................................................................................................................................. 20
ACADEMIC INTEGRITY ........................................................................................................................ 20
Academic Integrity Policy .............................................................................................................................. 20
Copyright Policy ............................................................................................................................................. 20

iii | P a g e
Academic Catalogue 2023 – 2024
Student Conduct Rules .................................................................................................................................. 21
Disciplinary Committee.................................................................................................................................. 21
GRIEVANCES, APPEALS AND FEEDBACK ................................................................................................. 21
Academic grievance policy ............................................................................................................................ 21
Appeals Committee ....................................................................................................................................... 21
Feedback ........................................................................................................................................................ 21
STUDENT SERVICES........................................................................................................................... 22
GRADUATE FOUNDATION COURSE ....................................................................................................... 22
GFC Challenge Tests ....................................................................................................................................... 22
POSTGRADUATE ENGLISH LANGUAGE SKILLS DEVELOPMENT COURSE ........................................................ 22
NON‐AWARD PROGRAMS .................................................................................................................. 23
CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY ............................................................................................................. 23
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ....................................................................................................................... 27
KEY CONTACTS ................................................................................................................................. 28
DEGREE PLAN .................................................................................................................................. 29
UNIVERSITY FRESHMAN YEAR ............................................................................................................. 29
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS ............................................................................................................ 30
Bachelor of Business Administration ............................................................................................................ 30
Bachelor of Business (Accountancy) ............................................................................................................. 32
Bachelor of Business (Finance) ...................................................................................................................... 35
Bachelor of Business (Human Resource Management) .............................................................................. 38
Bachelor of Business (International Business).............................................................................................. 41
Bachelor of Business (Management) ............................................................................................................ 44
Bachelor of Business (Marketing) ................................................................................................................. 47
Bachelor of Business (Business Analytics ) ................................................................................................... 50
POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMS ............................................................................................................... 54
Master of Applied Finance ............................................................................................................................ 54
Master of Business Administration ............................................................................................................... 58
Master of Human Resource Management ................................................................................................... 60
Master of Innovation and Entrepreneurship ................................................................................................ 62
Master of International Business .................................................................................................................. 64
Master of Management ................................................................................................................................. 66
Master of Marketing ...................................................................................................................................... 68
Master of Business Analytics ......................................................................................................................... 70
Master of Supply Chain Management .......................................................................................................... 72
Global Executive Master of Luxury Management ........................................................................................ 74
Doctor of Philosophy in Business .................................................................................................................. 76
GRADUATE CERTIFICATES ................................................................................................................... 77
Graduate Certificate in Business ................................................................................................................... 77
Graduate Certificate in Human Resource Management ............................................................................. 78
Graduate Certificate in Marketing ................................................................................................................ 79
SCHOOL OF COMPUTER SCIENCES ........................................................................................................ 80
KEY CONTACTS ................................................................................................................................. 80
DEGREE PLAN .................................................................................................................................. 81
UNIVERSITY FRESHMAN YEAR ............................................................................................................. 81
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS ............................................................................................................ 82
Bachelor of Computer Science ...................................................................................................................... 82
Bachelor of Computer Science (Cyber Security) .......................................................................................... 85
Bachelor of Computer Science (Game and Mobile Development) ............................................................. 87

iv | P a g e
Academic Catalogue 2023 – 2024
Bachelor of Computer Science (Big Data) ..................................................................................................... 89
Bachelor of Business Information Systems................................................................................................... 92
POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMS ............................................................................................................... 94
MASTER OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT ........................................................................ 94
MASTER OF DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION ............................................................................................... 97
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING .................................................................................................................. 99
KEY CONTACTS ................................................................................................................................. 99
DEGREE PLAN ................................................................................................................................ 100
UNIVERSITY FRESHMAN YEAR ........................................................................................................... 100
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS .......................................................................................................... 101
Bachelor of Engineering (Honours) .............................................................................................................101
Bachelor of Engineering(Honours): Civil Engineering ................................................................................107
Bachelor of Engineering (Honours): Mechanical Engineering ...................................................................109
Bachelor of Engineering (Honours): Mechatronic Engineering .................................................................111
POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMS ............................................................................................................. 113
MASTER OF ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT .......................................................................................... 113
SCHOOL OF HUMANITIES, SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HEALTH ........................................................................ 116
KEY CONTACTS ............................................................................................................................... 116
DEGREE PLAN ................................................................................................................................ 117
UNIVERSITY FRESHMAN YEAR ........................................................................................................... 117
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS .......................................................................................................... 118
Bachelor of Communication and Media .....................................................................................................118
Bachelor of Communication and Media (Digital and Social Media)..........................................................119
Bachelor of Communication and Media (Screen Media Production) .......................................................120
Bachelor of Communication and Media (Visual Communication and Design) .........................................120
Bachelor of Communication and Media (Marketing Communications and Advertising) ........................121
Bachelor of Nursing (Conversion) (Not offered for 2023 -2024) ...............................................................123
POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMS ............................................................................................................. 124
Master of Educational Studies ....................................................................................................................124
Master of Media and Communication ........................................................................................................126
Master of International Relations ...............................................................................................................128
Master of Nursing ........................................................................................................................................130
GRADUATE DIPLOMA ...................................................................................................................... 132
Graduate Diploma In Educational Studies ..................................................................................................132
SUBJECT OFFERING ........................................................................................................................ 133
UNDERGRADUATES......................................................................................................................... 133
POSTGRADUATES ........................................................................................................................... 139
SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS ................................................................................................................... 144
UNDERGRADUATE SUBJECTS ............................................................................................................. 144
POSTGRADUATE SUBJECTS ............................................................................................................... 198
GRADUATION ................................................................................................................................ 244
ALUMNI ....................................................................................................................................... 244
LIST OF FACULTY ............................................................................................................................ 245
FACULTY OF BUSINESS ..................................................................................................................... 245
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING & SCHOOL OF COMPUTER SCIENCE ................................................................ 250
SCHOOL OF HUMANITIES, SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HEALTH ...................................................................... 257
UNIVERSITY OF WOLLONGONG IN DUBAI BOARD .................................................................................. 259

v|Page
Academic Catalogue 2023 – 2024
COOPERATIVE RELATIONSHIPS........................................................................................................... 260
GLOSSARY .................................................................................................................................... 262

vi | P a g e
Academic Catalogue 2023 – 2024
THE UNIVERSITY
VISION
To be a premium and distinguished Australian university in the UAE, that excels in teaching, research and industry
engagement to transform people’s lives.

MISSION
The University of Wollongong in Dubai (UOWD), a member of the University of Wollongong Australia global network, plays
a lead role in learning, discovery and innovation in the United Arab Emirates and aspires to transform the lives of the people
in the region and the world we live in.

VALUES
• Passion: We love what we do.
• Courage: We speak our mind, take the initiative and are steadfast in our decisions.
• Excellence: We encourage everyone to shine, going above and beyond.
• Collaboration: We share our knowledge, expertise and resources to get results
• Innovation: We think outside the box

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 7|Page


ORGANISATION
The University is governed by the UOWD Ltd Board, which is responsible for the University’s overall operation, and
approves all proposals for new degree programs or modifications to existing programs. The Academic Board advises the
UOWD Ltd Board on academic matters, including new and modified degrees. The President has the right to attend and
speak to all matters related to UOWD at any Board meeting and has full authority to lead, manage and oversee the
approved organisational goals and objectives and has full responsibility for the day-to-day operations of UOWD.
The Organisation Chart of the University is presented in Figure 1.
Figure 1: Organisation Chart

UNIVERSITY OF UOW GLOBAL


UOWD WOLLONGONG (UOW) ENTERPRISES
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
(UOWGE)

UOWD ADVISORY BOARD


UNITED UOW MALAYSIA HONGKONG,
ARAB COLLEGE UOWM CHINA
UOWD EMIRATES AUSTRALIA UOWCHK
PRESIDENT UOWD

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR


FINANCE & ADMINISTRATION DEAN ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

HEAD HEAD HEAD


ITTS MARKETING HEAD OFFICE OF INSTITUTIONAL
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING RESEARCH

HEAD HEAD
FINANCE PEOPLE AND
CULTURE ACADEMIC REGISTRAR

MANAGER HEAD
FACILITIES SCHOOL OF COMPUTER SCIENCE
MANAGER MANAGER
STUDENT LIFE LIBRARY
MANAGERS
STUDENT MANAGER LEAD
RECRUITMENT CAREERS AND HEAD
ALUMINI INNOVATIVE AND
SCHOOL OF HUMANITIES,
DIGITAL EDUCATION
SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HEALTH

DIRECTOR
UOWD COLLEGE

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 8|Page


POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
The policies and procedures of UOWD comprise a well-developed set of documents which are maintained by the Policy
and Governance Coordinator. They are accessible to all UOWD staff and faculty members through the intranet in their
entirety. Policies that pertain to students are accessible to UOWD students via MyUOWD (the student intranet) at
https://my.uowdubai.ac.ae/services/policy-directory.

HANDBOOKS AND PUBLICATIONS


The handbooks maintained by the University includes all the policies, procedures and services provided by the University.
They are accessible to all UOWD students via MyUOWD (student intranet).
▪ Student Handbook
The Student handbook provide guidance to help students understand the services and facilities available to support them
during their studies. It offers guidance on an extensive number of topics including rights and responsibilities as a student of
the University of Wollongong in Dubai (UOWD).
▪ Internship Handbook
Internship handbook provides the students with the necessary information on the processes and procedures
relevant to the functions of the positions in the Internship program
▪ HDR Handbook
This handbook provides HDR students with information about their course, administration, academic policies and
procedures and an overview of student services and facilities available on campus. The goal of this handbook is to
support and encourage timely HDR completions by providing comprehensive resource that will assist and guide
HDR students.
▪ Enrolment Handbook
The enrolment handbook provides information related to the enrolment process and the student life at UOWD,
the handbook includes process to access the student systems, services and facilities available, financial
responsibilities (refunds, transfers, etc) and useful contacts.

LICENSURE AND ACCREDITATION


The University of Wollongong in Dubai is licensed and accredited by the Commission of Academic Accreditation (CAA) of
the Ministry of Education - Higher Education Affairs to award Bachelor’s, Master’s and Doctoral degrees.
The CAA accreditation validates UOWD’s institutional standards in a number of key areas, including:
▪ Academic instruction and assessment
▪ Faculty and professional staff credentials
▪ Learning environment and resources
▪ Organisational governance
▪ Ongoing quality assurance
▪ Fiscal planning and responsibility

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 9|Page


All degree programs offered at the University are accredited by the CAA. The accreditation status is available on the CAA
website (https://www.caa.ae/Pages/Institutes/Details.aspx?GUID=24)

INTERNATIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION


In addition to local accreditation, programs are quality assured by UOW, which is registered with the Tertiary Education
Quality and Standards Agency (TEQSA), the national regulator of the higher education sector in Australia.
All UOWD programs are based on the equivalent Australian curriculum, providing students with the unique opportunity to
exchange their degree for the equivalent UOW degree after successfully completing a program of study in Dubai.
The English language programs offered by the Language Studies Centre at UOWD are accredited by the National ELT
Accreditation Scheme (NEAS).
Program specific accreditations are listed below:
▪ Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business
o Bachelor of Business Administration
o Bachelor of Business (All Majors)
o Master of Applied Finance (All Specialisation)
o Master of Business Administration
o Master of Business Analytics
o Master of Financial Management
o Master of Human Resource Management
o Master of Innovation and Entrepreneurship
o Master of International Business
o Master of Management
o Master of Marketing
o Master of Supply Chain Management
▪ Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA):
o Bachelor of Business (Accountancy)
▪ Certified Practising Accountants (CPA) Australia:
o Bachelor of Business (Accountancy)
▪ The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA):
o Bachelor of Business (Accountancy)
▪ Chartered Institute of Logistics and Transport (CILT) and Chartered Institute of Procurement and Supply (CIPS)
o Master of Supply Chain Management
▪ The Australian Computer Society (ACS):
The below programs are recognised by ACS as meeting requirements for membership at a ‘Professional Level’.
o Bachelor of Computer Science
o Bachelor of Computer Science (Cybersecurity)
o Bachelor of Computer Science (Game and Mobile Development)
o Bachelor of Computer Science (Big Data)
o Bachelor of Business Information Systems
▪ Engineers Australia (EA):

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 10 | P a g e


o Bachelor of Engineering (Honours)

UOWD SERVICES
# Department Services Offered Email Phone
1. Faculty office • Special Consideration Requests FacultyOffice@uowdubai.ac.ae 042781901
• Supplementary Exam requests
• Academic Advising
• Processing Appeals & Late Withdrawal
Requests
• Variation to Enrolments
• Change of Degree Applications
• Cross Institutional Study Requests
• Advance Standing/ Credit Transfer
Processing
• Re-Evaluation Requests
2. Student Services • Development Workshops StudentServices@uowdubai.ac.ae 042781749
• Student Service Awards
• Career Development
• Student Clubs and Associations
• Medical Centre
• Sports
3. Registrar • Enrolment FRED@uowdubai.ac.ae 042781731
• Timetabling
• Scholarship and Financial Aid
• Student Visa
• Medical Insurance
• Transfer/ Exchange to UOW
• Exams
• Official Letters
• Leave of Absence
• Graduation

4. Finance • Queries on Fee payment Fees@uowdubai.ac.ae 042781830


5. Admissions • Conditional Offers Admissions@uowdubai.ac.ae 042781701
• Post enrolment
• GFC
6. Library • Purchase/ Acquire books Library@uowdubai.ac.ae 042781760
• StartSmart online course
• Library fines
7. Office of • Student Feedback/ Surveys Comments@uowdubai.ac.ae 042781862
Institutional
Research (OIR)
8. Information System • Assistance with student systems TechnicalSupport@uowdubai.ac.ae 042781880

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 11 | P a g e


ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Mon 14th Aug (1800 hrs) Enrolment Opens
Mon 11th – Fri 15th Sep Orientation and Induction (New Students)
18th Sep – 10th Dec

Mon 18th Sep – Sun 3rd Dec Teaching Commences


Autumn 2023

Fri 29th Sep Last Date to Enrol in Subjects


Thu 02nd Nov Last Date to Withdraw from Subjects (w/o Academic Penalty)
Sat 2nd – Sun 3rd Dec National Day
Mon 4th – Sun 10th Dec Autumn Examinations
Thu 21st Dec Release of Results
Mon 14th Aug (1800 hrs) Enrolment Opens
Mon 4th Dec 2023 (1700 hrs) Enrolment Opens
Tue 2nd Jan – Fri 5th Jan Orientation and Induction (New Students)
2nd Jan – 24th Mar
Winter 2024

Tue 2nd Jan – Sun 17th Mar Teaching Commences (11 weeks)
Fri 12th Jan Last Date to Enrol in Subjects
Sun 18th Feb Last Date to Withdraw from Subjects (w/o Academic Penalty)
Mon 18th Mar – Sun 24th Mar Examinations/ Supplementary Exams (TBC)
4th Apr (Thursday) Release of Results
Mon 25th Mar – Sun 7th Apr Break (2 Weeks)
Mon 11th Mar (1700 hrs) Enrolment Opens
Mon 1st Apr – Fri 5th Apr Orientation and Induction (New Students)
Mon 8th Apr – Sun 23rd Jun Teaching Commences (11 weeks)
8th Apr – 30th Jun

Tue 9th Apr – Thu 11th April


Spring 2024

Eid-al-Fitr (End of Ramadan) - TBC


Fri 19th Apr Last Date to Enrol in Subjects
Sun 26th May Last Date to Withdraw from Subjects (w/o Academic Penalty)
Sun 16th Jun– Wed 19th Jun Eid Al Adha - TBC
Mon 24th Jun – Sun 30th Jun Examinations/ Supplementary Exams
11th Jul (Thursday) Release of Results
Mon 1st Jul– Sun 15th Sep Break
Mon 27nd May (1700 hrs) Enrolment Opens
8th Jul –7th Aug
Summer 2024

Mon 8th Jul – Sun 4th Aug Teaching Commences


Fri 12th Jul Last Date to Enrol in Subjects
Sun 28th Jul Last Date to Withdraw from Subjects (w/o Academic Penalty)
Mon 5th Aug – Wed 7th Aug Summer 24 Examination
15th Aug (Thursday) Release of Results
Mon 12th Aug (1800 hrs) Enrolment Opens
Mon 09th Sep – Fri 13th Sep Orientation and Induction (New Students)
16th Sep –10th Dec

Mon 16th Sep – Sun 1st Dec Teaching Commences


Autumn 2024

27th Sep (Friday) Last Date to Enrol in Subjects


Sun 02rd Nov Last Date to Withdraw from Subjects (w/o Academic Penalty)
Mon 2nd Dec – Tue 3rd Dec National Day
Wed 4th Dec – Tue 10th Dec Examinations
Thu 19th Dec (Thursday) Release of Results
Wed 12th Dec – Tue 31st Dec Break
*Please note that holidays are subject to change.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 12 | P a g e


ADMISSIONS
ADMISSION REQUIREMENT
All students seeking admission to the University of Wollongong in Dubai must meet the academic and English language
requirements as outlined in the Admissions policy which is available in the policies section at www.uowdubai.ac.ae.
Applications for admission generally close one week prior to the commencement of the semester, however late
applications may be considered. Students seeking credit transfer based on the Credit for Prior Learning are required to
submit official documents along with their application. Credit transfer for the 800 level subjects will be assessed and (if
applicable) granted only at the time of admission to the program.
Admission requirements for undergraduate programs can be found at this link:
https://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/join-uowd/admission-requirements/bachelors-degrees
Admission requirements for postgraduate programs can be found at this link:
https://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/join-uowd/admission-requirements/masters-degrees

TRANSFER ADMISSION
Students applying for transfer to UOWD from accredited institutions within the UAE or a foreign University based outside
the UAE and accredited in its home country are eligible to be considered for transfer of credits. In addition to meeting the
entry requirements set by the University for the program, only subjects with equivalent learning outcomes relevant to the
program will be considered and the student should have a GPA of 2.0 on a 4.0 scale for Undergraduate students and 3.0
on a 4.0 scale for Postgraduate students in the subjects for which they require transfer of credits. The University limits the
transfer of credits to 50% of the total credits required to complete the program for which the student has applied. The
management of credit transfer is outlined in the Credit for Prior Learning policy.
Students who have satisfactorily completed a master’s program at UOWD and applied for any other postgraduate program
offered by the University are eligible for special articulation arrangements. The University limits the transfer of credits to a
maximum of 12 credit points.

CREDIT FOR PRIOR LEARNING


Students registering for courses at UOWD may apply for Credit for Prior Learning (exemption) on the basis of tertiary studies
satisfactorily completed at other approved universities, at other approved tertiary educational institutions, or in response
to an individual’s application. Students are required to submit an official academic transcript showing all subjects studied
and the grades obtained, syllabus details for the subjects successfully completed and an explanation of the grading system
and for some of the Postgraduate programs, proof of work experience or further training. Eligibility for Credit for Prior
Learning will be decided in consultation with UOWD’s School offices prior to the beginning of the program.
Credit will not be granted for prior learning completed more than 10 years ago. An application for Credit for Prior Learning
can be made either with the application for admission or after enrolment provided that the application is made no later
than the fourth week of session. For more information, students can refer to the Credit for Prior Learning policy on the
MyUOWD website or speak with an academic advisor.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 13 | P a g e


TUITION FEES
Tuition fees must be paid each session according to the number of subjects in which the student has enrolled and their
associated credit point weightings. Fees can be paid either on campus, by cash, cheque or credit card, or at any branch of
the UAE Exchange. The amount of fees to be paid depends on the fee payment plan opted by the student. Late payment
of fee will be subject to a penalty of AED 50 per subject, per week. Tuition fees do not cover books or associated study
costs. Fees are also charged for services listed in the Enrolment Handbook (Section 11 – Your Financial Responsibilities)
Fees and payment information for undergraduate students is available at this link:
https://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/join-uowd/fees/bachelors-degree
Fees and payment information for postgraduate students is available at this link:
https://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/join-uowd/fees/masters-degree
Further information on Fee Policy, refunds, transfers and other services can be found in the Enrolment Handbook
(Section 11 – Your Financial Responsibilities)

SCHOLARSHIPS
UOWD awards a range of scholarships and tuition grants to students. Scholarships are determined by the Scholarship
Committee in accordance with the relevant eligibility criteria outlined in the Scholarship policy. The scholarships cover part
of the tuition fees and the different categories of scholarships offered are:
▪ Outstanding Academic Excellence Scholarship
▪ Outstanding Sports Achievement Scholarship
▪ Outstanding Academic Excellence – Children of Alumni Scholarships
UOWD also offers tuition grants schemes for postgraduates such as the Family Tuition Grants, Alumni Grant and Family of
Alumni Grant. https://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/join-uowd/scholarships

FINANCIAL AID
UOWD offers Financial Aid opportunities to help students who have limited financial resources to fund their higher
education. To be eligible for financial aid, the student must meet certain eligibility criteria including:

• Applicants and their guardian(s) must be UAE residents or independent applicants must be employed in the UAE
• The student must be able to provide documentary evidence of financial need
• First time applicants must be enrolling in their first trimester of study at UOWD and must enrol in the required
number of subjects
• The student must meet all the academic and admission criteria for direct entry to the University and intend to enrol
in the relevant session for which they have applied
• Applicants will not be allowed to defer financial aid for more than one trimester after its award

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 14 | P a g e


Renewal applications must continue to meet the financial aid requirements:

• Study Load Enrol in minimum 3 subjects in Autumn and Spring


• Academic Minimum grade of Pass "P" in all subjects attempted
• Conduct Good academic conduct (not subjected to any disciplinary action)
Financial aid awards are reviewed at the end of each trimester. The student will have to resubmit supporting
documentation for subsequent years of study and financial aid may not always be offered at the same rate based on the
number of eligible applications received.
Full details including application requirements can be found at https://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/join-uowd/fees/bachelors-
degree

RE-ADMISSION/ LAPSED
Students granted approval for leave of absence for more than one academic year (i.e. more than 3 trimesters) would be
required to meet the University’s entry requirements that is prevailing at the time of return. Students will also be liable to
pay the fees applicable at the time of return.

ADMISSION DEADLINES
At UOWD applications are accepted throughout the year and reviewed on a rolling basis, giving students the flexibility in
applying for admissions.
It is recommended that the students apply early (before the start of the trimester – as per the dates in the Academic
Calendar) to increase the chance of being accepted and to allow sufficient time for visa applications and other necessary
preparations.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 15 | P a g e


REGISTRAR
The Office of the Registrar ensures that the student administrative functions of UOWD are undertaken in a professional
and consistent manner, and with high levels of customer service. The Office manages and monitors service delivery in the
Registrar’s Department including on-going administration of students in all UOWD courses and the Registrar’s service desk.
The Office liaises with other University Departments and Faculties to facilitate the smooth functioning of tasks relevant to
student needs.

• The Office of the Registrar broadly covers:


• Coordinating new student Orientation and Induction to programs to ensure the supportive and smooth transition
of students into the University.
• Managing the Enrolment process for all new recruitments.
• Providing continuous enrolment related administrative functions throughout the student life at the University.
• Coordinating and managing Scholarship and Financial Aid requests and related functions.
• Overseeing all Timetables, Room Bookings and Examinations across the University.
• Managing the Academic Calendar.
• Managing the Student Visa and Medical Insurance processes.
• Facilitating the transfer of courses within the campus and across to UOW, Exchange students.
• Overseeing effective record keeping processes that achieve UOWD’s student record keeping requirements.
• Reviewing Policies, Procedures and implementing Systems to improve ongoing service.
• Liaising with relevant UOW Faculty and administrative staff on student related concerns relating to systems
development and student matters.
• Managing student feedback: resolving matters, identifying and implementing improvements to service provided.
• Overseeing the graduation eligibility of students completing their courses at the University.

STUDENT RECORDS
All student records will be stored as per the schedule in the Records Matrix policy. The University will take all reasonable
steps to protect records of personal information from misuse, loss, unauthorised access, modification or disclosure. Staff
access to records of personal information will be on a "need to know" basis: only staff members who need the information
in order to carry out their duties and responsibilities, in the personal and/or academic interests of students, will be
permitted to have access to student files.

STUDENT PRIVACY
The privacy of student information is a critical component of the University's relationship with its students, and the
University recognises its responsibility to collect, manage, use, store and disclose personal data in adherence with legislative
and other requirements, and in accordance with community expectations of best practice.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 16 | P a g e


ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
ENROLMENT POLICIES
ENROLMENT AND REGISTRATION
Consistent and transparent procedures are detailed to enable the effective management of student enrolment at
UOWD. During prescribed periods in each year, a student shall enrol in a program in accordance with requirements of
the enrolment Policy and pay any required charges. Students are expected to maintain the accuracy of their enrolment
details, using approved forms of communication with the University, as directed in the appropriate documented
procedure. Further details are available in the UOWD Enrolment policy.

VARIATION TO ENROLMENT
For reasons beyond their control, students are sometimes unable to enrol or withdraw during the period specified (see
Academic Calendar for dates), and may apply for permission for late enrolment or late withdrawal of subjects. The
Registrar, in conjunction with the relevant School Heads/Dean will consider all applications and with their discretion
either approve or refuse the request.
The Enrolment Policy outlines information related to enrolments and withdrawals in subjects as well as enrolments
related to course transfers within the University.

CROSS-INSTITUTIONAL STUDY
The University, in very special cases and after presentation of substantial evidence by students, may approve the
completion of a subject in another University if it is not offered at UOWD in that trimester and delays graduation. 300 &
400 level subjects, thesis, projects and capstone subjects are not permitted for cross institutional study. The details for
this provision of study can be availed by referring to the Admissions Policy in the Policies section on the MyUOWD
website.

COURSE LOAD (STANDARD AND RESTRICTED)


The standard course load for a student on a course status of ‘Active’ is four subjects per trimester for Undergraduate
courses and three subjects per trimester for Postgraduate courses. Summer is optional and has a reduced course load.
Undergraduate students on a course of ‘Restricted’ are permitted to enrol in a maximum of three subjects per trimester
in Autumn/Winter/Spring and two subjects in Summer and Postgraduate students on a course status of ‘Restricted’ are
permitted to enrol in a maximum of two subjects per trimester in Autumn/Winter/Spring and one subject in Summer.

LEAVE OF ABSENCE
Students may take a Leave of Absence (LoA) for up to one year provided that they apply (using the Leave of Absence
Application form) before the end of the fourth week of the first session for which leave is sought. Students who do not
immediately return (i.e. enrol for the immediate trimester) after the completion of their LoA, will need to meet the
University Entry Requirements upon returning to the University to continue their studies. The student would also be
liable to pay the fees applicable at that time.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 17 | P a g e


TRANSFER TO UOW AUSTRALIA
UOWD offers its current students the opportunity to transfer part of their course to UOW Australia with a minimum of
four subjects remaining. Students who have commenced a program at UOWD may transfer to UOW Australia with credit
for relevant subjects provided certain eligibility criteria have been met and corresponding programs are available. Those
interested in transferring may contact the Registrar’s Department for more details on the process.

STUDENT ASSESSMENT
GRADING SYSTEM
The approved grades of performance and associated ranges of marks for Undergraduate & Postgraduate subjects are:

High Distinction (HD) 85 to 100%


Distinction (D) 75 to 84%
Credit (C) 65 to 74%
Pass (P) 50 to 64%
Pass Supplementary (PS) 50%
Fail (F) 0 to 49%
Technical Fail (TF)

Range and Grades for Honours


Class I 77.5 to 100%
Class II, Division 1 72.5 to 77.5%
Class II, Division 2 67.5 to 72.5%
Class III 62.5 to 67.5%
*Honours not awarded for less than 62.5%

In order to pass a subject, students must pass the Final Examination as per the Subject Outline. This is irrespective of the
student's other marks during the session. Students who obtain a composite (aggregate) mark of greater than 50% but
do not satisfy the Final Examination pass requirements will be awarded a ‘Technical Fail’ grade.
Students must also complete all of the other assessment tasks (other than the Final Examination) in order to pass the
subject. Completion of an assessment task will be determined based on the instructions given to the student including:
word length, demonstration of research and analysis where required, the Plagiarism Policy, and completion of each
section/component of the assessment. Failure to complete any assessment tasks to the standard specified above will
result in a Fail grade awarded for the subject.

CLASS ATTENDANCE
Students are required to attend all lectures, tutorials, seminars and practical work as stipulated in subject outlines for
subjects in which they are enrolled. The University reserves the right to check the student’s academic results and class
attendance. Students are required to attend a minimum of 75% of all tutorials and labs from the date of enrolment,
except where an excused absence is approved by the tutor or lecturer or late enrolment has occurred. Further details
are available in the Student Attendance policy.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 18 | P a g e


SPECIAL CONSIDERATION
Under exceptional circumstances, such as the student suffering from SERIOUS illness or other circumstances beyond
his/her control, the student may apply for special consideration, including supplementary assessment for internal
continuous assessment tasks. Students must provide all of the required information to support their application
(including, but not limited to, a medical certificate, medical records, and a specific report from the doctor, as per the
requirements of the Special Consideration policy).
Special consideration requests for assessments during the session (e.g. assignments, tests, quizzes, etc.) must be
submitted to the lecturer within 5 working days from the due date. Special consideration requests for Final Exams must
be submitted to the School Office by completing the relevant form and attaching evidence, within 5 working days from
the Final Exam date. Students who miss the Final Exam and are given permission under the Special Consideration Policy
to sit for a Supplementary Final Exam should note that they may miss enrolment, graduation and other deadlines which
are set based on the regular Final Exam dates.
Please note that applying for special consideration does not automatically mean that the request will be granted. Special
consideration will only be approved in the case of SERIOUS illness or exceptional circumstances. Medical certificates
must provide detailed information about the illness (and be supported by additional evidence, if applicable). Previous
requests for special consideration by the student are also taken into consideration when deciding about the request
outcome.
If a student’s supplementary Final Exam request is approved, he/she must be available to sit for the exam on the specified
date. No alternative arrangements will be made. The student is also required to pay the supplementary Final Exam fee
prior to taking the exam.
The Special Consideration policy is summarized in subject outlines and available on the Policies section of the MyUOWD
website.

DEANS MERIT LIST


The Dean’s Merit List is compiled annually within each School by the School Heads/Deans. Undergraduate students who
have completed a minimum of 24 credit points in the calendar year and obtained a minimum WAM of a Distinction who
are within the top 5% of undergraduate students will be eligible for inclusion in the Dean’s Merit List.. Students who
achieve this standard are awarded a Certificate of Recognition and have a permanent notation added to his/her records
and transcripts. This award is undertaken automatically; it is not necessary to apply for this award.

STUDENT PROGRESSION
ACADEMIC STANDING
In accordance with the Minimum Rate of Progress (MRP) policy, a student enrolled in an undergraduate program is
required to maintain a minimum rate of academic progress. Where a student fails to meet the MRP requirements in the
first instance, he/she will be placed on ‘Referral’ status. A student on ‘Referral’ who fails to meet the minimum rate of
progress in the subsequent session will be placed on ‘Restricted’. Finally, a student on ‘Restricted’ who fails to meet the
MRP in the subsequent session will be excluded from UOWD. For full details regarding the minimum rate of progress as
specified in the Minimum Rate of Progress policy, please refer to the Policies section on the MyUOWD website.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 19 | P a g e


COURSE STATUS
The course status is determined by one of the following - the assessed minimum rate of progress (Active, Referral,
Restricted and Excluded), by non-enrolment due to leave of absence (LOA) requested, by suspension due to disciplinary
matters (Suspended) by leaving the University on request or by not meeting post enrolment conditions (Cancelled), or
due to non-payment of tuition fees (Cancelled).

ACADEMIC INTEGRITY
ACADEMIC INTEGRITY POLICY
Students are responsible for submitting original work for assessments, without plagiarising or cheating, complying with
the University’s Academic Integrity Policy.
It is essential to give appropriate credit to authors for their ideas. Failure to give credit within the established
procedures is called plagiarism. Whether plagiarism is deliberate or unintentional, UOWD will impose penalties, which
can be very severe, and even include expulsion from the University.
The use of information provided on websites established for the purpose of providing assessment task solutions can
constitute a breach of the Academic Integrity Policy. Similarly, the provision of information to such sites can be
regarded as aiding others to commit plagiarism. Requesting information about assessment solutions from current or
previously enrolled students may also be interpreted as intent to commit plagiarism. All such activities should be
avoided as they potentially represent student academic misconduct and hence may incur a penalty. Re-using any of
the students’ own work (either in part or in full) which was submitted previously for assessment is not permitted
without appropriate acknowledgement.
All students will be required to submit assignments to a service system called TurnItIn to evaluate and educate students
on the importance of correct citations and referencing techniques in addition to identifying if students have copied or
reused the work of others. Each subject outline will also have details on the same. New undergraduate students will
be required to attend the StartSmart quiz which is part of the Library orientation. Postgraduate students are highly
encouraged to complete this quiz for the betterment of their knowledge and understanding.
To understand more about the same, students must enrol in the SASS workshops to learn about avoiding plagiarism
and managing academic integrity.

COPYRIGHT POLICY
With adherence to the Federal Law No. 7 of the Year 2002 concerning Copyrights and Neighbouring Rights issued by
the government of the United Arab Emirates, the University of Wollongong in Dubai (UOWD) commits to the
appropriate use of copyrighted materials in support of its teaching, research, administrative and service functions. The
University exercises zero tolerance in the unauthorised use and/or distribution of such materials specified in the
copyright legislation. Unauthorised use and/or distribution violate these laws and are contrary to UOWD’s professional
standards, business practise and code of conduct. All UOWD staff and students must ensure that they understand and
comply with the legal restrictions and obligations regarding the use of third-party copyright materials. The Copyright

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 20 | P a g e


policy at UOWD establishes standards of conduct in relation to copyright guidelines and information and the provision
of the same.

STUDENT CONDUCT RULES


The University is committed to providing a safe, equitable and orderly environment for the University community, and
expects each member of the community to behave responsibly and ethically. The Student Conduct Rules outline the
required conduct of students of UOWD, and direct staff and students to University Rules, codes, policies, guidelines,
procedures and other requirements which specify acceptable and unacceptable student conduct, and the management
of alleged student misconduct.

DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE
Every student bears responsibility for his or her misconduct, regardless of whether the misconduct takes place in a
group setting or as a member or a group. A disciplinary committee has been established by the University to ensure a
fair and orderly proceeding on questions of possible student misconduct. The Student Conduct Rules define the
different levels of misconduct. The Terms of Reference of the committee, including the members of the Disciplinary
Committee, can be found on the policies page of https://my.uowdubai.ac.ae/

GRIEVANCES, APPEALS AND FEEDBACK


ACADEMIC GRIEVANCE POLICY
The University aims to provide a fair, equitable and productive learning environment for all its students. The Academic
Grievance Policy, available via MyUOWD, seeks to support the achievement of this goal by providing a transparent and
consistent process for resolving student academic grievances. The procedure for resolving academic grievances can
also be viewed via the MyUOWD website.

APPEALS COMMITTEE
UOWD aims to provide a fair, equitable and productive learning environment for all its students. The Appeals
Committee seeks to support the achievement of this goal by providing a transparent review of decisions on student
progression, assessment and other areas that impact on the student’s academic experience. Further details can be
found on the Policies page of the MyUOWD website.

FEEDBACK
- UOWD welcomes student opinions about the services and facilities that are provided. Students are encouraged to
email their feedback at comments@uowdubai.ac.ae or visit the UOWD website and complete the feedback section
(http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/contact-us). We encourage students to provide their opinion, whether positive or critical,
on any matters concerning the student experience at the University. As part of the continuous improvement process,
the Office of Institutional Research (OIR) conducts periodic surveys for all students on specific aspects of the academic
and non-academic services provided by the University. Some of the surveys are:
- Student Experience Survey
This survey is conducted each year for students to reflect upon their experiences in UOWD, both academic and non-
academic.
- Lecturer and Subject evaluations

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 21 | P a g e


Held at the end of every trimester, the students are asked to evaluate each of their lecturers, tutors and subjects. These
evaluations are conducted as a mechanism to improve and maintain the quality of subjects, lecturers and the degree
program offered. Feedback is reviewed by respective subject lecturers in conjunction with the Dean of their Faculty.
The feedback is then used in planning and improving the content of the subject and also the lecturer performance and
preparation.
Matters relating to academic procedures are addressed through the Academic Grievance Procedure
For any comments and/or suggestions on student feedback systems please contact the Office of Institutional Research
(OIR).

STUDENT SERVICES
The Student Services Department aims to create a healthy and enjoyable study environment that will enrich the
learning experience of all UOWD students. The department provides personal counselling services and referrals, career
development advice and placement assistance, student extracurricular activities, clubs and associations, sports and
recreational programs, student residences, peer tutoring, international student program and health services. Student
Services is dedicated to promoting cultural, social, ethical and intellectual development amongst all students, to help
students progress as individuals and to adopt a clear and coherent set of values that will ensure students are able to
make an effective contribution to wider society during and beyond the time at UOWD. Please refer to the Student
Handbook for further details on services offered at UOWD.

GRADUATE FOUNDATION COURSE


The Graduate Foundation Course (GFC) provides students from a non-relevant background a smooth transition into the
business educational environment. The subjects in the GFC provide students with a comprehensive introduction to the
fundamentals of management thereby successfully narrowing the gap between students from a business and non-
business background and enhancing classroom experience. Subjects currently on offer are Accounting, Finance,
Operations Management, Marketing and Statistics.

GFC CHALLENGE TESTS


If a student has prior experience in Operations Management, Statistics, Marketing, Finance or Accounting, Challenge
Tests can be taken prior to the first trimester of study to allow the student to gain exemption from certain GFCs. A mark
of 50% or above will entitle the student to an exception from the particular GFC subject.
Each Challenge Tests costs AED 400. To register for a GFC Challenge Test, please contact the Relevant Academic Support
officer in FRED.

POSTGRADUATE ENGLISH LANGUAGE SKILLS DEVELOPMENT COURSE


The higher reasoning, conceptual thinking, writing and communication skills that are essential to the Humanities and
Social Sciences mandate that students entering the Master of Media and Communication (MMC) as well as the
Master of International Relations (MIR) be sufficiently equipped in English writing skills to manage the academic writing
and research that will be required.
UOWD delivers a postgraduate course 'Writing for Communication' (ENG900) to enable students to further develop their

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 22 | P a g e


skills necessary for success in writing for academic and research purposes. The course develops students’ ability to
analyse features of written structures and text types with a focus on critical thinking. This remedial subject is particularly
designed for students enrolled in postgraduate programs in Humanities ‐ the MIST and the MMC. Students with a score
of IELTS 6.5, with a minimum of 6 in each band at the time on entry are exempt from this subject.
The learning outcomes of ENG900 are:
1. Demonstrate familiarity with the literary standards in academic writing‐ scientific and technical
2. Demonstrate knowledge of various research writing structures
3. Employ appropriate use and sourcing of ideas and others’ work
4. Demonstrate ability to strategically edit research writings

NON‐AWARD PROGRAMS
Applicants for admission to non‐award, exchange, cross‐institutional and certificates of proficiency are eligible to be
considered for admission if they satisfy the admissions criteria for the degree level containing the subjects in which they
wish to enrol. Satisfactory completion of any subject under Non-Award Programs does not guarantee admission in any
program offered at UOWD.

CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY
The Certificates of Proficiency are ideal for professionals looking to develop specific technical or practical skills over a short
period of time. On completion, you will receive an official transcript that can be used as credit towards a future
postgraduate program. Please visit Certificate of Proficiency page at UOWD website for more courses Cross Cultural
Management
This program addresses key issues and problems associated with managing across cultural boundaries in a context of
increasing globalization. You will study cross cultural communication, technology, comparative management practices,
managing with multicultural policies, and the challenges cultural differences pose for international and global managers.

CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR
If you’re interested in understanding the motives of consumers during the purchase of products and services, this option
is ideal for you. You will investigate sociological and psychological concepts and apply them specifically to the behaviour
of consumers in order to learn how to make more effective marketing decisions, using real‐life business case studies to
help you to apply theory to practice.

ORGANISATIONAL ANALYSIS
This certificate provides students with an understanding of the main theoretical frameworks and conceptual tools used
to analyse organisations. The subject approaches organisational analysis using four perspectives: bureaucratic,
contingency, political, and cultural. Emphasis is placed on understanding the basis in theory and metaphorical roots of
each perspective, as the foundation for using a multiple perspectives approach to identify the key dynamics of
organisations.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 23 | P a g e


FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS FOR BUSINESS
This program examines the framework for financial statement analysis with discussion of the role of accounting
information and intermediaries. Emphasis is on the appraisal and prediction of corporate financial performance from
publicly available information such as accounting numbers, industry and economic statistics as well as other stock market
data. Cases and problems are gradually introduced, provoking an analytical and creative thinking process ending with the
evaluation and preparation of appropriate business strategies.

ISLAMIC BANKING AND FINANCE


This program is ideal for those who would like to acquire a basic understanding of the principles of Islamic Banking and
Finance. This certificate of will equip you with knowledge of various aspects including Modes of Financing, Product
Development, Shariah Standards & Rulings, Islamic Investment Products, Islamic Capital Markets, Islamic Insurance
(Takaful) System and Islamic Risk Management. A historical background, as well as the challenges that the Islamic Banking
and Finance sector face, will also be discussed.

FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
This subject review the global financial system and investigates the functioning of financial institutions and markets.
Particular content may include coverage of the evolution of the global monetary system and organizations; the
international financial markets including Euromarkets; the framework of global financial system; the role of regulation
sectors; the operations of money market, capital market and derivative market; the banking industry and payment
system; and the implication of monetary and fiscal policies on financial markets.

QUALITY IN MANAGEMENT
The purpose of this certificate is to provide you with an understanding of how an organisation can successfully make the
transition to Total Quality Management (TQM). The approach is to explore the concepts and methods of TQM and to
provide a basic understanding of the philosophical, analytical and statistical bases of the TQM methodology, together with
some practical examples of using that methodology.

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT


Is your business undergoing rapid change or do you want to improve your competitive advantage? This certificate will
provide you with an advanced perspective on the use of Human Resource Development (HRD) in building up the
intellectual and learning system capacities of the organisation to cope with change and improve customer focus. The
concept of the Learning Organisation will be developed through the perspective of the HRD policies and actions required
to develop and change organisations through their human capital and capabilities.

ENGINEERING PROJECT MANAGEMENT


This course aims to provide you with direction in various project management disciplines, helping you assess related
risks and formulate strategies and contingency plans. The course covers topics such as Scope Management, Time
Management, Human Resource Management, Risk Management, Financial Management, Project Plans, Project Quality
Management and Procurement and Contract Management.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 24 | P a g e


INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STRATEGIC PLANNING
This certificate explores the application of technology for competitive advantage. By thinking strategically about a
company’s technological orientation, a wide spectrum of business and technology issues are covered, addressing the
problems and issues surrounding the analysis and development of an IT strategic plan.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 25 | P a g e


UOWD PROGRAMS
Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 26 | P a g e
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

The School of Business offers undergraduate degrees in business and commerce, with the opportunity to specialise in
specific business-related disciplines. The postgraduate programs provide students with a strong foundation in the theory
and practice of operating in an international business environment that gives students opportunity for specialisation, to
progress in their chosen sector or discipline.
▪ Bachelor of Business Administration
▪ Bachelor of Business
o Accountancy
o Finance
o Human Resource Management
o International Business
o Management
o Marketing
o Business Analytics
▪ Master of Applied Finance
o Corporate Treasury
o Investing
o Financial Services
o Islamic Banking and Finance*
▪ Master of Business Administration
▪ Master of Financial Management*
▪ Master of Human Resource Management
▪ Master of Innovation and Entrepreneurship
▪ Master of International Business
▪ Master of Management
▪ Master of Marketing
▪ Master of Supply Chain Management
▪ Master of Business Analytics
▪ Global Executive Master of Luxury Management
▪ Doctor of Philosophy (Business)
▪ Graduate Certificate in Business
▪ Graduate Certificate in Human Resource Management
▪ Graduate Certificate in Marketing
*not on offer

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 27 | P a g e


KEY CONTACTS
Dean Director Under Graduate
Professor Payyazhi Jayashree Dr. Arijit Sikdar
Location: 4th Floor, UOWD Campus Location: 4th Floor, UOWD Campus
Email: PayyazhiJayashree@uowdubai.ac.ae Email: ArijitSikdar@uowdubai.ac.ae
Phone: +971 4 2781966 Phone: +971 4 2781944

Director Research Director Postgraduate


Dr. Vikash Ramiah Dr. Osama Al Hares
Location: 4th Floor, UOWD Campus Location: 4th Floor, UOWD Campus
Email: VikashRamiah@uowdubai.ac.ae Email: OsamaAlHares@uowdubai.ac.ae
Phone: +971 4 278 1914 Phone: +971 4 2781972
Discipline Leader – Marketing
Discipline Leader – Management
Dr. Rumaila Abbas
Dr. Jaeyoung Cho
Location: Knowledge Park
Location: Knowledge Park
rumailabbas@uowdubai.ac.ae
jaeyoungcho@uowdubai.ac.ae

Discipline Leader - Management Sciences


Discipline Leader - Accounting and Finance
(Economics)
Dr. Haroon Khan
Dr. Prithvi Bhattacharya
Location: Knowledge Park
Location: Knowledge Park
haroonkhan@uowdubai.ac.ae
prithvibhattacharya@uowdubai.ac.ae

Faculty Coordinator – Academic Faculty, Lead Administrator


Ms. Parvathi Mohanan Mr. Ivan D'Souza
Location: 4th Floor, UOWD Campus Location: 4th Floor, UOWD Campus
Email: ParvathiMohanan@uowdubai.ac.ae Email: IvanDsouza@uowdubai.ac.ae
Phone: +971 4 2781908 Phone: +971 4 2781903

Admin Assistant HDR Administrator


Ms. Mercy Bahati Ms. Islam AlBaradi
Location: 4th Floor, UOWD Campus Location: 4th Floor, UOWD Campus
Email: MercyBahati@uowdubai.ac.ae Email: IslamAlBaradi@uowdubai.ac.ae
Phone: +971 4 2781907 Phone: +971 4 2781906

Academic Support Officer (FOB)


Mr. Rakhesh Veettil
FRED and Registry Services
P +971 4 278 1737 (Direct)
E RakheshVeettil@uowdubai.ac.ae

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 28 | P a g e


DEGREE PLAN
Students should follow the rules and requirements for the trimester and year that they commenced their course. Archives
of degree planners from all sessions and years are available at:
https://my.uowdubai.ac.ae/documents-and-forms?type=degree_planners&category=degree_planners
It is the responsibility of the students to review subjects scheduled to be offered in each trimester and ensure that pre-
requisites are completed, to plan a smooth completion of their degree. In order to avoid exam and lecture clashes,
students are required to check the lecture and exam timetables prior to enrolment.
Students must meet with their advisors to plan their optimal study plan based on both academic and individual
requirements.
Degree Structure:
The below program structure for all programs are only applicable for those students who joined Autumn 2021 onwards.
Students who joined prior to Autumn 2021 must refer to the corresponding degree planner and consult with their
academic advisor/School Office on their program structure.

UNIVERSITY FRESHMAN YEAR


Students who do not qualify for advanced entry into three-year program are required to complete the University
Freshman Year (as indicated below) in order to progress into the Bachelor Business Administration or Bachelor of Business
(with major).
Subject Code Subject Name CP
Academic Language Skills
LANG030 English for Academic Studies 6
LANG040 Research & Study Skills 6
General Education
ARA 101/ ARA 102 Arabic 6
IRAE135/ UAE and International Relations / Society
GEOG222/ and Environment /
6
PUBH115 / Public Health /
URBS103 Urban Sociology
Mathematics
MATH030 College Algebra 6
MATH041 Maths for Business 6
Business Studies
BUS 030 Business Studies 6
CSIT040 Introduction to Computer Science 6

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 29 | P a g e


UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION


Testamur Title of Degree: Bachelor of Business Administration
Abbreviation: BBA Duration: 3 years
UOWD Course Code: 3162 QFEmirates Level 7
Total Credit Points: 144 Faculty: School of Business
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter

The business sector is one of the world's largest employers, offering varying roles and careers. Business plays an important role in evolving a
complex global economy by providing solutions to problems in a sustainable and ethical way. The Bachelor of Business Administration is a flexible
degree which offers a broad education across all key aspects of the business environment. In addition to studying the essential core disciplines
of accounting, economics, finance, management and marketing, the student can tailor their studies according to their interests by choosing
electives from a particular Business discipline, or they can combine Business electives with subjects from other faculties. The selection of
subjects must be made in conjunction with the academic advisor
Degree Requirements • Students are also required to accrue an overall weighted
To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Business Administration, average mark (WAM) of 50%
Learning Outcomes
• A candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at least 144 credit
points (cp) which includes 48cp of core subjects (100 level), Upon successful completion of the Bachelor of Business
48cp of Common Business Subjects (200 & 300 level) and 42cp Administration program, students will be able to:
of General Electives.
1. Demonstrate core knowledge of business and organisations.
• No more than 60 credit points shall be from 100 level subjects. 2. Effectively communicate orally and in writing.
• A compulsory capstone(6cp) subject is undertaken in the final 3. Critically analyse business and organisational issues in local,
year. national and international contexts.
• In addition, 24cp of General Education subjects also needs to be 4. Demonstrate responsible judgement in decision-making.
completed, which may be considered as electives from 5. Work effectively with others on shared goals.
Business/General Schedule. 6. Use relevant technology for professional purposes.
• Students who have completed University Freshman Year, would 7. Demonstrate independent learning.
require to complete only ARTS317 and INE301.
• Placement tests will be conducted in ARA101 and ARA102 at the
start of the trimester.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 30 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3


ACCY121 (6CP) Business 1 (6CP) Business 2 (6CP) Business 6 (6CP) Business 7 (6CP)
BUS 101 (6CP)
Accounting for Decision Business Subject - 200/ Business Subject - 200/ Business Subject - 200/ Business Subject - 200/
Responsible Business
Making 300 Levels 300 Levels 300 Levels 300 Levels

ECON100 (6CP) Business 3 (6CP) Business 4 (6CP) Business 8 (6CP) Elective 3 (6CP)
BUS 121 (6CP)
Economics Essentials for Business Subject - 200/ Business Subject - 200/ Business Subject - 200/ Business/General
Statistics for Business
Business 300 Levels 300 Levels 300 Levels Schedule

FIN 111 (6CP) MGNT110 (6CP) Business 5 (6CP) BUS 201(6CP) Elective 4 (6CP) Elective 5 (6CP)
Introductory Principles Introduction to Business Subject - 200/ Digitalization and Business/General Business/General
of Finance Management 300 Levels Computational Thinking Schedule Schedule
for Business
Elective 1 (6CP) Elective 6 (6CP)
MARK101 (6CP) Business/General Business/General
Elective 2 (6CP)
Marketing Principles Schedule Schedule
Business/General
Schedule

CAPSTONE
Choose ONE of the BUS 331 (6CP)
below Integrative Business Capstone
Pre-req: 96CP including all core
subjects
ACCY122 (6CP)
ECON102 (6CP)
Accounting Principles
Economics and Society
Pre-req: ACCY121
ARTS317 (6CP) INE 301 (6CP)
General ARA 101/ARA 102 (6CP)
Muslim Societies Across Innovation &
MGNT102 (6CP) Education Arabic Language
the Ages Entrepreneurship
Business
Communications
OR GEOG222 (6CP) OR OR
IRAE135 (6CP) PUBH115 (6CP) URBS103 (6CP)
Society and
UAE and International Relations Public Health Urban Sociology
Environment

Core Elective

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 31 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS (ACCOUNTANCY)

Testamur Title of Degree: Bachelor of Business


Major Accountancy Duration: 3 years
Abbreviation: BBus QFEmirates Level 7
UOWD Course Code: 3163 Faculty: School of Business
Total Credit Points: 144 Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face)
Provision for Double Students opting for double major are required to complete an additional 48 cp of subjects from the second
Major specialization within the Bachelor of Business

The Bachelor of Business (Accountancy) provides students with a specialised degree in accountancy, which will prepare students for a
professional career in this field. This program will help students understand and critically analyse financial reporting issues and their impact
within the framework of the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Furthermore, students will develop an understanding of cost
and management accounting techniques for planning, decision-making and performance evaluation. It will also provide the foundation in the
procedures of auditing and international taxation.
This program is also accredited by the UK’s Association of Chartered Accountants (ACCA) for exemption from 9 out of the 14 papers (the
maximum exemption that can be achieved at undergraduate level).

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 32 | P a g e


Degree Requirements
To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Business (Accountancy), • Students who have completed University Freshman Year, would
require to complete only ARTS317 and INE301.
• A candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at least 144 credit
points (cp) which includes 48cp of core subjects (100 level), • Placement tests will be conducted in ARA101 and ARA102 at the
48cp of Major Subjects (200 & 300 level) and 42cp of General start of the trimester.
Electives.
• Students must select six (6) elective subjects must be at 200 or
• Students should ensure that no more than 60 credit points shall 300 level. General Education subjects may also be considered
be from 100 level subjects. for Electives.
• A compulsory capstone(6cp) subject is undertaken in the final • Students who plan to complete the ACCA program upon
year. graduation must enrol in ACCY328 International Taxation as an
elective subject to fulfil all ACCA waiver requirements agreed
• Students majoring in Accountancy must undertake ACCY122.
with UOWD.
• In addition, 24cp of General Education subjects also needs to be
• Students are also required to accrue an overall weighted
completed, which may be considered as electives from
average mark (WAM) of 50%
Business/General Schedule.

Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Bachelor of Business program, students will be able to:
1. Effectively communicate orally and in writing 8. Critically analyse financial reporting issues and their impact with
an emphasis on generally Accepted Accounting Principles for
2. Demonstrate responsible judgement in decision making.
external financial reporting purposes.
3. Demonstrate independent learning
9. Apply cost and management accounting techniques for
4. Use relevant technology for professional purposes planning, decision-making and performance evaluation
5. Demonstrate core knowledge of business and organisations and 10. Discuss procedures of auditing and apply internal control
major disciplinary knowledge standards
6. Critically analyse business and organisational issues in local, 11. Discuss international taxation systems and analyse differences
national and international contexts. amongst the systems
7. Work effectively with others on shared goals.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 33 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS (ACCOUNTANCY)

YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3


ACCY121 (6CP) ACCY200 (6CP) ACCY201 (6CP) ACCY305 (6CP) ACCY312 (6CP)
BUS 101 (6CP)
Accounting for Decision Financial Accounting II A Financial Accounting II B Financial Accounting III Management
Responsible Business
Making Pre-req: ACCY122 Pre-req: ACCY200 Pre-req: ACCY201 Accounting III
Pre-req: ACCY211
ECON100 (6CP) ACCY211 (6CP) FIN 222 (6CP) ACCY342 (6CP)
BUS 121 (6CP) Management Corporate Finance Auditing and Assurance ACCY231 (6CP)
Economics Essentials for
Statistics for Business Accounting II Pre-req: FIN 111 & Services Information Systems in
Business
Pre-req: ACCY122 ACCY121 Pre-req: ACCY201 Accounting
Pre-req: ACCY122
FIN 111 (6CP) MGNT110 (6CP) BUS 201 (6CP)
Elective 1 (6CP) Elective 4 (6CP)
Introductory Principles Introduction to Digitalization and
Business/General Business/General Elective 5 (6CP)
of Finance Management Computational Thinking
Schedule Schedule Business/General
for Business Schedule
ACCY122 (6CP)
MARK101 (6CP) Elective 2 (6CP) Elective 6 (6CP)
Accounting Principles Elective 3 (6CP)
Marketing Principles Business/General Business/General
Pre-req: ACCY121 Business/General
Schedule Schedule
Schedule

CAPSTONE
BUS 331 (6CP)
Integrative Business Capstone
Pre-req: 96CP including all core
subjects

General ARTS317(6CP) INE 301 (6CP)


ARA 101/ARA 102 (6CP)
Education Muslim Societies Across Innovation & Core
Arabic Language
the Ages Entrepreneurship
Major
OR GEOG222 (6CP) OR OR
IRAE135 (6CP) PUBH115 (6CP) URBS103 (6CP)
Society and Elective
UAE and International Relations Public Health Urban Sociology
Environment

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 34 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS (FINANCE)
Testamur Title of Degree: Bachelor of Business
Major Finance Duration: 3 years
Abbreviation: BBus QFEmirates Level 7
UOWD Course Code: 3163 Faculty: School of Business
Total Credit Points: 144 Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face)
Provision for Double Students opting for double major are required to complete an additional 48 cp of subjects from the second
Major specialization within the Bachelor of Business

The Bachelor of Business (Finance) provides students with the specialised skills to help succeed in a growing international business sector.
Graduates of this program will gain an in-depth understanding of the role of financial management in business, including how to solve financial
problems and identify, justify and communicate financial advice, based on a range of social, economic and regulatory factors. The program also
provides knowledge about the role of financial institutions, particularly the operation of securities markets, develop an understanding of how
companies raise capital and choose between investment options and understand how financial institutions operate in the current business
environment.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 35 | P a g e


Degree Requirements
To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Business (Finance),
• A candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at least 144 credit • Students majoring in Finance must undertake ACCY122.
points (cp) which includes 48cp of core subjects (100 level),
• Students who have completed University Freshman Year, would
48cp of Major Subjects (200 & 300 level) and 42cp of General
require to complete only ARTS317 and INE301.
Electives.
• Placement tests will be conducted in ARA101 and ARA102 at the
• Students should ensure that no more than 60 credit points shall
start of the trimester.
be from 100 level subjects.
• Students must select seven (6) elective subjects must be at 200
• A compulsory capstone(6cp) subject is undertaken in the final
or 300 level. General Education subjects may also be considered
year.
for Electives.
• In addition, 24cp of General Education subjects also needs to be
• Students are also required to accrue an overall weighted
completed, which may be considered as electives from
average mark (WAM) of 50% .
Business/General Schedule.

Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Bachelor of Business program, students will be able to:
1. Effectively communicate orally and in writing 8. Examine the core aspects of financial management within the
contemporary Business environment.
2. Demonstrate responsible judgement in decision making.
9. Demonstrate an understanding of how financial system works
3. Demonstrate independent learning
from the point of view of individual organisations and individual
4. Use relevant technology for professional purposes investors.
5. Demonstrate core knowledge of business and organisations and 10. Discuss the mechanisms of financial institutions present in
major disciplinary knowledge today`s environment
6. Critically analyse business and organisational issues in local, 11. Compute, interpret and apply diverse quantitative measures in
national and international contexts. making an optimal investment decision.
7. Work effectively with others on shared goals. 12. Recognise the scope of different specialised areas in Finance
and apply in relevant contexts.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 36 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS (FINANCE)

YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3

ACCY121 (6CP) ACCY200 (6CP) FIN 222 (6CP) ECON339 (6CP) FIN 322 (6CP)
BUS 101 (6CP) Corporate Finance Applied Financial Advanced Corporate
Accounting for Decision Financial Accounting II A
Responsible Business Pre-req: FIN 111 & Modelling Finance
Making Pre-req: ACCY122
ACCY121 Pre-req: COMM121 Pre-req: FIN 222
ECON100 (6CP) FIN 223 (6CP)
BUS 121 (6CP) FIN 226 (6CP) FIN 323 (6CP) FIN 324* (6CP)
Economics Essentials for Investment Analysis
Statistics for Business Financial Markets & Portfolio Analysis Financial Statement
Business Pre-req: FIN 222 or
Institutions Pre-req: FIN 223 Analysis
FIN 241
Pre-req: FIN 111 Pre-req: FIN 111 &
FIN 111 (6CP) MGNT110 (6CP) ACCY200
Elective 1 (6CP) Elective 4 (6CP) OR
Introductory Principles of Introduction to Business/General BUS 201 (6CP)
Business/General FIN 351* (6CP)
Finance Management Schedule Digitalization and
Schedule International Finance
Computational Thinking
for Business Pre-req: FIN 222 or
ACCY122 (6CP)
MARK101 (6CP) Elective 2 (6CP) Elective 5 (6CP) FIN241
Accounting Principles
Marketing Principles Business/General Business/General
Pre-req: ACCY121 Elective 3 (6CP) Elective 6 (6CP)
Schedule Schedule
Business/General Business/General
Schedule Schedule

CAPSTONE
BUS 331 (6CP)
Integrative Business Capstone
Pre-req: 96CP including all core
subjects

ARTS317 (6CP) INE 301 (6CP) *Students must take academic advice prior to enrolling in
General ARA 101/ARA 102 (6CP) this subject
Muslim Societies Across Innovation &
Education Arabic Language
the Ages Entrepreneurship
Core Major
OR OR OR
IRAE135 (6CP) GEOG222 (6CP) PUBH115 (6CP) URBS103 (6CP)
Elective
UAE and International Relations Society and Environment Public Health Urban Sociology

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 37 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS (HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT)

Testamur Title of Degree: Bachelor of Business


Major Human Resource Management Duration: 3 years
Abbreviation: BBus QFEmirates Level 7
UOWD Course Code: 3163 Faculty: School of Business
Total Credit Points: 144 Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face)
Provision for Double Students opting for double major are required to complete an additional 48 cp of subjects from the second
Major specialization within the Bachelor of Business

The Bachelor of Business (Human Resource Management) helps students in understanding, motivating and developing the human capital of an
organisation. The program provides knowledge on a number of fundamental business functions, including recruitment and selection, training
and development, change management and occupational safety. It equips students to apply concepts and techniques to promote change,
manage and develop people, and apply appropriate occupational health and safety practices in organisations. It will also provide critical
perspectives on the role and functions of HR professionals.
Degree Requirements
To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Business (Human Resource Management),

• A candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at least 144 credit • Students who have completed University Freshman Year, would
points (cp) which includes 48cp of core subjects (100 level), require to complete only ARTS317 and INE301.
48cp of Major Subjects (200 & 300 level) and 42cp of General
• Placement tests will be conducted in ARA101 and ARA102 at the
Electives.
start of the trimester.
• Students should ensure that no more than 60 credit points shall
• Students must select seven (6) elective subjects must be at 200
be from 100 level subjects.
or 300 level. General Education subjects may also be considered
• A compulsory capstone(6cp) subject is undertaken in the final for Electives.
year.
• Students are also required to accrue an overall weighted
• In addition, 24cp of General Education subjects also needs to be average mark (WAM) of 50%.
completed, which may be considered as electives from
Business/General Schedule.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 38 | P a g e


Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Bachelor of Business program, students will be able to:
1. Effectively communicate orally and in writing 10. Discuss the concepts, techniques and activities involved in
managing the flow of people through work organisations.
2. Demonstrate responsible judgement in decision making.
11. Analyse the theoretical and structural characteristics of
3. Demonstrate independent learning
organisations within the context of their operational
4. Use relevant technology for professional purposes environments.
5. Demonstrate core knowledge of business and organisations and 12. Apply and evaluate principles of change management in
major disciplinary knowledge organisations.
6. Critically analyse business and organisational issues in local, 13. Provide a critical introduction to the broad subject of
national and international contexts. Occupational Health and Safety Management (OHSM).
7. Work effectively with others on shared goals. 14. Synthesise and critique the key concepts and practical
8. Define the concepts and theories required for successful approaches to the development of people in organisations.
interpersonal skills in management. 15. Analyse, choose and implement appropriate HR strategies and
9. Discuss the process of recruitment and selection in relevant plans in contemporary Business organisations.
contexts

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 39 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS (HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT)

YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3


MGNT201 (6CP) MGNT205 (6CP) MGNT314 (6CP)
ACCY121 (6CP) Organisational MGNT311 (6CP)
BUS 101 (6CP) Recruitment & Selection Strategic Management
Accounting for Decision Behaviour Management of Change
Responsible Business Pre-req: MGNT110 & Pre-req: MGNT110 &
Making Pre-req: MGNT110 Pre-req: MGNT110
(MGNT206 or MARK101 + 72CP
MGNT389)
MGNT206 (6CP) MGNT321 (6CP) MGNT322 (6CP)
ECON100 (6CP) Managing Human Workplace Health and Learning and
BUS 121 (6CP) MGNT207 (6CP)
Economics Essentials Resources Safety Management Development in
Statistics for Business Employee Relations
for Business Pre-req: MGNT110 Pre-req: MGNT206 Organisations
Management
Pre-req: MGNT110 Pre-req: MGNT206
FIN 111 (6CP) MGNT110 (6CP) Elective 1 (6CP) Elective 4 (6CP)
Introductory Principles Business/General BUS 201 (6CP) Business/General Elective 5 (6CP)
Introduction to
of Finance Schedule Digitalization and Schedule Business/General
Management
Computational Thinking Schedule
for Business Elective 6 (6CP)
Elective 2 (6CP)
MARK101 (6CP) Business/General Business/General
Marketing Principles Schedule Elective 3 (6CP) Schedule
Business/General
Schedule

CAPSTONE
Choose ONE of the BUS 331 (6CP)
below Integrative Business Capstone
Pre-req: 96CP including all core
subjects
ACCY122 (6CP)
ECON102 (6CP)
Accounting Principles
Economics and Society ARTS317 (6CP)
Pre-req: ACCY121 General INE 301 (6CP) ARA 101/ARA 102
Education Muslim Societies Across Innovation & (6CP)
the Ages Entrepreneurship Arabic Language
MGNT102 (6CP)
Business
IRAE135 (6CP) OR GEOG222 (6CP) OR OR
Communications PUBH115 (6CP) URBS103 (6CP)
UAE and International Society and
Public Health Urban Sociology
Relations Environment

Core Major Elective

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 40 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS (INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS)

Testamur Title of Degree: Bachelor of Business


Major International Business Duration: 3 years
Abbreviation: BBus QFEmirates Level 7
UOWD Course Code: 3163 Faculty: School of Business
Total Credit Points: 144 Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face)
Provision for Double Students opting for double major are required to complete an additional 48 cp of subjects from the second
Major specialization within the Bachelor of Business

The Bachelor of Business (International Business) provides students with the knowledge and understanding to operate in a worldwide arena. It
will enable students to apply a globalised perspective to the management and development of commercial enterprise. Graduates of this program
will have the skills and understanding of conducting trade in a global economy and in developing cross-cultural business relationships.

Degree Requirements
To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Business (International Business),
• A candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at least 144 credit • Students enrolled with International Business are strongly
points (cp) which includes 48cp of core subjects (100 level), encouraged to take ECON102.
48cp of Major Subjects (200 & 300 levels) and 42cp of General
• Students who have completed University Freshman Year, would
Electives.
require to complete only ARTS317 and INE301.
• Students should ensure that no more than 60 credit points shall
• Placement tests will be conducted in ARA101 and ARA102 at the
be from 100 level subjects.
start of the trimester.
• A compulsory capstone(6cp) subject is undertaken in the final
• Students must select six (6) elective subjects must be at 200 or 300
year. level. General Education subjects may also be considered for Electives.
• In addition, 24cp of General Education subjects also needs to be • Students are also required to accrue an overall weighted
completed, which may be considered as electives from average mark (WAM) of 50%.
Business/General Schedule.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 41 | P a g e


Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Bachelor of Business program, students will be able to:
1. Effectively communicate orally and in writing 11. Develop marketing strategies for an international context.
2. Demonstrate responsible judgement in decision making. 12. Set up trading ventures with business partners from across the
globe.
3. Demonstrate independent learning
13. Make financial investment decisions taking into account
4. Use relevant technology for professional purposes
international business factors and manage global business
5. Demonstrate core knowledge of business and organisations and transactions.
major disciplinary knowledge
14. Design and implement human resource management plans and
6. Critically analyse business and organisational issues in local, initiatives which integrate intercultural and cross-cultural
national and international contexts. dimensions.
7. Work effectively with others on shared goals. 15. Work in collaboration with diverse individuals to solve business
8. Manage major business functions based on principles of problems by applying theoretical knowledge of international
international business management. business.

9. Analyse, evaluate and explain the impact and implications of 16. Explain and analyse the impact of recent developments on
social, cultural and political factors in the international business international businesses.
arena. 17. Apply principles of marketing, finance or human resource
10. Assess and integrate the impact of globalisation into strategic management to develop and evaluate sound strategies and
management planning in organisations. plans in the chosen area.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 42 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS (INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS)

YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3

ACCY121 (6CP) FIN 241 (6CP) MGNT314 (6CP)


BUS 101 (6CP) ECON216 (6CP) MARK343 (6CP)
Accounting for Decision International Finance Strategic Management
Responsible Business International Economics International Marketing
Making Management Pre-req:MGNT110 &
Pre-req:ECON100 Pre-req: MARK101
Pre-req: FIN 111 MARK101 + 72CP
ECON251 (6CP) MGNT210 (6CP) MGNT341 (6CP) MGNT389
ECON100 (6CP)
BUS 121 (6CP) Industry and Trade in Managing Across International and International Business
Economics Essentials for
Statistics for Business Asia Cultures Comparative Human Management
Business
Pre-req:48CP Pre-req:MGNT110 Resource Management Pre-req:MGNT110 &
Pre-req:MGNT110 + MARK101
FIN 111 (6CP) MGNT110 (6CP) Elective 1 (6CP) BUS 201 (6CP) 12CP from SOB 200/300
Introductory Principles Introduction to Business/General Digitalization and level subjects Elective 5 (6CP)
of Finance Management Schedule Computational Thinking for Business/General
Business Elective 4 (6CP) Schedule
Business/General
Elective 2 (6CP) Schedule
MARK101 (6CP)
Business/General Elective 3 (6CP) Elective 6 (6CP)
Marketing Principles
Schedule Business/General Business/General
Schedule Schedule

Choose ONE of the

CAPSTONE
below BUS 331 (6CP)
Integrative Business Capstone
Pre-req: 96CP including all core
ACCY122 (6CP) subjects
ECON102 (6CP)
Accounting Principles
Economics and Society
Pre-req: ACCY121
General ARTS317 (6CP) INE 301 (6CP)
Muslim Societies Across ARA 101/ARA 102 (6CP)
MGNT102 (6CP) Education Innovation &
the Ages Arabic Language
Business Entrepreneurship
Communications
GEOG222 (6CP)
IRAE135 (6CP) PUBH115 (6CP) URBS103 (6CP)
OR Society and OR OR
UAE and International Relations Public Health Urban Sociology
Environment

Core Major Elective

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 43 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS (MANAGEMENT)

Testamur Title of Degree: Bachelor of Business


Major Management Duration: 3 years
Abbreviation: BBus QFEmirates Level 7
UOWD Course Code: 3163 Faculty: School of Business
Total Credit Points: 144 Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face)
Provision for Double Students opting for double major are required to complete an additional 48 cp of subjects from the
Major second specialization within the Bachelor of Business

The Bachelor of Business (Management) provides students with a fundamental understanding of how to apply key managerial concepts and
theories in the contemporary work environment. Students are provided with the opportunity to analyse, diagnose and execute judgments across
a broad range of technical and management functions. It helps develop an understanding of how group dynamics affect individual and group
behaviour, and to identify barriers to change and effective ways of overcoming them. The program provides a comprehensive overview of the
management function, which is applicable to a range of business sectors.
Degree Requirements
To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Business (Management),
• A candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at least 144 credit • Students who have completed University Freshman Year, would
points (cp) which includes 48cp of core subjects (100 leevl), require to complete only ARTS317 and INE301.
48cp of Major Subjects (200 & 300 level) and 42cp of General
• Placement tests will be conducted in ARA101 and ARA102 at the
Electives.
start of the trimester.
• Students should ensure that no more than 60 credit points shall
• Students must select six (6) elective subjects must be at 200 or
be from 100 level subjects.
300 level. General Education subjects may also be considered
• A compulsory capstone(6cp) subject is undertaken in the final for Electives.
year.
• Students are also required to accrue an overall weighted
• In addition, 24cp of General Education subjects also needs to be average mark (WAM) of 50%.
completed, which may be considered as electives from
Business/General Schedule.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 44 | P a g e


Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Bachelor of Business program, students will be able to:

1. Effectively communicate orally and in writing 10. Analyse how group dynamics affect individual and group
behaviour
2. Demonstrate responsible judgement in decision making.
11. Discuss how to integrate the functional areas of an organisation.
3. Demonstrate independent learning
12. Evaluate the relevance and applicability of human resource
4. Use relevant technology for professional purposes
policies and procedures used by organisations and managers.
5. Demonstrate core knowledge of business and organisations and
13. Discuss different types of production and operations and their
major disciplinary knowledge
implications for management.
6. Critically analyse business and organisational issues in local,
14. Discuss sources of change, barriers to change and analyse
national and international contexts.
effective ways of overcoming them.
7. Work effectively with others on shared goals.
15. Work effectively in small groups and arrive at business decisions
8. Discuss key managerial concept and theories in the utilising analytical and conceptual skills.
contemporary Business environment.
9. Apply human relations/interpersonal skills in relevant
management contexts

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 45 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS (MANAGEMENT)

YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3


MGNT201 (6CP) OPS216 (6CP) MGNT311 (6CP) MGNT314 (6CP)
ACCY121 (6CP) Management of Strategic Management
BUS 101 (6CP) Managing Human Operations
Accounting for Change Pre-req: MGNT110 &
Responsible Business Resources Management
Decision Making Pre-req: MGNT110 MARK101 + 72CP
Pre-req: MGNT110 Pre-req: COMM121 or
STAT131 OPS 350 * (6CP)
MGNT206 (6CP) MGNT351 (6CP)
ECON100 (6CP) Responsible Leadership Continuous Quality
BUS 121 (6CP) Managing Human MGNT220 * (6CP)
Economics Essentials Pre-req: MGNT110 Improvement
Statistics for Business Resources Organisational Analysis
for Business Co-req: MGNT201 Pre-req: MGNT110 +
Pre-req: MGNT110 Pre-req: MGNT110 (BUS101 or STAT131)
OR

FIN 111 (6CP) MGNT110 (6CP) Elective 1 (6CP) MGNT215 * (6CP) Elective 4 (6CP)
Business/General Elective 5 (6CP)
Introductory Principles Introduction to Small Business Business/General
Schedule Business/General
of Finance Management Management Schedule
Schedule
Pre-req: MGNT110
Elective 2 (6CP)
Elective 6 (6CP)
MARK101 (6CP) Business/General BUS 201 (6CP)
Business/General
Marketing Principles Schedule Digitalization and
Schedule
Computational
Elective 3 (6CP) Thinking for Business

CAPSTONE
Business/General BUS 331 (6CP)
Choose ONE of the Schedule
below
Integrative Business Capstone
* Complete any two subjects between MGNT215, MGNT220 Pre-req: 96CP including all core
and OPS350 subjects
ACCY122 (6CP)
ECON102 (6CP)
Accounting Principles
Economics and Society ARTS317 (6CP) INE 301 (6CP) ARA 101/ARA 102
Pre-req: ACCY121 General
Education Muslim Societies Innovation & (6CP)
Across the Ages Entrepreneurship Arabic Language
MGNT102 (6CP)
Business
IRAE135 (6CP) GEOG222 (6CP)
Communications PUBH115 (6CP) URBS103 (6CP)
UAE and International OR Society and OR OR
Public Health Urban Sociology
Relations Environment

Core Major Elective

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 46 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS (MARKETING)

Testamur Title of Degree: Bachelor of Business


Major Marketing Duration: 3 years
Abbreviation: BBus QFEmirates Level 7
UOWD Course Code: 3163 Faculty: School of Business
Total Credit Points: 144 Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face)
Provision for Double Students opting for double major are required to complete an additional 48 cp of subjects from the
Major second specialization within the Bachelor of Business

The Bachelor of Business (Marketing) provides students with an understanding of the principles of marketing, including promotion, pricing and
distribution. It provides knowledge and skills to evaluate alternative marketing strategies and to implement effective campaigns, based on
financial, organisational, environmental and ethical criteria. The program will also help students develop competencies in critical thinking,
qualitative and quantitative data analysis and business performance evaluation.
Degree Requirements
To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Business (Marketing),
• A candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at least 144 credit • Students who have completed University Freshman Year, would
points (cp) which includes 48cp of core subjects (100 level), require to complete only ARTS317 and INE301.
48cp of Major Subjects (200 & 300 level) and 42cp of General • Placement tests will be conducted in ARA101 and ARA102 at the
Electives. start of the trimester.
• Students should ensure that no more than 60 credit points shall • Students must select six (6) elective subjects must be at 200 or
be from 100 level subjects. 300 level. General Education subjects may also be considered
• A compulsory capstone(6cp) subject is undertaken in the final for Electives.
year. • Students are also required to accrue an overall weighted
• In addition, 24cp of General Education subjects also needs to be average mark (WAM) of 50% .
completed, which may be considered as electives from
Business/General Schedule.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 47 | P a g e


Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Bachelor of Business program, students will be able to:
1. Effectively communicate orally and in writing 8. Engage in critical thinking, in-depth analysis of qualitative and
2. Demonstrate responsible judgement in decision making. quantitative marketing data and development of subsequent
3. Demonstrate independent learning marketing strategies.
4. Use relevant technology for professional purposes 9. Evaluate marketing program alternatives and commit to a
5. Demonstrate core knowledge of business and organisations and course of action, using financial organisational, environmental
major disciplinary knowledge and ethnical criteria as bases for decision-making.
6. Critically analyse business and organisational issues in local, 10. Use a variety of information technology tools and techniques to
national and international contexts. improve marketing and overall business performance and
7. Work effectively with others on shared goals. deliver greater value to customers.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 48 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS (MARKETING)

YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3


ACCY121 (6CP) MARK205 (6CP) MARK217 (6CP) MARK310 (6CP) MARK344 (6CP)
BUS 101 (6CP) Introductory Marketing Marketing Effectiveness Marketing Strategy
Accounting for Decision Consumer Behaviour
Responsible Business Research Pre-req: MARK101 + Pre-req: MARK101 +
Making Pre-req: MARK101
Pre-req: MARK101 12CP of other MARK 12CP from 200 level
BUS 201 (6CP) subjects MARK subjects, or 6CP
ECON100 (6CP) MARK233 (6CP)
BUS 121 (6CP) Digitalization and from 200 level MARK
Economics Essentials for Marketing and Digital Elective 4 (6CP)
Statistics for Business Computational Thinking subjects and 6CP from
Business Communications Business/General
for Business 300 level MARK subjects
Pre-req: MARK101 Schedule
FIN 111 (6CP) MGNT110 (6CP) Elective 6 (6CP)
Elective 1 (6CP) Elective 2 (6CP) Elective 5 (6CP)
Introductory Principles of Introduction to Business/General
Business/General Business/General Business/General
Finance Management Schedule
Schedule Schedule Schedule

MARK101 (6CP) Elective 3 (6CP) Choose THREE of the below


Marketing Principles Business/General
Schedule MARK270 (6CP) MARK301 (6CP)
Services Marketing Digital Marketing
Choose ONE of the Pre-req: MARK101 Pre-req: MARK101
below
MARK395 (6CP) MARK343 (6CP)
Tourism Marketing International Marketing
ACCY122 (6CP)
CAPSTONE

ECON102 (6CP) Pre-req: MARK101 Pre-req: MARK101


Accounting Principles BUS 331 (6CP)
Economics and Society
Pre-req: ACCY121 Integrative Business Capstone
Pre-req: 96CP including all core subjects
MGNT102 (6CP)
Business
Communications
ARTS317 (6CP) INE 301 (6CP)
ARA 101/ARA 102 (6CP)
General Education Muslim Societies Across Innovation &
Arabic Language
the Ages Entrepreneurship

OR OR OR
IRAE135 (6CP) GEOG222 (6CP) PUBH115 (6CP) URBS103 (6CP)
UAE and International Relations Society and Environment Public Health Urban Sociology

Core Major Elective

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 49 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS (BUSINESS ANALYTICS )

Testamur Title of Degree: Bachelor of Business


Major Business Analytics Duration: 3 years
Abbreviation: BBus QFEmirates Level 7
UOWD Course Code: 3163 Faculty: School of Business
Total Credit Points: 144 Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face)
Provision for Double Students opting for double major are required to complete an additional 48 cp of subjects from the
Major second specialization within the Bachelor of Business

The Bachelor of Business (Business Analytics) aims to equip students with the skills needed in Business Analytics in order to succeed in the world
of big data. The program will enable students to analyze large volumes of data to support decision making across all areas of business. This
program provides students with an understanding of data management concepts and processing of relational data with Structured Query
Language (SQL), the concepts of data confidentiality and security, modelling techniques to analyze contemporary finance and economic issues,
and techniques that can be used to measure marketing effectiveness.
Degree Requirements
To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Business (Business Analytics),
• A candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at least 144 credit • Students who have completed University Freshman Year, would
points (cp) which includes 48cp of core subjects (100 level), require to complete only ARTS317 and INE301.
48cp of Major Subjects (200 & 300 level) and 42cp of General
• Placement tests will be conducted in ARA101 and ARA102 at the
Electives.
start of the trimester.
• Students should ensure that no more than 60 credit points shall
• Students must select six (6) elective subjects must be at 200 or
be from 100 level subjects.
300 level. General Education subjects may also be considered
• A compulsory capstone(6cp) subject is undertaken in the final for Electives.
year.
• Students are also required to accrue an overall weighted
• In addition, 24cp of General Education subjects also needs to be average mark (WAM) of 50% .
completed, which may be considered as electives from
Business/General Schedule.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 50 | P a g e


Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Bachelor of Business program, students will be able to:
1. Effectively communicate orally and in writing 7. Work effectively with others on shared goals.
2. Demonstrate responsible judgement in decision making. 8. Interpret and evaluate sources of big data and chose
appropriate techniques for data preparation
3. Demonstrate independent learning
9. Define current business problems and analyze business data
4. Use relevant technology for professional purposes
using relevant analytical tools
5. Demonstrate core knowledge of business and organisations and
10. Apply appropriate analytical models to forecast future business
major disciplinary knowledge
scenarios and find solutions to business problems
6. Critically analyse business and organisational issues in local,
national and international contexts.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 51 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS (BUSINESS ANALYTICS)

YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3

ECON339 (6CP) BALA301 (6CP)


ACCY121 (6CP) CSIT115 (6CP) ECON222 (6CP) Applied Financial Emerging Techniques and
BUS 101 (6CP)
Accounting for Data Management and Mathematics for Modelling Tools in Business Analytics
Responsible Business
Decision Making Security Business Pre-req: BUS 121 Pre-req: BALA201

BALA302 (6CP) MARK310 (6CP)


ECON100 (6CP) BALA201 (6CP) BALA202 (6CP)
BUS 121 (6CP) Business Analytics Marketing Effectiveness
Economics Essentials Introduction to Big Data and Visual
Statistics for Business Industry Project Pre-req: MARK101 + 12CP
for Business Business Analytics Analytics for Business
Pre-req: BALA201 & of MARK subjects
Pre-req: BUS121 Pre-req: BALA201
BALA202
OR
FIN 111 (6CP) CSCI235 (6CP)
MGNT110 (6CP) Elective 1 (6CP) BUS 201 (6CP) Elective 4 (6CP)
Introductory Principles Database Systems
Introduction to Business/General Digitalization and Business/General
of Finance Pre-req: CSIT115
Management Schedule Computational Schedule
Thinking for Business
Elective 6 (6CP)
MARK101 (6CP) Elective 2 (6CP) Elective 5 (6CP) Business/General
Marketing Principles Business/General Elective 3 (6CP) Business/General Schedule
Schedule Business/General Schedule
Schedule

CAPSTONE
Choose ONE of BUS 331 (6CP)
the below Integrative Business Capstone
Pre-req: 96CP including all core
subjects
ACCY122 (6CP)
ECON102 (6CP)
Accounting Principles
Economics and Society ARTS317 (6CP) INE 301 (6CP)
Pre-req: ACCY121 Core
Muslim Societies Innovation &
Across the Ages Entrepreneurship
MGNT102 (6CP) General Major
Business Education
Communications ARA 101/ARA 102 GEOG222 (6CP)
(6CP) Society and Elective
Arabic Language Environment

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 52 | P a g e


Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 53 | P a g e
POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMS

MASTER OF APPLIED FINANCE

Testamur Title of Degree: Master of Applied Finance (Single Specialisation)


Master of Applied Finance (Double Specialisation)
Major Corporate Treasury Duration: 1.5 years full time for Single Specialisation
Investing 2 years full time for Double Specialisation
Financial Services
Abbreviation: MAF QFEmirates Level 9
UOWD Course Code: 444 – Single Specialisation Faculty: School of Business
1444 – Double Specialisation
Total Credit Points: 72cp – Single Specialisation Minimum Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
96cp – Double Specialisation
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face)

The Master of Applied Finance (MAF) program will help student develop a detailed understanding of banks and related financial intermediaries as
well as topics such as investment management, quantitative economic analysis, financial management and risk assessment.

Degree Requirements
To qualify for award of the degree of Master of Applied Finance (Single Specialisation), a candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at least 72 credit
points (cp) which include 24cp of Common finance subjects, 30cp of major/specialisation core, 6cp capstone subject and 12cp Electives at 900
level from within the area of specialisation. Students are also required to accrue an overall weighted average mark (WAM) of 50% which is deemed
equivalent to a GPA of 3.0. Students who wish to do a second specialisation upon completion of 72cp single specialisation will be required to
complete the core specialisation subjects of the second specialisation.
All students commencing in Autumn 2023 onwards would be required to complete a Research capstone of 12 credit points.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 54 | P a g e


Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Master of Applied Finance program, students will be able to:
1. Integrate technical, theoretical and industry knowledge as it relates 4. Communicate appropriately in oral, written and visual forms with
to the operation of, organisation of and participation in local and relevant stakeholders.
international finance.
5. Work appropriately with others in order to achieve outputs
2. Critically apply technical, theoretical and industry knowledge and relevant to finance.
skills to propose solutions to routine and/ or emerging problems in
6. Conduct an applied research project.
finance.
7. Reflect on performance and feedback to identify learning
3. Exercise professional judgement to propose solutions to problems
opportunities and self-improvement.
in diverse contexts using economic, finance, regulatory and ethical
perspectives.

MASTER OF APPLIED FINANCE (CORPORATE TREASURY)


Learning Outcomes
In addition to the common program outcomes, students graduating with a specialisation in Corporate Treasury will be able to:
1. Articulate the role of corporate goals and agency theory in the 3. Demonstrate the complex background to organisational growth
development of ethical business practice. strategies by discussing the comparative benefits and risks.
2. Identify sources and costs of finance and discuss the complex issues 4. Identify measure and manage complex business risks
around corporate financial structure.
5. Identify the practical problems faced by managers in maximising
firm value.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 55 | P a g e


MASTER OF APPLIED FINANCE (INVESTING) MASTER OF APPLIED FINANCE (FINANCIAL SERVICES)
Learning Outcomes
Learning Outcomes
In addition to the common program outcomes, students graduating In addition to the common program outcomes, students graduating
with a specialisation in Investing will be able to: with a specialisation in Financial Services will be able to:
1. Inspect a variety of financial assets and range of investment 1. Assimilate advanced knowledge of financial services, banking
scenarios using analytical tools and processes for financial and and regulatory systems, advanced theories related to financial
investment decisions. services and banking, models and practices, and their application
2. Construct a portfolio and formulate appropriate investment in financial services, bank management, risk control, and lending
strategies, including the selection of passive indexing/ active/ decisions for a range of stakeholders.
management strategies, top-down/ bottom-up portfolio 2. Analyse case studies and contemporary media texts using
construction approaches, style investing, and risk management analytical tools relevant to financial services and processes for
strategies. lending decisions and liquidity management.
3. Evaluate and monitor portfolio performance with qualitative and 3. Collect reliable information to make rational choices for the
quantitative methods. benefit of market security and financial integrity of financial
4. Explain the complex relationships between investors, financial services and banking systems, and for the financial benefit of
institutions, regulators and markets across a range of investment stakeholders.
and financing contexts. 4. Explain the complex relationships between central banks and
other financial institutions, regulators, markets and society
across a range of banking and finance contexts.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 56 | P a g e


MASTER OF APPLIED FINANCE

FIN 925(6CP) FIN 923 (6CP) FIN 954 (6CP) FIN 925 (6CP) FIN 955 (6CP)
ECON939 (6CP) FIN 907 (6CP)
Banking Theory and Portfolio Alternative Banking Theory and International
Quantitative Economic Financial Strategy
Practice Management Investments Practice Banking
Analysis
COMMON FINANCE FOUNDATION SUBJECTS

FIN 928 (6CP)


Multinational FIN 962 (6CP) FIN 957 (6CP) FIN 956 (6CP) FIN 962 (6CP)
FIN 962 (6CP)
Financial Risk Management Trading and Dealing Bank Lending and Risk Management
FIN 924 (6CP) Risk Management
Management in Capital Markets Securities
Financial Statement
Analysis for Business
FIN 950 (6CP) FIN 950 (6CP) FIN 950 (6CP)
CORPORATE TREASURY

Socially Responsible

FINANCIAL SERVICES
Socially Responsible Socially Responsible
Finance Finance Finance
FIN 926 (6CP)

INVESTING
Advanced Managerial
Choose 2 Electives from the list Choose 2 Electives from the list Choose 2 Electives from the list
Finance

ECON928 (6CP) FIN 901 (6CP) ECON928 (6CP) FIN 901 (6CP) ECON928 (6CP) FIN 901 (6CP)
Economics for Introduction to Economics for Introduction to Economics for Introduction to
Modern Business FinTech Modern Business FinTech Modern Business FinTech
FIN 958 (6CP)
Financial Institutions FIN 923 (6CP) FIN 956 (6CP) FIN 928 (6CP) FIN 930 (6CP)
FIN 956 (6CP) Multinational
Portfolio Bank Lending and FIN 907 (6CP) Islamic Banking an
Bank Lending and Financial
Management Securities Financial Strategy Finance
Securities Management

FIN 960 (6CP) FIN 954 (6CP) FIN 957 (6CP) FIN 928 (6CP) FIN 957 (6CP) FIN 954 (6CP)
CAPSTONE

FIN 925 (6CP)


Research in Financial Alternative Trading and Dealing Multinational Trading and Dealing Alternative
Banking Theory and
Markets and Investments in Capital Markets Financial in Capital Markets Investments
Practice
Institutions Management
Pre-req: 48CP of 900
level subjects

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 57 | P a g e


MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Testamur Title of Degree: Master of Business Administration


Abbreviation: MBA Duration: 2 years full time
UOWD Course Code: 1420 QFEmirates Level 9
Total Credit Points: 72cp Faculty: School of Business
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter

The Master of Business Administration (MBA) is designed for experienced professionals who wish to develop the analytical, cross-functional skillset
that will support strong managerial decision-making in business leadership roles. This program helps students develop their strategic managerial
and leadership skills, gaining the holistic business point-of-view required to operate effectively in an increasingly competitive and evolving global
business environment. The curriculum focuses on the international business environment and addresses relevant emerging themes such as
corporate governance and ethics.
Degree Requirements Learning Outcomes
To qualify for award of the degree a candidate shall accrue an aggregate Upon successful completion of the Master of Business Administration
of at least 72 credit points (cp) which include 60cp of core subjects and program, students will be able to:
12cp Elective at 900 level. Students are also required to accrue an overall
1. Critically analyse and integrate advanced theoretical and practical
weighted average mark (WAM) of 50%.
knowledge of recent developments
All students commencing in Autumn 2023 onwards would be required to in business disciplines and professional practice.
complete a Research capstone of 12 credit points.
2. Propose innovative, sustainable and responsible solutions to com
plex real world business challenges.
3. Collaborate responsibly to achieve individual and collective outco
mes.
4. Effectively communicate complex concepts and information, thro
ugh a range of media.
5. Critically reflect on personal ideas, practices and feedback from st
akeholders.
6. Plan and execute a Strategic Business Project, drawing on relevant
research principles and methods

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 58 | P a g e


MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

MBA 901 (6CP) MBA 902 (6CP) MBA 903 (6CP)


Accounting for Managerial Decisi on-making Strategic Marketing Management Responsible Talent Management Strategies

MBA 906 (6CP)


MBA 904 (6CP) MBA 905 (6CP) Financial Strategy and Governance
Design Thinking and Business Transformation Innovation, Entrepreneurship & Commercialisation
Pre-req: MBA 901
CORE

MBA 907 (6CP) MBA 909 (6CP) MBA 911 (6CP)


Contemporary Global Perspectives on Strategy Responsible Leadership Effectiveness Global Business Challenges
CAPSTONE

ELECTIVES

MBA 908 (6CP)


Strategic Business Project Any 900-level subject of at least 12CP as approved by the Faculty
Pre-req: 48CP of 900 Level Subject

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 59 | P a g e


MASTER OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Testamur Title of Degree: Master of Human Resource Management


Abbreviation: MHRM Duration: 1.5 years full time
UOWD Course Code: 3170 QFEmirates Level 9
Total Credit Points: 72cp Faculty: School of Business
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter

This specialisation is for aspiring leaders within the Human Resources field who wish to enhance their understanding of the key concepts involved
with strategic human resource management such as creatively analysing and solving organisational problems and creating strategic alignment
between human capital and organisational goals. The program instructs you on how to examine structures, systems, culture and leadership,
including how to implement organisational change and how to leverage competitive advantage in the global marketplace.
Degree Requirements Learning Outcomes
To qualify for the degree, a candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at Upon successful completion of the Master of Human Resource
least 72 credit points (cp) which include 24cp of Business foundation Management program, students will be able to:
subjects, 30cp of major/specialisation core, 6cp capstone subject and
1. Demonstrate an advanced understanding of the key concepts,
12cp Electives at 900 level from within the area of specialisation.
theories and frameworks involved with strategic human resource
Students may be able to the degree with a total of 60cp in line with
management, incorporating critical analysis and investigative skills
UOWD’s policy on Credit for Prior Learning in consultation with the
in this field.
School of Business office prior to the commencement of the
program. If eligible for credit for prior learning from all four common 2. Creatively analyse and solve organisational problems in the
subjects, students will be required to complete 12cp electives within management of employees.
the specialization. Students are also required to accrue an overall 3. Apply best practice to create strategic alignment between human
weighted average mark (WAM) of 50%. capital and organisational goals.
All students commencing in Autumn 2023 onwards would be required 4. Propose integrative solutions through building mutually beneficial
to complete a Research capstone of 12 credit points. and productive networks and relationships within and across
relevant business contexts.
5. Evaluate regional organisational issues to provide ethical, legal,
entrepreneurial and sustainable perspectives that may be
communicated in written and oral modes

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 60 | P a g e


MASTER OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

ACCY801 (6CP) MGNT918 (6CP)


Accounting and Financial MGNT908 (6CP)
Managing Employment Relations in
Management Human Resources Development
Organisations
FOUNDATION SUBJECTS

MGNT803 (6CP) MGNT963 (6CP)


MGNT949 (6CP)

CORE
Organisational Behaviour and Management of Workplace Health
Management Performance Management
and Safety

MARK804 (6CP) MGNT969 (6CP)


Principles of Marketing Job Analysis, Recruitment and
Management Selection

ELECTIVES
CAPSTONE

OPS 802 (6CP)


Operations Management MGNT922 (6CP) Any 900-level subject of at least 12CP as
Business Research Capstone approved by the Faculty

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 61 | P a g e


MASTER OF INNOVATION AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP

Testamur Title of Degree: Master of Innovation and Entrepreneurship


Abbreviation: MInnov&Entrep Duration: 1.5 years full time
UOWD Course Code: 3174 QFEmirates Level 9
Total Credit Points: 72cp Faculty: School of Business
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter

This program is designed for managers or those aspiring to pursue a career in innovation-related roles especially in government, business and
non-profit organisations. The program will enable you to experience a world of innovation and entrepreneurship which forms an integral part of
an organisation’s success. The course is aimed at individuals with an entrepreneurial mindset, entrepreneurs already running their own businesses
or employees in large organisations wishing to foster a culture of innovation and creativity.
Degree Requirements Learning Outcomes
To qualify for the degree, a candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at Upon successful completion of the Master of Innovation and
least 72 credit points (cp) which include 24cp of Business foundation Entrepreneurship program, students will be able to:
subjects, 30cp of major/specialisation core, 6cp capstone subject and
1. Generate and evaluate new ideas for improving processes or
12cp Electives at 900 level from within the area of specialisation.
revamping products/ services to increase the organisation’s
Students may be able to the degree with a total of 60cp in line with
value in the marketplace.
UOWD’s policy on Credit for Prior Learning in consultation with the
School of Business office prior to the commencement of the 2. Assess the commercial viability of entrepreneurial activities and
program. If eligible for credit for prior learning from all four common the need for innovation using appropriate processes, technique,
subjects, students will be required to complete 12cp electives within methodologies, and models.
the specialization. Students are also required to accrue an overall 3. Critically evaluate the competition and competitive advantage of
weighted average mark (WAM) of 50%. new products and services.
All students commencing in Autumn 2023 onwards would be required 4. Examine the opportunities and challenges for an organisation
to complete a Research capstone of 12 credit points. and mobilise financing of new initiatives.
5. Develop and justify a comprehensive business plan to potential
investors and/or internal stakeholders.
6. Work effectively in multidisciplinary, cross-cultural teams
towards the development of a new venture.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 62 | P a g e


MASTER OF INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP

ACCY801 (6CP) ENTR902 (6CP)


Accounting and Financial ENTR901 (6CP)
Insights into Innovation and
Management Financial Skills for Entrepreneurs
Entrepreneurship

MGNT803 (6CP) ENTR904 (6CP)


FOUNDATION SUBJECTS

CORE
ENTR903 (6CP)
Organisational Behaviour and Contemporary Leadership Skills for
Business Innovation Plan
Management Entrepreneurs

MARK956 (6CP)
MARK804 (6CP)
Developing and Marketing New
Principles of Marketing Management
Products and Services
CAPSTONE

ELECTIVES
OPS 802 (6CP) MGNT922 (6CP) Any 900-level subject of at least 12CP as
Operations Management Business Research Capstone approved by the Faculty

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 63 | P a g e


MASTER OF INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

Testamur Title of Degree: Master of International Business


Abbreviation: MInnov&Entrep Duration: 1.5 years full time
UOWD Course Code: 3171 QFEmirates Level 9
Total Credit Points: 72cp Faculty: School of Business
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter

The specialisation in International Business is for new graduates and experienced managers who want to develop a knowledge and
understanding of management issues in an international context. The program will help you to address management issues in a variety of
cultural and global contexts, demonstrate a broad knowledge of the international business environment and synthesize complex information in
order to develop and justify innovative business solutions.
Degree Requirements Learning Outcomes
To qualify for the degree, a candidate shall accrue an aggregate of Upon successful completion of the Master of International Business
at least 72 credit points (cp) which include 24cp of Business program, students will be able to:
foundation subjects, 30cp of major/specialisation core, 6cp
1. Demonstrate cross-cultural knowledge and interpersonal skills
capstone subject and 12cp Electives at 900 level from within the
whilst working independently and in teams to address people
area of specialisation. Students may be able to the degree with a
management issues in a variety of cultural and global contexts.
total of 60cp in line with UOWD’s policy on Credit for Prior Learning
2. Demonstrate broad and coherent knowledge of contemporary
in consultation with the School of Business office prior to the
international business environment, theory and practice.
commencement of the program. If eligible for credit for prior
3. Critically evaluate and apply cross-functional knowledge of
learning from all four common subjects, students will be required to
theory and practices of international business to solve problems
complete 12cp electives within the specialization. Students are also
in international business organisations.
required to accrue an overall weighted average mark (WAM) of
4. Exercise and communicate informed strategic decisions relevant
50%.
to international business contexts by applying relevant
All students commencing in Autumn 2023 onwards would be information analysis, ethical and professional practices and
required to complete a Research capstone of 12 credit points. approaches.
5. Collect, analyse and synthesize complex information relevant to
international business issues in order to develop and justify
innovative business solutions.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 64 | P a g e


MASTER OF INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

ACCY801 (6CP)
Accounting and Financial MGNT978 (6CP) FIN 921 (6CP)
Management Cross Cultural Management Managerial Finance

MGNT803 (6CP) MARK957 (6CP) ENTR902 (6CP)

CORE
Organisational Behaviour and International Marketing Insights into Innovation and
Management Strategy Entrepreneurship
FOUNDATION SUBJECTS

MARK804 (6CP) MGNT984 (6CP)


Principles of Marketing Global Business Strategies
Management
CAPSTONE

ELECTIVES
MGNT922 (6CP) Any 900-level subject of at least
OPS 802 (6CP)
Business Research 12CP as approved by the Faculty
Operations Management
Capstone

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 65 | P a g e


MASTER OF MANAGEMENT

Testamur Title of Degree: Master of Management


Abbreviation: MMgnt Duration: 1.5 years full time
UOWD Course Code: 3169 QFEmirates Level 9
Total Credit Points: 72cp Faculty: School of Business
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter

This Master of Management degree is aimed at students who are interested in enhancing their career opportunities by developing further
professional, personal and technical skills in key management areas. Over the course of the program, students will learn how to propose
integrated solutions to complex general management issues by drawing on relevant management principles, be able to work effectively in teams
to assess management situations, develop and execute management reports.

Degree Requirements
Learning Outcomes
To qualify for the degree, a candidate shall accrue an aggregate of
at least 72 credit points (cp) which include 24cp of Business Upon successful completion of the Master of Management
foundation subjects, 30cp of major/specialisation core, 6cp program, students will be able to:
capstone subject and 12cp Electives at 900 level from within the
1. Demonstrate theoretical and operational knowledge relevant
area of specialisation. Students may be able to the degree with a
to the key areas of management.
total of 60cp in line with UOWD’s policy on Credit for Prior Learning
in consultation with the School of Business office prior to the 2. Propose integrated solutions to complex general management
commencement of the program. If eligible for credit for prior issues by drawing on relevant management principles.
learning from all four common subjects, students will be required to 3. Work effectively in teams to assess management situations
complete 12cp electives within the specialization. Students are also presented in case studies and/or reports and synthesising
required to accrue an overall weighted average mark (WAM) of materials from a range of appropriate sources.
50%.
4. Develop and execute management reports, demonstrating the
All students commencing in Autumn 2023 onwards would be use of effective research and reporting skills.
required to complete a Research capstone of 12 credit points.
5. Communicate complex ideas and information in oral
presentations to a crucial audience.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 66 | P a g e


MASTER OF MANAGEMENT

ACCY801 MGNT903
Accounting and Financial MGNT910
Leading in Contemporary
Management Strategic Management
Organisations

MGNT803
FOUNDATION SUBJECTS

CORE
Organisational Behaviour and MGNT915 MGNT920
Management Management of Change Organisational Analysis

MARK804
OPS 935
Principles of Marketing Management
Project Management

OPS 802
CAPSTONE

ELECTIVES
Operations Management MGNT922 Any 900-level subject of at least 12CP
Business Research Capstone as approved by the Faculty

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 67 | P a g e


MASTER OF MARKETING

Testamur Title of Degree: Master of Marketing


Abbreviation: MMark Duration: 1.5 years full time
UOWD Course Code: 3173 QFEmirates Level 9
Total Credit Points: 72cp Faculty: School of Business
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter

The Master of Marketing degree is ideal for managers and middle managers seeking to further their careers in marketing; a field increasingly
important for organisations to deliver value through their products and services. Students will have the opportunity to study a wide range of
advanced topics in marketing and gain profession-oriented specialist marketing skills required to excel in management roles. You will be trained
to formulate strategic plans, evaluate marketing theories and frameworks, design projects using market research tools. Be equipped with the
high-level skills to generate and position products and services for the market.
Degree Requirements Learning Outcomes
To qualify for the degree, a candidate shall accrue an aggregate of Upon successful completion of the Master of Marketing program,
at least 72 credit points (cp) which include 24cp of Business students will be able to:
foundation subjects, 30cp of major/specialisation core, 6cp
1. Evaluate marketing theories, frameworks and concepts.
capstone subject and 12cp Electives at 900 level from within the
area of specialisation. Students may be able to the degree with a 2. Examine the process of strategic marketing decisions and
total of 60cp in line with UOWD’s policy on Credit for Prior Learning formulate strategic plans.
in consultation with the School of Business office prior to the 3. Design projects using marketing research tools.
commencement of the program. If eligible for credit for prior
4. Assess the ethical implications of decisions in the marketing
learning from all four common subjects, students will be required to
context.
complete 12cp electives within the specialization. Students are also
required to accrue an overall weighted average mark (WAM) of 5. Recommend solutions for social problems in consumer and
50%. business markets.

All students commencing in Autumn 2023 onwards would be 6. Propose integrative solutions through building mutually
required to complete a Research capstone of 12 credit points. beneficial and productive networks and relationships within and
across relevant business contexts.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 68 | P a g e


MASTER OF MARKETING

ACCY801 (6CP) MARK936 (6CP) MARK940 (6CP)


Accounting and Financial Management Consumer Behaviour Marketing Communications

MGNT803 (6CP)

CORE
FOUNDATION SUBJECTS

Organisational Behaviour and MARK901 (6CP) MARK920 (6CP)


Management Digital Marketing Social Marketing

MARK804 (6CP)
MARK935 (6CP)
Principles of Marketing Management
Marketing Strategy

OPS 802 (6CP)


CAPSTONE

ELECTIVES
Operations Management MARK977 (6CP)
Any 900-level subject of at least 12CP
Research for Marketing
as approved by the Faculty
Decisions

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 69 | P a g e


MASTER OF BUSINESS ANALYTICS

Testamur Title of Degree: Master of Business Analytics


Abbreviation: MBusAnalytics Duration: 1.5 years full time
UOWD Course Code: 3074 QFEmirates Level 9
Total Credit Points: 72cp Faculty: School of Business
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter

Businesses rely on data acquisition to help maintain a competitive advantage and the need for a qualified Business Analytics specialists
has never been higher. Business Analysts enable organisations to understand gathered data using various statistical method and
techniques, for measuring business performance and provide insights to make improved business decisions. Using predictive data analytics
would allow understanding and predicting business and industry trends, ensuring a company to make informed choices that help them
grow.
Degree Requirements Learning Outcomes
To qualify for the degree, a candidate shall accrue an aggregate 1. Critically evaluate and synthesize theory and practice in the
of at least 72 credit points (cp) which include 24cp of Business field of Business Analytics
foundation subjects, 30cp of major/specialisation core, 6cp
2. Design innovative solutions to business analytics problems
capstone subject and 12cp Electives at 900 level from within the
area of specialisation. Students may be able to the degree with a 3. Communicate complex disciplinary information effectively
total of 60cp in line with UOWD’s policy on Credit for Prior in both written and oral formats to specialist and non-
Learning in consultation with the School of Business office prior specialist audiences
to the commencement of the program. If eligible for credit for 4. Conduct a independent research and enquiry drawing on
prior learning from all four common subjects, students will be theory, innovative ideas and personal initiative.
required to complete 12cp electives within the specialization.
5. Critically analyse and apply principles of ethics,
Students are also required to accrue an overall weighted average
sustainability and responsible decision making in relevant
mark (WAM) of 50%.
business analytics contexts.
All students commencing in Autumn 2023 onwards would be
6. Develop action plans based on critical reflection of personal
required to complete a Research capstone of 12 credit points.
ideas, practices and feedback from stakeholders.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 70 | P a g e


MASTER OF BUSINESS ANALYTICS

ACCY801 (6CP) MBAS902 (6CP)


MBAS901 (6CP)
Accounting and Financial Management Techniques and Tools for Business
Essential Elements for Business Analytics
Analytics

MBAS903 (6CP) MBAS904 (6CP)


MGNT803 (6CP)

CORE
FOUNDATION SUBJECTS

Business Analytics for Economic and Business Analytics for Services and
Organisational Behaviour and
Market Environments Operations
Management

MBAS905 (6CP)
MARK804 (6CP) Advanced Business Analytics
Principles of Marketing Management
CAPSTONE

ELECTIVES
MBAS906 (6CP) Any 900-level subject of at least 12CP as
Business Analytics Research Capstone approved by the Faculty
OPS 802 (6CP)
Operations Management

• If the student is eligible for Credit for Prior Learning from all four foundation subjects, they will
be required to complete two elective subjects (i.e. MARK901, ECON939, OPS 910) that will be
chosen in consultation with the School of Business.
• All applicants will be required to pass a challenge test in Statistics. Students who have not passed
the challenge test are required to successfully complete FND114 course as a pre-requisite before
they would be allowed to enrol in the Business Analytics subjects.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 71 | P a g e


MASTER OF SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

Testamur Title of Degree: Master of Supply Chain Management


Abbreviation: MSCM Duration: 1.5 years full time
UOWD Course Code: 3168 QFEmirates Level 9
Total Credit Points: 72cp Faculty: School of Business
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter

The Master of Supply Chain Management program provides the skills needed to manage the flow of information and materials within and
between organisations both locally and globally. Students will be able to have an in-depth understanding of a highly specialised area, alongside
great business acumen in marketing, operations management, finance and organisational behaviour. This program is endorsed by the
professional network representing businesses and practitioners in the sector, the Supply Chain and Logistics Group (SCLG) Middle East, and has
won the SCATA (Supply Chain and Transport Award) for the best Supply Chain and Logistics academic program in the UAE.

Degree Requirements Learning Outcomes


To qualify for award of the degree of Master of Supply Chain 1. Apply and evaluate theory and practice in the field of
Management, a candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at least 72 management science.
credit points (cp) which include 24cp of Business foundation
2. Critically assess and propose solutions to management science
subjects, 42cp of core subjects and a 6cp capstone subject.
problems
If the student is eligible for Credit for Prior Learning from all four
3. Apply interdisciplinary knowledge in management sciences to
foundation subjects, they will be required to complete two elective
make and justify independent decisions in complex
subjects that will be chosen in consultation with the School of
environments
Business. Students are also required to accrue an overall weighted
average mark (WAM) of 50%. 4. Communicate effectively in cross-functional, cross-
organisational and cross-cultural teams using appropriate
tools and techniques in management sciences.
5. Conduct an independent research project on a management
sciences topic, demonstrating professional judgement in
explaining and communicating their research findings

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 72 | P a g e


MASTER OF SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

ACCY801 (6CP)
Accounting and Financial OPS 908 (6CP) OPS 909 (6CP)
Management Supply Chain Management Total Quality Management
FOUNDATION SUBJECTS

MGNT803 (6CP) OPS 911 (6CP)


Organisational Behaviour and OPS 910 (6CP)
Strategic Procurement
Management Supply Chain Analytics
Management

CORE
MARK804 (6CP) OPS 913 (6CP)
OPS 928 (6CP)
Principles of Marketing Advanced Supply Chain
Logistics Systems
Management Management Pre-req: OPS 908
Pre-req: OPS 908

OPS 802 (6CP)


OPS 935 (6CP)
Operations Management
Project Management
CAPSTONE

OPS 922 (6CP)


Business Research Project

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 73 | P a g e


GLOBAL EXECUTIVE MASTER OF LUXURY MANAGEMENT

Testamur Title of Degree: Global Executive Master


Specialisation offered: Luxury Management Duration: 1.5 years full time
Abbreviation: GEMLUX QFEmirates Level 9
UOWD Course Code: 2199 Faculty: School of Business
Total Credit Points: 60cp Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face)

The program in Luxury Management is designed for professionals who want to develop skills in the core field of Luxury with a broader
understanding of how to manage the growing industry. The program will have equal focus on both the philosophies and trends underpinning
the Luxury segment and the core guiding principles of Management. The program is being positioned to provide a strategic understanding of
leading and managing the luxury business and hence is expected to cater to a range of professionals who have interest in developing their
careers to a leadership role within the luxury industry.
Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the GEMLUX program, graduates will be able to:
1. Demonstrate an advanced understanding of theory and practice for leading and managing the luxury business in the UAE-European
context
2. Integrate technical, theoretical and industry knowledge designed to address the needs of diverse stakeholders across a range of Luxury
Management contexts, including UAE and Europe
3. Apply European luxury management best practices in the emerging UAE and GCC luxury context
4. Critically reflect on, synthesize and apply specialized knowledge and skills to solve complex problems in the fled of luxury management
5. Conduct independent research and inquiry, involving theoretical conceptualization, innovative ideas and personal initiative.
6. Demonstrate professional expertise and leadership through interpreting and communicating theoretical and practical insights into luxury
management to specialist and non-specialist audiences.
7. Apply principles of social responsibility when critically evaluating situations and making business decisions.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 74 | P a g e


GLOBAL EXECUTIVE MASTER OF LUXURY MANAGEMENT
GLUX902 (6CP)
GLUX900 (6CP) GLUX901 (6CP) Luxury Customer
Strategic Analysis Negotiating Contracts Experience Design and
Marketing

GLUX903 (6CP)
GLUX904 (6CP)
Operations, Supply GLUX905 (6CP)
Innovation
Chain Management Retail Service Design
Management
and Distribution
CORE

GLUX906 (6CP) GLUX907 (6CP) GLUX908 (6CP)


Brand Management Luxury Distribution Business Plan

GLUX909 (6CP)
Project Work

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 75 | P a g e


DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN BUSINESS

Testamur Title of Degree: Doctor of Philosophy


Specialisation offered: Business Duration: 4 years full time
Abbreviation: PhD (Business) QFEmirates Level 12
UOWD Course Code: 3060 Faculty: School of Business
Total Credit Points: 192cp Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face)

The Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) is an advanced postgraduate research degree program that develops research skills and provides high achieving
candidates with the opportunity to conduct in-depth research in their chosen discipline. The PhD program is aimed at candidates who are
interested in pursuing their career as an academic or in private and public organisations which focus on research and innovation. The program
will enable candidates to critically evaluate existing knowledge, which uses research as a tool to explore and answer important questions in your
chosen field, and thus create new knowledge and effectively apply research findings in your working environment.
Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the PhD (Business) program, graduates will be able to:
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (BUSINESS)
1. Demonstrate cognitive, technical and creative skills in a discipline BUS 996 (12CP)
BUS 997 (12CP)
area to plan and execute a substantial piece of research that Introduction to Research
Literature Review
and Research Methods
contributes to knowledge.
2. Demonstrate mastery of theoretical knowledge and critically
BUS 980 (6CP)

CORE
BUS 993 (12CP)
reflect on, synthesise and evaluate complex information, Applied Data Analysis
Business Research
Proposal
problems, concepts, and theories.
3. Communicate a coherent and sustained argument, explaining
RESH900 (6CP)
and disseminating research results and conclusions to peers and Fundamentals of HDR
to the community. Writing

4. Apply advanced knowledge of research, research integrity, ethics


THESIS

and the rights and safety of others, to plan and execute a THES912 (144CP) O THES924 (144CP)
substantial piece of research with a high level of autonomy, Thesis (Part-Time) R Thesis (Full-Time)

accountability, adaptability and responsibility for personal outputs.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 76 | P a g e


GRADUATE CERTIFICATES 1. Apply relevant principles and concepts in a business context.

Degree Requirements 2. Analyse complex business situations using appropriate


theories and techniques relevant to core business functions.
To qualify for the award of the degree to any of the Graduate
Certificates, a candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at least 24 3. Generate solutions to problems in organisations
credit points (cp) of core subjects. Students are also required to 4. Independently make socially responsible decisions based on
accrue an overall weighted average mark (WAM) of 50% analysis of relevant information.
GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN BUSINESS 5. Communicate relevant and integrated information in business
for the intended audience and purpose; (a) orally and, (b) in
Testamur Title of Degree: Graduate Certificate in Business
writing.
Abbreviation: GCertBus
UOWD Course Code: 2113 6. Demonstrate professional interpersonal skills whilst working
Total Credit Points: 24cp with others to produce agreed output.
Duration: 2 trimester (Full Time )
Faculty: School of Business GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN BUSINESS
Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
ACCY801 (6CP) ECON802 (6CP)
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Accounting and Financial The Economics of Global
Management Business Challenges

This program is suitable for current managers and employees who OR

are seeking their career promotion by up-skilling their current MGNT803 (6CP)
OPS 802 (6CP)

CORE
knowledge on foundation knowledge on marketing, accounting and Organisational Behaviour
Operations Management
and Management
finance, organisational behaviour and management, global business
challenges and perspectives, and also wanting to improve their Students opting to progress into
the specialization Master
insight on application of theory and practice in business. The course MARK804 (6CP)
Principles of Marketing programs must do OPS 802.
is fully nested with the Master of Business, meaning that students Management OPS 802 is also required for
satisfying entry requirements to postgraduate studies can progress progression into the Master of
Science (Logistics and Supply
to the program with credit for all four subjects completed. Chain Management) program.

Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Graduate Certificate in Business
program, students will be able to:

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 77 | P a g e


GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 4. Apply principles of social responsibility in HR practices when
critically evaluating situations and making business decisions.
Testamur Title of Graduate Certificate in Human Resource
5. Communicate relevant and integrated information in HR for
Degree: Management
intended audience and purpose; (a) orally and, (b) in writing.
Abbreviation: GCertHRM
UOWD Course Code: 2114 6. Reflect on professional interpersonal skills whilst working with
Total Credit Points: 24cp others to produce agreed outputs
Duration: 2 trimester (Full Time ) GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN HUMAN
QF Emirates Level 8 RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Home Faculty: School of Business
Students who received a waiver
Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter from MGNT803 must do one of
MGNT803 * (6CP)
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Organisational Behaviour and the subjects from the below list
Management
MGNT910 (6CP)
This program is designed for those who are seeking to progress their Strategic Management
career in Human Resources or those currently working in the OR
MGNT908 (6CP)
industry who wish to gain a relevant postgraduate qualification to MGNT911 (6CP)
Human Resource Development
Organisational
update their skills and knowledge. The course is fully nested with Behaviour
the Master of Business (HRM Specialisation), meaning that students OR
MGNT930 (6CP)
MGNT915 (6CP)
satisfying entry requirements to postgraduate studies can progress Strategic Human Resource
Management of Change
Management
to the Master of Business (Human Resource Management) program OR

CORE
with credit for all four subjects completed. MGNT920 (6CP)
MGNT969 (6CP) Organisational Analysis
Learning Outcomes Job Analysis, Recruitment and
OR
Selection
MGNT923 (6CP)
Upon successful completion of the Graduate Certificate in Human Contemporary Issues in
Resource Management program, students will be able to: *Students who do not have a International Business
relevant background in Human OR
Resources should complete this MGNT949 (6CP)
1. Demonstrate knowledge in core areas of HRM subject within their first trimester Performance
of study. Students with a relevant Management
2. Synthesise relevant principles and concepts in a HR context. background may apply to OR
complete one elective subject MGNT963 (6CP)
3. Propose integrated solutions to HRM problems using from the approved list. Management of
theoretical knowledge, technical skills, critical and/or creative Workplace Health and
Safety
thinking. OR
MGNT978 (6CP)
Cross Cultural
Management

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 78 | P a g e


GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN MARKETING 4. Apply principles of social responsibility in marketing when
critically evaluating situations and making business decisions.
Testamur Title of Degree: Graduate Certificate in Marketing
5. Communicate comprehensive and integrated information in
Abbreviation: GCertMrk
marketing for the intended audience and purpose; (a) orally
UOWD Course Code: 2115
and, (b) in writing
Total Credit Points: 24cp
Duration: 2 trimester (Full Time ) 6. Reflect on professional interpersonal skills whilst working with
QF Emirates Level 8 others to produce agreed outputs.
Home Faculty: School of Business
Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face)
GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN MARKETING
The Graduate Certificate in Marketing is designed for those who are MARK804 * (6CP)
Principles of Marketing Students who received a waiver from MARK804
seeking to progress their career in Marketing, or those currently Management must do one of the subjects from the below list
working in the industry who wish to gain a relevant postgraduate
MARK901 (6CP)
qualification to update their skills and knowledge. Digital Marketing
MARK935 (6CP)
Marketing Strategy OR MARK980 (6CP)
The course is fully nested with the Master of Business (Marketing Strategic Brand
MARK938 (6CP)
Specialisation), meaning that students satisfying entry requirements Management

CORE
Managing Services and OR
to postgraduate studies can progress to the Master of Business MARK936 (6CP) Relationship Marketing MARK997 (6CP)
(Marketing) program with credit for all four subjects completed. Consumer Behaviour OR Retail Marketing
MARK940 (6CP) Management
Learning Outcomes Marketing OR
Communications OPS 908 (6CP)
MARK977 (6CP)
Upon successful completion of the Graduate Certificate in Research for Marketing OR Supply Chain
Decisions MARK956 (6CP) Management
Marketing program, students will be able to:
Creating and Marketing OR
New Products
1. Demonstrate knowledge in core areas of marketing. *Students who do not have a MGNT923 (6CP)
relevant background in OR Contemporary Issues in
2. Synthesise relevant principles and concepts in a marketing Marketing should complete MARK957 (6CP) International Business
this subject within their first International Marketing
context. trimester of study. Students Strategy
with a relevant background
3. Propose integrated solutions to marketing problems using may apply to complete one
theoretical knowledge, technical skills, critical and/or creative elective subject from the
approved list above.
thinking.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 79 | P a g e


SCHOOL OF COMPUTER SCIENCES

The School of Computer Sciences offers technology-based undergraduate degrees with the opportunity to specialise in
specific practical disciplines. The postgraduate programs provide students with a strong foundation in the application
and theoretical foundations of these technical disciplines. The following programs are currently being offered
▪ Bachelor of Computer Science
o Bachelor of Computer Science
o Bachelor of Computer Science (Cybersecurity)
o Bachelor of Computer Science (Game and Mobile Development)
o Bachelor of Computer Science (Big Data)
▪ Bachelor of Business Information Systems
▪ Master of Information Technology Management
▪ Master of Digital Transformation

KEY CONTACTS
Head of School (Computer Sciences)
Dr. Mai ElBarachi
Associate Professor
Faculty of Engineering and Information Sciences
P +97 14 278 1977 (Direct)
E MaiElbarachi@uowdubai.ac.ae
Director Research Discipline Leader (Computer Science)
Dr. Stephen Wilkinson Dr. Soly Mathew Biju
Associate Professor Associate Professor
Faculty of Engineering and Information Sciences Faculty of Engineering and Information Sciences
P +971 4 278 1920 (Direct) P +971 4 278 1933 (Direct)
E Stephenwilkinson@uowdubai.ac.ae E SolyMathewBiju@uowdubai.ac.ae

Faculty Lead Administrator Faculty Coordinator - Operations


Mr. Rahul Bijlani Ms. Maria Pereira
Faculty of Engineering and Information Sciences Faculty of Engineering and Information Sciences
P +971 4 278 1905 (Direct) P +971 4 278 1904 (Direct)
E RahulBijlani@uowdubai.ac.ae E MariaPereira@uowdubai.ac.ae

Faculty Administrative Assistant Academic Support Officer (FEIS)


Ms. April Nunag Ms. Sabiha Banu
Faculty of Engineering and Information Sciences FRED and Registry Services
P +971 4 278 1990 (Direct) P +971 4 278 1739 (Direct)
E AprilNunag@uowdubai.ac.ae E SabihaBanu@uowdubai.ac.ae

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 80 | P a g e


DEGREE PLAN
Students should follow the rules and requirements for the trimester and year that they commenced their course. Archives
of degree planners from all sessions and years are available at:
https://my.uowdubai.ac.ae/documents-and-forms?type=degree_planners&category=degree_planners
It is the responsibility of the student to review subjects scheduled to be offered in each trimester and ensure that pre-
requisites are completed to plan a smooth completion of their degree. In order to avoid exam and lecture clashes,
students are required to check the lecture and exam timetables prior to enrolment.
Students must meet with their advisors to plan their optimal study plan based on both academic and individual
requirements.
Degree Structure
The below program structure for all programs is only applicable for those students who joined Autumn 2021 onwards.
Students who joined prior to Autumn 2021 must refer to the corresponding degree planner and consult with their academic
advisor/School Office on their program structure.

UNIVERSITY FRESHMAN YEAR


Students who does not qualify for advanced entry are required to complete the University Freshman Year (as indicated
below) in order to progress into the Bachelor of Computer Science, Bachelor of Business Information System.
Subject Code Subject Name CP
Academic Language Skills
LANG030 English for Academic Study 6
LANG040 Research & Study Skills 6
General Education
ARA 101/ ARA 102 Arabic 6
IRAE135/ UAE and International Relations /
GEOG222/ Society and Environment /
6
PUBH115 / Public Health /
URBS103 Urban Sociology
Mathematics
MATH030 College Algebra 6
MATH041 / Maths for Business
6
MATH042 Mathematics for Engineering
Choose any 1 of the subjects below
BUS 030/ Business Studies 6
PHYS040 Physics
CSIT040 Introduction to Computer Science 6

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 81 | P a g e


UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

BACHELOR OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

Testamur Title of Degree: Bachelor of Computer Science


Specialisation offered: Cyber Security Duration: 3 years full time
Game and Mobile Development
Big Data
Abbreviation: BCompSc QFEmirates Level 7
UOWD Course Code: 3165 Faculty: School of Computer Sciences
Total Credit Points: 144 Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face)

Computer science is the study of algorithmic processes that describe and transform information: theory, analysis, programming and design. The
Bachelor of Computer Science focuses on the development of high-level programming skills that can be applied across a wide range of
applications, including analysis of stock market trends, games design, neural network design, automatic teller machines and patient monitoring
in hospitals. The core subjects help students understand the structure of data and the role it plays in delivering solutions to complex problems.
The degree includes core of programming subjects as well as electives in languages, artificial intelligence, computer security, computer graphics,
operating systems, real-time software and software engineering. This program provides students with a strong core of computing and allows
them to pursue their interest by choosing among many specialised electives or to major in areas such as Cyber Security, Game and Mobile
Development, and Big Data
.
Major Core Major Capstone Elective
Bachelor of Computer Science (No Major) 90cp 12cp 42cp
Major – Cyber Security 90cp 30cp 12cp 12cp
Major – Game and Mobile Development 90cp 30cp 12cp 12cp
Major – Big data 90cp 30cp 12cp 12cp

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 82 | P a g e


Degree Requirements
To qualify for award of the degree of Bachelor of Computer Science,
• a candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at least 144 Credit additional 6 credit point subject at 200/300 level CSCI, CSIT or
Points (cp) which include 90cp from the program core, a 12cp ISIT not listed in the core. Students are not allowed to do more
final year-project capstone and 42cp of General Electives as than 12 credit points at 100 level.
specified in the table below. Students are also required to
• In addition, 24cp of General Education subjects also needs to
accrue an overall weighted average mark (WAM) of 50%.
be completed, which may be considered as electives from
• Students need to choose 42cp of electives (7 subjects) if they Business/General Schedule.
are not opting for any major of study. And needs to complete
• Students who have completed University Freshman Year,
18 credit points of 300 level CSCI, CSIT or ISIT subjects, and an
would require to complete only ARTS317 and INE301.
Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Bachelor of Computer Science program, students will be able to:
1. Apply theoretical basis of computer science to solve a range of 4. Manage all aspects of the project including analyses of
practical problems requirements, design of solutions, selection of appropriate tools
for implementation, or integration.
2. Design and develop state of the art software solutions for a
variety of applications. 5. Demonstrate the ability to function effectively as part of a team
to accomplish a set of common goals and objectives and
3. Design, develop, and employ effective and efficient approaches
efficiently communicate with project stakeholders.
and algorithms in solving practical problems.
6. Adopt a professional and ethical approach to decision making
and related social responsibilities.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 83 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3


CSIT314 (6CP)
CSIT110 (6CP) CSIT214 (6CP) INE 301 (6CP)
CSIT123 (6CP) CSCI203 (6CP) Software Development
Fundamental IT Project Management Fundamentals of
Computing and Cyber Algorithms & Data Methodologies
Programming With Pre-req: CSIT114/ Innovation and
Security Fundamentals Structures Pre-req: CSIT214/
Python ISIT100 Entrepreneurship
CSCI311 & 18CP of 200
level CSIT/CSCI/ISIT
CSIT115 (6CP) CSIT226 (6CP) CSCI235 (6CP)
CSIT114 (6CP) Data Management & Human Computer Database Systems Elective 5 (6CP)
Security Interaction Pre-req: CSIT115 & Elective 4 (6CP) 200/300-LEVEL Comp.
System Analysis
Pre-req: CSIT111 Pre-req: CSIT121 CSIT121 200/300-LEVEL Comp. Science/IT
Science/IT
CSIT121 (6CP) CSCI251 (6CP) Elective 1 (6CP)
Object Oriented Design CSIT127 (6CP) Advanced Programming 200/300-LEVEL Comp. Elective 7 (6CP)
& Programming Networks and Science/IT Elective 6 (6CP) 200/300-LEVEL Comp.
Pre-req: CSIT121/
Pre-req: CSIT111/ Communications 200/300-LEVEL Comp. Science/IT
CSIT124 Elective 3 (6CP)
CSIT114 Science/IT
OR 200/300-LEVEL Comp.
CSCI213 (6CP) Science/IT
CSIT128 (6CP)

CAPSTONE
CSIT321 (12CP)
MATH255 (6CP)
Introduction to Web Java Programming Elective 2 (6CP) Project
Mathematics for
Technology Pre-req: CSIT110 200/300-LEVEL Comp. Pre-req: CSIT214/CSCI311 & 18CP of 200 level
Computing
Pre-req: CSIT121 Science/IT CSIT/CSCI/ISIT subjects

ARTS317(6CP) INE 301 (6CP) ARA 101/ARA 102


General Core
Muslim Societies Across Innovation & (6CP)
Education
the Ages Entrepreneurship Arabic Language

Elective
IRAE135 (6CP) OR GEOG222 (6CP) OR OR
PUBH115 (6CP) URBS103 (6CP)
UAE and International Society and
Public Health Urban Sociology
Relations Environment

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 84 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF COMPUTER SCIENCE (CYBER SECURITY)
The Bachelor of Computer Science (Cyber Security) aims to prepare data and information that is at risk of being hacked and breached
graduates to develop secure computers and computer networks, to via the internet.
ensure that the data stored and transmitted through them is
Learning Outcomes
protected from unauthorised access or to combat digital security
threats and hazards. Moreover, with the advent of Internet of In addition to meeting the program learning outcomes of the
Things (IOT), both the public and private sectors are faced with new Bachelor of Computer Science, students graduating from the Cyber
types of threats, new vulnerabilities, and hacking techniques and Security major will further be able to:
agents. IoT has hugely disrupted the traditional concept of digital 1. Apply the core fundamentals of cyber security to real world
security and introduced a more intricate concept: the concept of situations.
cybersecurity. There is a crucial need for talented cybersecurity
2. Assess cyber security problems and vulnerabilities in software,
professionals to address these issues. Skills derived from this major
computers, and networks and select appropriate security
are in demand across all sectors: from banking to finance, insurance,
measures.
retail, government and defence, all fields where there is sensitive

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 85 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF COMPUTER SCIENCE – CYBER SECURITY

YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3


CSIT110 (6CP) CSIT214 (6CP) CSIT314 (6CP) INE 301 (6CP)
CSIT123 (6CP) CSCI203 (6CP)
Fundamental IT Project Management Software Development Fundamentals of
Computing and Cyber Algorithms & Data
Programming With Pre-req: CSIT114/ Methodologies Innovation and
Security Fundamentals Structures
Python ISIT100 Pre-req: CSIT214/ Entrepreneurship
CSCI311 & 18CP of 200
CSIT115 (6CP) CSIT226 (6CP) CSCI235 (6CP) level CSIT/CSCI/ISIT
CSIT114 (6CP) Data Management & Human Computer CSCI368 (6CP)
Database Systems subjects
System Analysis Security Interaction Network Security
Pre-req: CSIT115 &
Pre-req: CSIT111 Pre-req: CSIT121 Pre-req:CSCI251 &
CSIT121 CSIT302 (6CP) 12CP of 200 level CSIT/
CSCI251 (6CP) Cybersecurity CSCI
CSIT121 (6CP) CSIT127 (6CP) CSCI262 (6CP) Pre-req:CSIT127 &
Advanced Programming
Object Oriented Design Networks and System Security 12CP of 100 level CSIT
Pre-req: CSIT121/
& Programming Communications Pre-req: CSIT111/ subjects Elective 2 (6CP)
CSCI124
Pre-req: CSIT111/ OR CSCI114 & CSIT115 &S 200/300-LEVEL Comp.
CSCI114 CSCI213 (6CP) CSIT127 & CSIT128 Science/IT
MATH255 (6CP) CSCI369 (6CP)
Java Programming
Mathematics for CSIT375 (6CP) Ethical Hacking
CSIT128 (6CP) Pre-req: CSIT110
Computing Artificial Intelligence for
Introduction to Web

CAPSTONE
Cyber Security CSIT321 (12CP)
Technology Elective 1 (6CP)
Pre-req: CSIT121, Project
Pre-req: CSIT121 200/300-LEVEL Comp.
CSIT127 and 18cp 200 Pre-req:CSIT214/CSCI311 & 18CP of 200 level
Science/IT
level CSIT/CSCI/ISIT subjects

General ARTS317 (6CP) INE 301 (6CP) ARA 101/ARA 102 Core
Education Muslim Societies Across Innovation & (6CP)
the Ages Entrepreneurship Arabic Language
Elective

IRAE135 (6CP) OR GEOG222 (6CP) OR OR


PUBH115 (6CP) URBS103 (6CP)
UAE and International Society and Major
Public Health Urban Sociology
Relations Environment

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 86 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF COMPUTER SCIENCE (GAME AND MOBILE DEVELOPMENT)
The Bachelor of Computer Science (Game and Mobile Learning Outcomes
Development) aims to equip students with the necessary skills to
In addition to meeting the program learning outcomes of the
apply techniques to the development of video games and related
Bachelor of Computer Science, students graduating from the Game
systems on computers and mobile platforms, including devices such
and Mobile Development major will further be able to:
as mobile phones, tablets and wearable devices. Students will be
able to identify approaches to solving real-world problems in video 1. Apply the core fundamentals of the principles of deign in
games and multimedia systems. They will also develop both animation, graphics, video, audio, web, and 2D/3D virtual worlds
traditional computer science skills as well as creative skills including for designing games and mobile applications.
visualisation, interaction and communication skills. Experts in this 2. Develop, assess and integrate a range of software tools for
field work in the entertainment industry, the game and mobile creative games and mobile technology development.
industry as mobile application developers, game programmers,
animators, game engine developers, mobile entertainment and
multimedia designers.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 87 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF COMPUTER SCIENCE – GAME AND MOBILE DEVELOPMENT

YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3

CSIT314 (6CP)
CSIT110 (6CP) INE 301 (6CP)
CSIT123 (6CP) CSCI203 (6CP) CSIT214 (6CP) Software Development
Fundamental Fundamentals of
Computing and Cyber Algorithms & Data IT Project Management Methodologies
Programming With Innovation and
Security Fundamentals Structures Pre-req:CSIT114 Pre-req: CSIT214 & 18CP
Python Entrepreneurship
of 200 level CSIT/CSCI/
ISIT subjects
CSIT115 (6CP) CSIT226 (6CP) CSCI235 (6CP)
CSIT114 (6CP) Data Management & Human Computer Database Systems Choose FOUR of the below
System Analysis Security Interaction Pre-req: CSIT115 &
Pre-req: CSIT111 Pre-req:CSIT121 CSIT121
CSCI336 (6CP) CSCI346 (6CP)
CSIT121 (6CP) CSCI236 (6CP) Interactive Computer Game Development
CSIT127 (6CP) CSCI251 (6CP)
Object Oriented Design 3D Modelling and Graphics Pre-req: CSCI236
Networks and Advanced Programming
& Programming Animation Pre-req: CSCI251 & 6CP
Communications Pre-req: CSIT121
Pre-req:CSIT111 Pre-req: 36CP of 100 of 200 level CSCI subjects
OR level subjects CSCI356 (6CP)
Game Engine Essentials
CSIT128 (6CP) CSCI213 (6CP) CSCI388 (6CP)
MATH255 (6CP) Elective 2 (6CP) Pre-req: CSIT121&
Introduction to Web Java Programming Virtual and Augmented
Mathematics for 200/300-LEVEL Comp. CSIT214
Technology Pre-req: CSIT110 Reality
Computing Science/IT
Pre-req:CSIT121 Pre-req: CSI251 CSIT242 (6CP)
Elective 1 (6CP) Mobile Applications
200/300-LEVEL Comp. Development
Science/IT Pre-req: CSIT121

General ARTS317 (6CP) INE 301 (6CP) Core


Muslim Societies Across ARA 101/ARA 102 (6CP)
Education Innovation &
the Ages Arabic Language
CAPSTONE

CSIT321 (12CP) Entrepreneurship


Project Elective
Pre-req: CSIT214 &
18CP of 200 level CSIT/ OR GEOG222 (6CP) OR OR
IRAE135 (6CP) PUBH115 (6CP) URBS103 (6CP)
CSCI/ISIT subjects Society and
UAE and International Relations Public Health Urban Sociology Major
Environment

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 88 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF COMPUTER SCIENCE (BIG DATA)

The Bachelor of Computer Science (Big Data) aims to equip students Learning Outcomes
with the necessary skills to apply techniques to the development of
In addition to meeting the program learning outcomes of the
video games and related systems on computers and mobile
Bachelor of Computer Science, students graduating from the Big
platforms, including devices such as mobile phones, tablets and
Data major will further be able to:
wearable devices. Students will be able to identify approaches to
solving real-world problems in video games and multimedia 1. Apply the core fundamentals of the principles of big data,
systems. They will also develop both traditional computer science visualization and data analytics in real life applications.
skills as well as creative skills including visualisation, interaction and 2. Design and employ a range of algorithms, reports, and software
communication skills. Experts in this field work in the entertainment tools for big data and data analytics.
industry, the game and mobile industry as mobile application
developers, game programmers, animators, game engine
developers, mobile entertainment and multimedia designers.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 89 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF COMPUTER SCIENCE – BIG DATA

YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3


CSIT110 (6CP) CSIT314 (6CP) INE 301 (6CP)
CSIT123 (6CP) CSCI203 (6CP) CSIT214 (6CP) Software Development
Fundamental Fundamentals of
Computing and Cyber Algorithms & Data IT Project Management Methodologies
Programming With Innovation and
Security Fundamentals Structures Pre-req: CSIT114 Pre-req: CSIT214/
Python Entrepreneurship
CSCI311 & 18CP of 200
CSIT115 (6CP) CSIT226 (6CP) level CSIT/CSCI/ISIT CSCI323 (6CP)
CSCI235 (6CP)
CSIT114 (6CP) Data Management & Human Computer subjects Modern Artificial
Database Systems
System Analysis Security Interaction Pre-req: CSIT115 & Intelligence
Pre-req: CSIT111 Pre-req: CSIT121 CSIT121 CSCI317 (6CP) Pre-req: CSIT251 + 6CP
Database Performance of 200 level CSCI/CSIT
ISIT312 (6CP) Tuning subjects
CSIT121 (6CP) CSCI251 (6CP)
CSIT127 (6CP) Big Data Management Pre-req: CSIT235
Object Oriented Design Advanced
Networks and Pre-req: CSIT115 &
& Programming Programming Elective 2 (6CP)
Communications 24CP of 100 level CSIT INFO411 (6CP)
Pre-req: CSIT111 Pre-req: CSIT121 200/300-LEVEL Comp.
subjects Data Mining and
Science/IT
CSIT128 (6CP) OR Knowledge Discovery
MATH255 (6CP) Elective 1 Pre-req: 36CP
Introduction to Web CSCI213 (6CP) 200/300-LEVEL Comp.
Mathematics for
Technology

CAPSTONE
Computing Java Programming Science/IT CSIT321 (12CP)
Pre-req: CSIT121 Pre-req: CSIT110
CSCI316 (6CP) Project
Big Data Mining Pre-req: CSIT214 & 18CP of 200 level CSIT/
Techniques and CSCI/ISIT subjects
Implementation

General ARTS317 (6CP) INE 301 (6CP) ARA 101/ARA 102 Core
Education Muslim Societies Innovation & (6CP)
Across the Ages Entrepreneurship Arabic Language
Elective
IRAE135 (6CP) OR GEOG222 (6CP) OR OR
PUBH115 (6CP) URBS103 (6CP)
UAE and International Society and
Public Health Urban Sociology Major
Relations Environment

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 90 | P a g e


List of Electives

Electives (18cp)
Students need to choose 18cp (3 subjects) if they are not opting for any major of study
Subject Code Subject Name CP Pre-requisites
CSCI236 3D Modelling and Animation 6 36 credit points at 100 level
Big Data Mining Techniques and
CSCI316 6
Implementation
CSCI317 Database Performance Tuning 6 CSCI235
CSCI251 + 1 subject at 200
CSCI323 Artificial Intelligence 6
level - CSCI / CSIT
CSCI251 and 6cp of 200-
CSCI336 Interactive Computer Graphics 6
level CSCI subjects
CSCI346 Game Development 6 CSCI236
CSCI350 Internship 6
CSIT121/ CSCI124 and
CSCI356 Game Engine Fundamentals 6
CSIT214
CSCI370 Special Topics in Computer Science A 6 18 cp @ 200 level CSCI
CSCI251 and 12cp @ 200
CSCI376 Multicore and GPU Programming 6
level CSIT/CSCI
CSIT242 Mobile Applications Development 6 CSIT121
INFO411 Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery 6 36 cp
24cp @100 level any
ISIT204 Principles of e-Business 6
subjects
24cp @ 100 level of any
ISIT224 Management Information Systems 6
subject
ISIT301 Professional Practice & Ethics 6 18cp @200 level
CSIT115 and 24cp @ 100
ISIT312 Big Data Management 6
level CSIT
ACCY121 Accounting for Decision Making 6
ACCY122 Accounting Principles 6 ACCY121
ECON100 Economic Essentials for Business 6
MARK101 Marketing Principles 6
MARK301 Digital Marketing 6 MARK101
MARK343 International Marketing 6 MARK101
MGNT110 Introduction to Management 6
MGNT201 Organizational Behaviour 6 MGNT110
MGNT206 Human Resource Management 6 MGNT110

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 91 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Testamur Title of Degree: Bachelor of Business Information Systems


Abbreviation: BBIS Duration: 3 years full time
UOWD Course Code: 3164 QFEmirates Level 7
Total Credit Points: 144 Faculty: School of Computer Sciences
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter

The Bachelor of Business Information Systems provides students with the knowledge and skills to apply appropriate technologies to achieve
commercial advantage. The program teaches the methodologies and tools to harness information technology, from both strategic and
operational perspectives, to create business efficiencies. It helps enhance analytical, problem solving, decision-making and critical thinking skills
and helps to develop an understanding of key business concepts. The program offers graduates key skills required for any IT professional such
as: organisational areas in IT, database management, programming, information systems analysis and design, communications and networks,
security, eBusiness, project management, web-based technology, and professional practice in IT. Graduates of this program will be able to
manage specifications, design and implement systems and select and apply appropriate technologies for the automation of business
information.
Degree Requirements
To qualify for award of the degree of Bachelor of Business Students need to complete 24cp (4 subjects) of electives from which
Information Systems, a candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at 18cp must be CSCI-300 `or ISIT-300 or CSIT-300 level subjects. The
least 144 Credit Points (cp) which include 108cp of program core, remaining 6 credit points must be only at 200 or 300 level
12cp of final year project and 24cp of General Electives. Students CSCI/CSIT/ISIT subjects. Student may not enrol in any 000-level
are also required to accrue an overall weighted average mark subject as elective. Students must not complete more than 60 credit
(WAM) of 50%. points of 100 level subjects. Students are also advised to consult
with their academic advisor about their elective enrolment.
Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Bachelor of Business Information Systems program, students will be able to:
1. Evaluate the strategic impact of information systems on 2. Develop specifications, design and implement information
organisational processes, profitability and decision-making systems.
effectiveness. 3. Manage the development and maintenance of business
information systems.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 92 | P a g e


4. Select and apply appropriate technologies for the automation 6. Adopt a professional and ethical approach to decision making
of business information systems. and related social responsibilities.
5. Acquire the ability to function effectively as part of a team to 7. Utilize core knowledge of key business concepts in analyzing,
accomplish a set of common goals and objectives. designing, evaluating information systems to support of
business goals of organization.

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS

YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3


CSIT110 (6CP) CSIT314 (6CP)
CSIT123 (6CP) ACCY121 (6CP) Software Development INE 301 (6CP)
Fundamental MARK101 (6CP)
Computing and Cyber Accounting for Decision Methodologies Fundamentals of
Programming With Marketing Principles
Security Fundamentals Making Pre-req: CSIT214/ Innovation and
Python
CSCI311 & 18CP of 200 Entrepreneurship
level CSIT/CSCI/ISIT
CSIT115 (6CP) CSIT214 (6CP)
FIN 111 (6CP)
CSIT114 (6CP) Data Management & IT Project Management Elective 2 (6CP)
Introductory Business Elective 1 (6CP)
System Analysis Security Pre-req: CSIT114/ 300-LEVEL Comp.
Finance 300-LEVEL Comp.
Pre-req: CSIT111 ISIT100 Science/IT
Science/IT
CSIT121 (6CP) ISIT224 (6CP)
CSIT226 (6CP)
Object Oriented Design CSIT127 (6CP) Management
Human Computer Elective 4 (6CP)
& Programming Networks and Information System Elective 3 (6CP)
Interaction 300-LEVEL Comp.
Pre-req:CSIT111/ Communications Pre-req:24CP of 100 300-LEVEL Comp.
Pre-req: CSIT111 & Science/IT
CSCI114 level of any subject Science/IT
CSIT113
CSIT128 (6CP) ISIT204 (6CP)
MGNT110 (6CP)

CAPSTONE
Introduction to Web Principles of eBusiness MATH255 (6CP) CSIT321 (12CP)
Introduction to
Technology Pre-req:24CP of 100 Mathematics for Project
Management
Pre-req: CSIT121 level of any subject Computing Pre-req: CSIT214/CSCI311 & 18CP of 200 level
CSIT/CSCI/ISIT subjects

ARTS317 (6CP) INE 301 (6CP)


General ARA 101/ARA 102 (6CP) Core
Muslim Societies Across Innovation &
Education Arabic Language
the Ages Entrepreneurship

Elective
OR GEOG222 (6CP) OR OR
IRAE135 (6CP) PUBH115 (6CP) URBS103 (6CP)
Society and
UAE and International Relations Public Health Urban Sociology
Environment

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 93 | P a g e


POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMS

MASTER OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

Testamur Title of Degree: Master of Information Technology Management


Abbreviation: MITM Duration: 2 years full time full time or part time
equivalent
UOWD Course Code: 453 QFEmirates Level 9
Total Credit Points: 60 Faculty: School of Computer Sciences
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter

The Master of Information Technology Management (MITM) degree program is designed to equip and prepare IT professionals working in
various industries for the increasing complexities of the digital economy. Managing the growing pervasiveness of information and
communication technologies in today’s business has become a mandatory requirement for current technology professionals and IT managers.
The knowledge and skills necessary to anticipate manage and implement business and technological advances that are critical to future business
success are always highly in demand.
The Master of Information Technology Management will enable professionals to add value in the rapidly growing and dynamic IT industry of
tomorrow. The program is intended to broaden the students’ knowledge by providing them with a bridge connecting the academic environment
and the outside world. MITM aims at making its graduates adept at coping up with the perpetually advancing industry of Information Technology
and its application in business. Further, MITM allows students to make the appropriate business-technology decisions appropriate for today’s
changing business environment, and prepares them to become tomorrow's information leaders; thereby, enabling graduates to effectively plan
and execute strategic information technology initiatives.
Degree Requirements
Candidates are required to complete nine (9) subjects (60 credit points) comprises of compulsory core subjects including Thesis (ISIT990 – 12
credits points) and two (2) elective subjects to be selected from the approved subjects provided each session. Students who have previously
completed either a relevant 4-year Undergraduate program without a research component or a relevant 3-year Undergraduate program are
required to accrue 72 credit points (i.e. additional 12cp of electives upon consultation with the Program Director).
There are two entry levels to the Master of Information Technology Management program. If the student has completed a three-year
undergraduate degree program, or a four-year program without a research component, they will enter the MITM at the foundation level. This

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 94 | P a g e


will involve taking two subjects prior to starting out on the main program. If the student has completed a four-year degree that included a
research component, they will enter directly onto the main program.

Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Master of Information Technology, students will be able to:
1. Critically analyse and evaluate evidence problems, concepts 4. Research, synthesise and apply key information and apply
and theories in the field of information technology expert judgement in information technology, systems design
management. and project in IT management from organisational perspective
2. Interpret and apply policies and technologies to protect data and business perspective.
integrity and validity, including information privacy and security 5. Employ independent learning strategies to update own
policies and procedures. knowledge in the field and keep pace with innovations in
3. Evaluate, implement and use information systems’ tools, information technology and management, industry trends and
techniques, and methodologies applicable to the organisation standards.
and business environment. 6. Work as an individual and as a member of a team in a manner
consistent with ethical and professional standards.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 95 | P a g e


MASTER OF INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
ISIT901 (6CP) ISIT908 (6CP)
Information Systems and IT Governance and
Strategy Organisational Issues

CSIT988 (6CP) ISIT946 (6CP)

CORE
Security, Ethics and Project and Change
Professionalism Management

INFO911 (6CP)
ENGG950 (6CP)
Data Mining and Knowledge
Innovation and Design
Discovery
CAPSTONE

ELECTIVES
ISIT990 (12CP) Any 900-level subject of
Professional Practice and at least 12CP as
Research Project approved by the Faculty

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 96 | P a g e


MASTER OF DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION
Testamur Title of Degree: Master of Digital Transformation
Abbreviation: MDT Duration: 1.5 years full time
UOWD Course Code: 3215 QFEmirates Level 9
Total Credit Points: 60 Faculty: School of Computer Sciences
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter

The Master in Digital Transformation (MDT) degree program is designed to equip the students with the knowledge, skills, and mindset required
to lead and drive digital transformation initiatives in various industries. Specifically, the program aims to:
1. Develop well-rounded professionals who can bridge the gap between business and IT by defining digital transformation strategies and
implementing digital solutions.
2. Enhance students' strategic thinking and problem-solving abilities, enabling them to analyze complex challenges and develop innovative
and practical solutions using prominent digital transformation technologies.
3. Develop students' soft skills, including communication, teamwork, ethics, and professional conduct, to prepare them for success in
today's multidisciplinary workplace.
4. Produce graduates who can drive innovation and create sustainable solutions by effectively utilizing digital technologies and aligning
business and IT strategies.
Degree Requirements
To qualify for award of the degree of Master of Digital Transformation a candidate must:
1. Accrue an aggregate of at least 60 credit points, and achieve 3. A student’s admission status will be assessed on the basis
an overall Weighted Average Mark (WAM) of 50% average of their previous qualifications according to the Admissions
at UOWD which is deemed equivalent to a GPA of 3.0. Policy.
2. The 60 credit points shall include the degree specific core 4. Typically, students who have previously completed a
subjects and electives as specified in the Degree Handbook. relevant 4-year Undergraduate program with a research
component, are required to accrue 60 credit points.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 97 | P a g e


Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Master of Digital Transformation, students will be able to:
1. Identify strategic opportunities and challenges in the field competitive advantage.
of digital transformation and examine the impact of digital
4. Assess the potential of digital transformation in driving
cultures on organizations.
innovation, entrepreneurship, and the creation of
2. Analyze real-world problems related to digital sustainable solutions.
transformation and independently develop suitable
5. Demonstrate proficiency in soft skills required for the
strategies and practical solutions.
modern, multidisciplinary workplace, including advanced
3. Apply modern data science and artificial intelligence communication, effective teamwork, ethical decision-
knowledge and skills to solve problems and gain a making, and professional conduct

MASTER OF DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION


MDT 901 (6CP) Choose THREE of the below
MDT 902 (6CP)
Digital transformation
Cloud foundations &
strategy and Industry MDT 912 (6CP) MDT 913 (6CP)
architecting
4.0 Cloud Application IoT Practitioner
MDT 904 (6CP) Development
MDT 903 (6CP)
CORE

Research & Design Pre-req: MDT 902


Artificial Intelligence
Thinking for Digital MDT 915 (6CP)
Practitioner
Block Practitioner
ELECTIVES
transformation MDT 914 (6CP)
IoT Application
MDT 905 (6CP) MDT 916 (6CP)
Development
Data Science Business Process
Practitioner MDT 917 (6CP) Management &
Cyber Security Automation
CAPSTONE

MDT 999 (12CP) Practitioner


Research Thesis MDT 918 (6CP)
Pre-req: Min. of 36 CPs completed Block Chain
MDT 919 (6CP)
Application
Big Data Engineering
Development

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 98 | P a g e


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
The School of Engineering offers technology-based undergraduate degrees with the opportunity to specialise in specific
practical disciplines. The postgraduate programs provide students with a strong foundation in the application and
theoretical foundations of these technical disciplines. The following programs are currently being offered
▪ Bachelor of Engineering (Honours)
o Electrical and Electronics Engineering
o Computer and Autonomous Systems
o Telecommunications Engineering and Internet of Things
o Civil Engineering
o Mechanical Engineering
o Mechatronic Engineering
▪ Master of Engineering Management

KEY CONTACTS
Head of School (Engineering) Director Research
Dr. Haile-Selassie Rajamani Dr. Stephen Wilkinson
Associate Professor Associate Professor
Faculty of Engineering and Information Sciences Faculty of Engineering and Information Sciences
P +971 4 278 1923 (Direct) P +971 4 278 1920 (Direct)
E HaileRajamani@uowdubai.ac.ae E Stephenwilkinson@uowdubai.ac.ae

Discipline Leader (Electrical, Computer and Telecommunication Discipline Leader


Engineering and Mechatronic Engineering) (Civil and Mechanical Engineering)
Dr. Obada Al Khatib Dr. Umar Asghar
Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
Faculty of Engineering and Information Sciences Faculty of Engineering and Information Sciences
P +97 14 278 1979 (Direct) P +971 4 278 1940 (Direct)
E ObadaAlKhatib@uowdubai.ac.ae E UmarAsghar@uowdubai.ac.ae

Faculty Lead Administrator Faculty Coordinator - Operations


Mr. Rahul Bijlani Ms. Maria Pereira
Faculty of Engineering and Information Sciences Faculty of Engineering and Information Sciences
P +971 4 278 1905 (Direct) P +971 4 278 1904 (Direct)
E RahulBijlani@uowdubai.ac.ae E MariaPereira@uowdubai.ac.ae
Faculty Administrative Assistant Academic Support Officer (FEIS)
Ms. April Nunag Ms. Sabiha Banu
Faculty of Engineering and Information Sciences FRED and Registry Services
P +971 4 278 1990 (Direct) P +971 4 278 1739 (Direct)
E AprilNunag@uowdubai.ac.ae E SabihaBanu@uowdubai.ac.ae

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 99 | P a g e


DEGREE PLAN
Students should follow the rules and requirements for the trimester and year that they commenced their course. Archives
of degree planners from all sessions and years are available at:
https://my.uowdubai.ac.ae/documents-and-forms?type=degree_planners&category=degree_planners
It is the responsibility of the student to review subjects scheduled to be offered in each trimester and ensure that pre-
requisites are completed to plan a smooth completion of their degree. In order to avoid exam and lecture clashes,
students are required to check the lecture and exam timetables prior to enrolment.
Students must meet with their advisors to plan their optimal study plan based on both academic and individual
requirements.
Degree Structure
The below program structure for all programs is only applicable for those students who joined Autumn 2021 onwards.
Students who joined prior to Autumn 2021 must refer to the corresponding degree planner and consult with their academic
advisor/School Office on their program structure.

UNIVERSITY FRESHMAN YEAR


Students who do not qualify for advanced entry are required to complete the University Freshman Year (as indicated
below) in order to progress into the Bachelor of Engineering (Honours).
Subject Code Subject Name CP
Academic Language Skills
LANG030 English for Academic Study 6
LANG040 Research & Study Skills 6
General Education
ARA 101/ ARA 102 Arabic 6
IRAE135/ UAE and International Relations /
GEOG222/ Society and Environment /
6
PUBH115 / Public Health /
URBS103 Urban Sociology
Mathematics
MATH030 College Algebra 6
MATH042 Mathematics for Engineering 6
General (Any 2)
PHYS040 Physics 6
CSIT040 Introduction to Computer Science 6

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 100 | P a g e


UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (HONOURS)

Testamur Title of Degree: Bachelor of Engineering (Honours)


Majors Computer and Autonomous Systems Engineering
(Computer Engineering)
Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Duration: 4 Years
(Electrical Engineering)
Telecommunication Engineering and Internet of Things
(Telecommunication Engineering)
Abbreviation: B.E QFEmirates Level 7
UOWD Course Code: 3166 Faculty: School of Engineering
Total Credit Points: Minimum of 192 Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face)

The Bachelor of Engineering program with major in Computer and Autonomous Systems Engineering, Electrical and Electronics Engineering or
Telecommunications Engineering and Internet of Things trains engineers for exciting and successful careers as system designers and developers,
engineering managers, analysts, educators and researchers. This program prepares graduates to be globally recognised professional engineers
with the requisite knowledge, skills and attributes to further develop in their chosen careers. They will have the capacity to effectively lead and
contribute to the advancement of engineering, technology and commerce. This program is designed to provide the basic theoretical background
required by professional engineers as well as experience in working in teams and the ability to manage the process of designing and developing
engineering solutions to address real world problems.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 101 | P a g e


Degree Requirements
To qualify for award of the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in either of the specialisations, a candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at least
192 Credit Points (cp) as specified in the structure provided below. Students are also required to accrue an overall weighted average mark
(WAM) of 50%.
Note: All B.E. students are required to take the Engineering Placement Tests on their first trimester of study at the University. The Placement
tests are conducted to assess the student’s capabilities in Mathematics, Statistics and Physics to continue in the Engineering Program. Based on
the results in the placement tests; students who need more fundamental understanding in these areas are advised to enrol for - Foundation Level
courses which do not account for any credits towards the B.E Program but would help them strengthen their fundamentals to continue in the
program.

Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Bachelor of Engineering program, students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate the ability to discern, interpret and evaluate 6. Identify the strengths of individuals, societies and cultures that are
information, and apply their learning in order to make decisions and both similar and dissimilar from one’s own, with a professional view
articulate logical responses. to improving existing relationships between community networks,
workplaces and organisations.
2. Apply the acquired knowledge to practical life problems and adopt
a professional and ethical approach to decision making and related 7. Demonstrate the ability to effectively gather, critically analyse,
social responsibilities. evaluate and interpret qualitative and quantitative information
using computer technology.
3. Use all forms of expression to clearly and confidently communicate
knowledge to others, appropriate to the context. 8. Initiate and apply problem-solving and critical thinking strategies to
research, projects and organisational problems, including ethical
4. Acquire the ability to function effectively as part of a team to
dilemmas and accept responsibility for the solutions delivered.
accomplish a set of common goals and objectives.
9. Demonstrate a sense of social commitment, responsibility and
5. Initiate research and projects, and apply problem solving and critical
concern; feeling empowered to apply learning and show respect for
thinking strategies to solve problems.
citizens’ rights to everyday situations.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 102 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (HONORS) - ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
YEAR 1
YEAR 2 YEAR 3 YEAR 4
Choose THREE from
ECTE364 (6CP) ECTE324 (6CP) the 6 majors below
MATH141 (6CP) MATH291 (3CP)
Autumn

ENGG105 (6CP) Data Foundations in Major 1


Foundations of Differential
Engineering Design ECTE233 (6CP) Communications Electrical Energy ECTE423 (6CP)
Engineering Equations
for Sustainability Digital Hardware Pre-req: ENGG100 Utilisation Power System Analysis
Mathematics
CSCI291 (6CP) Pre-req: ENGG100 or (MATH141 & Pre-req: ECTE323, MATH291 &
or ENGG104 ECTE233) STAT291

CAPSTONE
ENGG103 (6CP) Programming for
Engineers ECTE498 (12CP) Major 2
Materials in Design ECTE351 (12CP)
Pre-req: ENGG100 Thesis A ECTE477 (6CP)
Engineering Design
Pre-req: Programming Autonomous
and Management 3
Completion of Systems
Pre-req: ENGG104,
120CP Pre-req: CSCI291
ECTE250, CSCI291
& ECTE233
STAT291 (3CP) ECTE202 (6CP)
ENGG102 (6CP) ECTE333 (6CP)
Engineering Circuits and ECTE344 (6CP) Major 3
MATH142 (6CP) Fundamentals of Microcontroller
Statistics Systems Control Theory ECTE471 (6CP)
Essentials of Engineering Architecture and Elective 1 (6CP)
Winter

Pre-req: ENGG104 Pre-req: ECTE203 Robotics and Flexible


Engineering Mechanics Applications From list of
ECTE213 (6CP) & MATH142 Automation
Mathematics Pre-req: ECTE233 & Specialized Subjects
Engineering Pre-req: MATH291 &
Pre-req: MATH141 PHYS143 (6CP) Electromagnetics CSCI291 ECTE399 (0CP) STAT291
Physics for Pre-req: MATH142 ECTE250 (6CP) Professional
Engineers & PHYS143 Engineering Design Experience
and Management 2
Pre-req: ECTE233,
ENGG100 & Major 4
ENGG104 ECTE412 (6CP)
Elective 2 (6CP) Major 6
ECTE331 (6CP) ECTE363 (6CP) Power Electronics and
ENGG100 (6CP) ECTE203 (6CP) From list of ECTE465 (6CP)
Real-time Communication Drives
Spring

Engineering Digital Signal ECTE212 (6CP) Specialized Subjects Wireless


Embedded Systems Systems Pre-req: ECTE324,
Computing and ENGG104 (6CP) Processing Electronics Communicati
Pre-req: ECTE233 & Pre-req: ECTE203 & MATH253 & STAT291 on Systems
Analysis Electrical Systems Pre-req: MATH142 Pre-req: ECTE202
CSCI291 MATH291&STAT291 Major 5 Pre-req:
Elective 3 (6CP)
From General ECTE433 (6CP) MATH291 &
Embedded Systems STAT291
Education
Pre-req: ECTE333

ARTS317 (6CP) INE 301 (6CP) ARA 101/ARA 102


General
Muslim Societies Innovation & (6CP)
Education Core Elective Major
Across the Ages Entrepreneurship Arabic Language

OR GEOG222 OR OR
IRAE135 (6CP) PUBH115
(6CP) URBS103 (6CP)
UAE and International (6CP)
Society and Urban Sociology
Relations Public Health
Environment

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 103 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (HONORS) - COMPUTER AND AUTONOMOUS SYSTEMS
YEAR 1
YEAR 2 YEAR 3 YEAR 4

MATH141 (6CP) MATH291 (3CP) ECTE364 (6CP) ECTE324 (6CP) Choose TWO
Autumn

ENGG105 (6CP) Data Foundations in from the 3


Foundations of Differential
Engineering Design ECTE233 (6CP) Communications Electrical Energy majors below
Engineering Equations
for Sustainability Digital Hardware Pre-req: ENGG100 Utilisation
Mathematics
CSCI291 (6CP) Pre-req: ENGG100 or (MATH141 &
Major 1
Programming for or ENGG104 ECTE233)
ENGG103 (6CP) ECTE401 (6CP)
Engineers ECTE351 (12CP) Multimedia Signal

CAPSTONE
Materials in Design
Pre-req: ENGG100 Engineering Design Processing
and Management 3 ECTE498 (12CP) Pre-req: ECTE203
Pre-req: ENGG104, Thesis A
ECTE250, CSCI291 Pre-req:
& ECTE233 Completion of
120CP
STAT291 (3CP) ECTE202 (6CP)
ENGG102 (6CP) ECTE333 (6CP) Major 2
Engineering Circuits and ECTE344 (6CP)
MATH142 (6CP) Fundamentals of Microcontroller ECTE471 (6CP)
Statistics Systems Control Theory
Essentials of Engineering Architecture and Robotics and
Winter

Pre-req: ENGG104 Pre-req: ECTE203 ECTE477 (6CP)


Engineering Mechanics Applications Flexible
ECTE213 (6CP) & MATH142 Programming
Mathematics Engineering Pre-req: ECTE233 & Automation
Autonomous
Pre-req: MATH141 PHYS143 (6CP) Electromagnetics CSCI291 ECTE399 (0CP) Pre-req: MATH291
Systems
Physics for Pre-req: MATH142 ECTE250 (6CP) Professional & STAT291
Pre-req: CSCI291
Engineers & PHYS143 Engineering Design Experience
and Management 2
Pre-req: ECTE233,
ENGG100 &
ENGG104 Elective 1 (6CP) Major 3
ECTE331 (6CP) ECTE363 (6CP) From list of ECTE433 (6CP)
ENGG100 (6CP) ECTE203 (6CP) Real-time Communication Specialized Subjects Embedded Systems
Spring

Engineering Digital Signal ECTE212 (6CP) Pre-req: ECTE333


Embedded Systems Systems
Computing and ENGG104 (6CP) Processing Electronics
Pre-req: ECTE233 & Pre-req: ECTE203 &
Analysis Electrical Systems Pre-req: MATH142 Pre-req: ECTE202
CSCI291 MATH291&STAT291 Elective 2 (6CP) Elective 3 (6CP)
From list of From list of General
Specialized Subjects Electives

ARTS317 (6CP) INE 301 (6CP) ARA 101/ARA 102


General
Muslim Societies Innovation & (6CP)
Education Core Elective Major
Across the Ages Entrepreneurship Arabic Language

OR GEOG222 OR OR
IRAE135 (6CP) PUBH115
(6CP) URBS103 (6CP)
UAE and International (6CP)
Society and Urban Sociology
Relations Public Health
Environment

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 104 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (HONORS) - TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING AND INTERNET OF THINGS
YEAR 1
YEAR 2 YEAR 3 YEAR 4

MATH141 (6CP) MATH291 (3CP) ECTE364 (6CP) ECTE324 (6CP) Elective 1 (6CP)
Autumn

ENGG105 (6CP) Data Foundations in Choose ONE


Foundations of Differential From list of General
Engineering Design ECTE233 (6CP) Communications Electrical Energy from the 3
Engineering Equations Electives
for Sustainability Digital Hardware Pre-req: ENGG100 Utilisation majors below
Mathematics
CSCI291 (6CP) Pre-req: ENGG100 or (MATH141 &
or ENGG104 ECTE233)

CAPSTONE
ENGG103 (6CP) Programming for Major 1
ECTE351 (12CP) ECTE498 (12CP)
Materials in Design Engineers ECTE401 (6CP)
Engineering Design Thesis A
Pre-req: ENGG100 Multimedia Signal
and Management 3 Pre-req:
Processing
Pre-req: ENGG104, Completion of
Pre-req: ECTE203
ECTE250, CSCI291 120CP
& ECTE233
ENGG102 (6CP) STAT291 (3CP) ECTE202 (6CP)
Fundamentals of Engineering Circuits and ECTE474 (6CP)
MATH142 (6CP) Statistics ECTE333 (6CP) ECTE344 (6CP) Internet of Things
Engineering Systems
Essentials of Microcontroller Control Theory Pre-req: ECTE364 &
Mechanics Pre-req: ENGG104
Engineering Architecture and
Winter

ECTE213 (6CP) & MATH142 Pre-req: ECTE203 CSCI291


Mathematics Engineering Applications
Pre-req: MATH141 PHYS143 (6CP) Pre-req: ECTE233 &
Electromagnetics ECTE469 (6CP)
Physics for CSCI291 ECTE399 (0CP)
Pre-req: MATH142 Queuing Theory
Engineers ECTE250 (6CP) Professional
& PHYS143 and Optimization
Engineering Design Experience Pre-req: MATH291
and Management 2
& STAT291
Pre-req: ECTE233,
ENGG100 &
ENGG104 Major 2
Elective 2 (6CP)
ECTE482 (6CP)
ECTE331 (6CP) ECTE363 (6CP) From list of
ECTE203 (6CP) Network Engineering
ENGG100 (6CP) Real-time Communication Specialized Subjects
Spring

Digital Signal ECTE212 (6CP) Pre-req: ECTE364


Engineering Embedded Systems Systems
Computing and ENGG104 (6CP) Processing Electronics
Pre-req: ECTE233 & Pre-req: ECTE203 & Major 3
Analysis Electrical Systems Pre-req: MATH142 Pre-req: ECTE202
CSCI291 MATH291&STAT291 Elective 3 (6CP) ECTE465 (6CP)
From list of Wireless Communication
Specialized Subjects Systems
Pre-req: MATH291 &
STAT291

ARTS317 (6CP) INE 301 (6CP) ARA 101/ARA 102


General
Muslim Societies Innovation & (6CP)
Education
Across the Ages Entrepreneurship Arabic Language
Core Elective Major
OR GEOG222 OR OR
IRAE135 (6CP) PUBH115
(6CP) URBS103 (6CP)
UAE and International (6CP)
Society and Urban Sociology
Relations Public Health
Environment

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 105 | P a g e


List of Specialisation Subjects

Subject Subject Title CP Pre – requisite


Code
ECTE401 Multimedia Signal Processing 6 ECTE301
ECTE412 Power Electronics and Drives 6 ECTE324, (MATH291 and STAT291)
ECTE423 Power System Analysis 6 ECTE323, (MATH291 and STAT291)
ECTE426 Power Distribution Systems 6 ECTE324, MATH291 and STAT291
ECTE427* Renewable and Embedded Generation 6 ECTE324
ECTE433 Embedded Systems 6 MATH291 and STAT291
ECTE465 Wireless Communication Systems 6 Completion of 120cps
ECTE469 Queuing Theory and Optimization 6 MATH291 and STAT291
ECTE471 Robotics and Flexible Automation 6 MATH291 and STAT291
ECTE474 * Internet of Things 6 ECTE364 and CSCI291 or CSIT127 and CSCI251
ECTE477* Programming Autonomous Systems 6 CSCI291
ECTE482 Network Engineering 6 ECTE364
CSCI323* Artificial Intelligence 6 CSCI251 + 1 subject at 200 level - CSCI / CSIT
INE301 Innovation and Entrepreneurship 6
INFO411* Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery 6 36 cp

*Not offered in Autumn 2023

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 106 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING(HONOURS): CIVIL ENGINEERING

Testamur Title of Degree: Bachelor of Engineering (Honours)


Majors Civil Engineering Duration: 4 Years
Abbreviation: B.E QFEmirates Level 7
UOWD Course Code: 3166 Faculty: School of Engineering
Total Credit Points: Minimum of 192 Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face)

The Bachelor of Engineering program with major in Civil Engineering trains engineers for exciting and successful careers as professional
engineers with the requisite knowledge, skills and attitudes to further develop in their chosen careers. They have the capacity to effectively lead
and contribute to the advancement of engineering, technology and commerce. The programs have been designed to provide the theoretical
background required for professional engineers as well as experience in working in teams and the ability to manage the process of designing
and developing engineering solutions to address real world problems.
Degree Requirements
To qualify for award of the degree of Bachelor of Engineering (Civil), within the context of construction and detailed and conceptual
a candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at least 192 Credit Points multi-disciplinary design.
(cp) as provided in the structure below. Students are also required 2. Identify, and predict the behaviour of building materials and utilise
to accrue an overall weighted average mark (WAM) of 50%. This them appropriately and cost-effectively in construction.
degree requirement is only applicable to students joining Autumn 3. Utilise sophisticated engineering analysis, software and design
2021 intake and onwards. tools to simulate the real world including computer aided design
and modelling of engineering systems.
All Bachelor of Engineering students are required to take the
4. Apply fundamental concepts to estimate loadings, survey site
Engineering Placement Tests in their first trimester of study.
conditions, and assess reliability in the design and performance of
Learning Outcomes structures that comply with stipulated codes and standards.
Upon successful completion of the major in Civil Engineering, 5. Plan construction projects, taking into account environmental
graduates of this major will be able to: impact, and availability of building materials, machinery, and
labour.
1. Demonstrate a comprehensive knowledge and understanding of
6. Evaluate the engineering properties of soils and rocks, and employ
the engineering principles underpinning structures, water
suitable ground management techniques to establish stable
engineering, construction materials, geotechnics, and surveying
conditions for infrastructure and to mitigate natural hazards.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 107 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (HONORS) – CIVIL ENGINEERING
YEAR 1
YEAR 2 YEAR 3 YEAR 4

MATH141 (6CP) MATH291 (3CP) ENGG251 (6CP)


Autumn

ENGG105 (6CP) CIVL352 (6CP) ENGG461 (6CP)


Foundations of Differential Mechanics of Solids CIVL311 (6CP) Managing
Engineering Design Structures 1
Engineering Equations Pre-req: ENGG102 Structural Design 1 Engineering
for Sustainability Pre-req: ENGG251
Mathematics Projects

CAPSTONE
CHEM103 (6CP) Pre-req: Completed ENGG452 (12CP)
Introductory CIVL361 (6CP)
ENGG103 (6CP) at least 96CP Thesis A
Chemistry for Geo-mechanics
Materials in Design Pre-req:
Engineers Completed 120CP
with a WAM of
65 or above
STAT291 (3CP) CIVL322 (6CP) CIVL314 (6CP)
ENGG102 (6CP) CIVL272 (6CP)
Engineering Hydraulics and Structural Design 2 CIVL444 (6CP)
MATH142 (6CP) Fundamentals of Surveying
Statistics Hydrology Pre-req: CIVL311 Engineering Design
Engineering
Winter

Essentials of Pre-req: ENGG252 Pre-req: CIVL361,


Engineering Mechanics
EESC252 (6CP) CIVL311 & CIVL322
Mathematics CIVL394 (6CP)
Geology for
Pre-req: MATH141 PHYS143 (6CP) Construction
Engineers 1
Physics for
Engineers

CIVL245 (6CP)
Elective 1 (6CP) Elective 2 (6CP)
Construction
CIVL201 (6CP) CIVL462 (6CP) From list of From list of
ENGG100 (6CP) Materials
Spring

Computer Principles of Technical Electives Technical Electives


Engineering
ENGG104 (6CP) Modelling for Civil Foundation List List
Computing and
Electrical Systems ENGG252 (6CP) Engineering Engineering CIVL458 (6CP)
Analysis
Engineering Fluid Pre-req: ENGG102 Pre-req: CIVL361 Construction
Elective 3 (6CP) Elective 4 (6CP)
Mechanics Management
From list of General From list of General
Pre-req: MATH142
Electives Electives

ARTS317 (6CP) INE 301 (6CP) ARA 101/ARA 102 CIVL463 (6CP) CIVL454 (6CP) ENVE420 (6CP) Core
General
Education
Muslim Societies Innovation & (6CP) Applied Geotechnical Structures 2 Water Resources
Technical

Across the Ages Entrepreneurship Arabic Language Engineering Engineering


Elective

Co-req: CIVL322 Elective


OR GEOG222 OR OR CIVL489 (6CP) CIVL491 (6CP)
IRAE135 (6CP) PUBH115
(6CP) URBS103 (6CP) Applied Finite Element
UAE and International (6CP) Sustainable Road and
Society and Urban Sociology Analysis for Civil
Relations Public Health Transport Engineering
Environment
Engineers

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 108 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (HONOURS): MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Testamur Title of Degree: Bachelor of Engineering (Honours)


Majors Mechanical Engineering Duration: 4 Years
Abbreviation: B.E QFEmirates Level 7
UOWD Course Code: 3166 Faculty: School of Engineering
Total Credit Points: Minimum of 192 Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face)
Mechanical Engineering has the broadest scope of all the branches of engineering, and graduates in this field have the core skills to adapt to
other fields of engineering if they wish to do so. Our BEng (Hons) - Mechanical Engineering program is designed to provide the educational
requirements which lead to professional mechanical engineers. The courses develop discipline-specific knowledge and understanding through
the teaching of the core mechanical engineering subjects; engineering maths and computation, mechanics of materials, mechanics of machines,
dynamics and vibrations, materials science and manufacturing, thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, CAD and engineering design
Degree Requirements 2. Utilise sophisticated engineering analysis, software and design tools
to simulate the real-world including computer aided design and
To qualify for the award of the degree of Bachelor of Engineering
modelling of engineering systems
(Mechanical Engineering), a candidate shall accrue an aggregate of
at least 192 Credit Points (cp) as provided in the structure below. 3. Solve problems creatively by designing and managing the
Students are also required to accrue an overall weighted average production of new and improved machines, systems and processes.
mark (WAM) of 50%. This degree requirement is only applicable to
4. Design, optimise and maintain machines, systems, and processes
students joining Autumn 2021 intake and onwards.
such as vehicles and engines; conventional and renewable energy
Learning Outcomes production systems; manufacturing plant and machinery; bulk
materials handling systems; building services, refrigeration and air
Upon successful completion of the major in Mechanical
conditioning systems; rail, road and aerospace systems.
Engineering, graduates will be able to:
5. Measure and control the performance of machines and systems in
1. Demonstrate a comprehensive knowledge and understanding of
the real-world using sensors and transducers, data acquisition
the engineering principles underpinning machines, structures,
systems, test facilities, and lab experimentation.
process, systems, fluid dynamics, engineering materials, and
detailed and conceptual multi-disciplinary design. 6. Carry out innovative, conceptual and detailed design of systems and
components by establishing key aspects of the problem,
researching current knowledge, problem-solving, generating
options and identifying feasible/optimal solutions.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 109 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (HONORS) - MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3 YEAR 4

MATH141 (6CP) MATH291 (3CP) ENGG251 (6CP) MECH321 (6CP) MECH341 (6CP) ENGG461 (6CP)
ENGG105 (6CP)
Autumn

Foundations of Differential Mechanics of Solids Dynamics of Thermodynamics of Managing


Engineering Design Engineering Engineering
Engineering Equations Pre-req: ENGG102 Engineering
for Sustainability Systems Systems
Mathematics Projects

CAPSTONE
CHEM103 (6CP) Pre-req: MECH252 Pre-req: Completed
MECH382 (6CP) ENGG452 (12CP)
Introductory or MATH202 at least 96CP
ENGG103 (6CP) Manufacturing Thesis A
Chemistry for
Materials in Design Engineering Pre-req:
Engineers
Principles Completed 120CP
Pre-req: ENGG103 with a WAM of
65 or above
STAT291 (3CP) MECH311 (6CP) MECH343 (6CP)
ENGG102 (6CP) MECH203 (0CP) Mechanical
Engineering Heat Transfer &
MATH142 (6CP) Fundamentals of Mechanical Engineering
Statistics Aerodynamics
Engineering Workshop Practice
Winter

Essentials of Design 2 Pre-req: ENGG252 ENGG378 (6CP)


Engineering Mechanics MECH252 (6CP) Pre-req: MECH215 Sustainable Energy
Mathematics Thermodynamics, MECH226 (6CP) MECH365 (6CP) Technologies
Pre-req: MATH141 PHYS143 (6CP) Experimental Machine Dynamics Control of
Physics for Methods and Pre-req: ENGG102 Machines and
Engineers Analysis & MATH142 Processes
Pre-req: MECH321

MECH201 (6CP) Elective 1 (6CP) Elective 2 (6CP)


Engineering MECH419 (6CP) From list of From list of
ENGG100 (6CP) ENGG252 (6CP) Analysis Finite Element Technical Electives Technical Electives
Spring

Pre-req: MATH142 MECH326 (6CP)


Engineering Engineering Fluid Methods in List List
ENGG104 (6CP) Dynamics of
Computing and Mechanics Engineering
Electrical Systems MECH215 (6CP) Mechanisms
Analysis Pre-req: MATH142 Pre-req: ENGG251
Mechanical Pre-req: MECH226 Elective 3 (6CP) Elective 4 (6CP)
& MECH201
Engineering Design From list of General From list of General
1 Electives Electives
Pre-req: MECH203

ARTS317 (6CP) INE 301 (6CP) ARA 101/ARA 102 MECH482 (6CP) ECTE471 (6CP)
General Special Topics in Robotics and Flexible Core
Muslim Societies Innovation & (6CP)
Technical Elective

Education Automation
Across the Ages Entrepreneurship Arabic Language Mechanical
Engineering 2 Pre-req: MATH291 and Elective
GEOG222 STAT291 MECH489 (6CP)
OR OR OR
IRAE135 (6CP) PUBH115 Engineering Asset
(6CP) URBS103 (6CP)
UAE and International (6CP) MECH474 (6CP) MECH431 (6CP) Management
Society and Urban Sociology
Relations Public Health
Environment Reliability Engineering Computational Fluid
Dynamics

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 110 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (HONOURS): MECHATRONIC ENGINEERING

Testamur Title of Degree: Bachelor of Engineering (Honours)


Majors Mechatronic Engineering Duration: 4 Years
Abbreviation: B.E QFEmirates Level 7
UOWD Course Code: 3166 Faculty: School of Engineering
Total Credit Points: Minimum of 192 Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face)

The Bachelor of Engineering (Honours) in Mechatronics is designed to prepare graduates with skills in developing smart systems, technology
and products. Graduates will learn specific systems and design skills, knowledge in mechanical, electrical and software engineering that are
underpinned by strong mathematical and analytic skills, and also on how to apply these skills to design smart systems that are now becoming
economical such as in robotics, advanced manufacturing, autonomous vehicles and drones.
Degree Requirements 3. Communicate clearly and coherently in writing to a range of
audiences, with an ability to integrate knowledge, research, data,
To qualify for award of the degree of Bachelor of Engineering
analysis and critical evaluation.
(Mechatronic), a candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at least 192
4. Communicate verbally to a range of audiences using appropriate
Credit Points (cp) as provided in the structure below. Students are
language in presentations, consultation and negotiation
also required to accrue an overall weighted average mark (WAM) of
5. Work productively as part of a team with the capacity for leadership,
50%. This degree requirement is only applicable to students joining
recognizing the roles, responsibilities and accountabilities of team
Autumn 2021 intake and onwards.
members.
All Bachelor of Engineering students are required to take the
6. Initiate research and projects, and apply problem solving and critical
Engineering Placement Tests in their first trimester of study.
thinking strategies to develop innovative solutions to complex
Learning Outcomes engineering problems.
Upon successful completion of the major in Mechatronic 7. Show respect for the views, values and culture of others in settings
Engineering, graduates of this major will be able to: involving a range of stakeholders and consider alternate
perspectives in design and project management
1. Demonstrates the ability to discern, interpret and evaluate
8. Appreciate the importance of sustainable engineering design, and
disciplinary literature independently, to support an argument or
seek to maximize positive social and environmental outcomes in
strategy.
engineering design, practice and development
2. Apply Engineering knowledge & Skills to practical problems and
adopt a professional approach to decision making.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 111 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (HONORS) - MECHATRONIC ENGINEERING
YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3 YEAR 4

MATH141 (6CP) MATH291 (3CP) ENGG251 (6CP) MECH382 (6CP) ENGG461 (6CP)
ENGG105 (6CP) ECTE233 (6CP)
Autumn

Foundations of Differential Mechanics of Solids Manufacturing Managing


Engineering Design Digital Hardware
Engineering Equations Pre-req: ENGG102 Engineering Engineering
for Sustainability Pre-req: ENGG100
Mathematics Principles Projects
or ENGG104
CSCI291 (6CP) Pre-req: ENGG103 Pre-req: Completed

CAPSTONE
ENGG103 (6CP) Programming for at least 96CP ECTE498 (12CP)
Materials in Design Engineers ECTE351 (12CP) Thesis A
Pre-req: ENGG100 Engineering Design Pre-req:
and Management 3 Completion of
Pre-req: ENGG104, 120CP
STAT291 (3CP) ECTE250, CSCI291
ENGG102 (6CP) MECH203 (0CP) & ECTE233
Engineering
MATH142 (6CP) Fundamentals of Mechanical ECTE344 (6CP)
Statistics ECTE333 (6CP) ECTE471 (6CP)
Engineering Workshop Practice
Winter

Essentials of Control Theory ECTE202 (6CP)


Mechanics Microcontroller Robotics and
Engineering MECH252 (6CP) Pre-req: ECTE203 Circuits and
Architecture and Flexible
Mathematics Thermodynamics, MECH226 (6CP) Systems
Applications Automation
Pre-req: MATH141 PHYS143 (6CP) Experimental Machine Dynamics Pre-req: ENGG104
Pre-req: ECTE233 & Pre-req: MATH291
Physics for Methods and Pre-req: ENGG102 & MATH142
CSCI291 & STAT291
Engineers Analysis & MATH142

ECTE203 (6CP)
Digital Signal MECH311 (6CP) ECTE212 (6CP) Elective 1 (6CP)
Mechanical Electronics From list of Technical MECH470 (6CP)
ENGG100 (6CP) ENGG252 (6CP) Processing
Applied topics in
Spring

Pre-req: MATH142 Engineering Pre-req: ECTE202 Electives List


Engineering Engineering Fluid Mechatronics
Design 2
Computing and ENGG104 (6CP) Mechanics MECH215 (6CP) Pre-req: MECH215 Co-req/Pre-req:
Analysis Electrical Systems Pre-req: MATH142 Mechanical MECH365 or
Elective 2 (6CP)
Engineering Design ECTE344
From list of General
1
Electives
Pre-req: MECH203

ECTE363 (6CP) ECTE401 (6CP) ECTE433 (6CP)


INE 301 (6CP) ARA 101/ARA 102 ARTS317 (6CP) Communication Multimedia Signal Embedded Systems Core
General
Technical Elective

Innovation & (6CP) Muslim Societies Systems Processing


Education Pre-req: ECTE333
Entrepreneurship Arabic Language Across the Ages Pre-req: Pre-req: ECTE203 Elective
ECTE203,(MATH291 ECTE465(6CP)
OR GEOG222 OR PUBH115 OR and STAT291) ECTE477 (6CP) Wireless
IRAE135 (6CP)
(6CP) URBS103 (6CP) Programming Communication
UAE and International (6CP)
Society and Urban Sociology ECTE474 (6CP) Systems
Relations Public Health Autonomous Systems
Environment Internet of Things Pre-req: MATH291 and
Pre-req: CSCI291
Pre-req: ECTE364 and STAT291
CSCI291

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 112 | P a g e


POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMS

MASTER OF ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT

Testamur Title of Degree: Master of Engineering Management


2 years full time or part time
Abbreviation: MEM Duration:
equivalent
UOWD Course Code: 452 QFEmirates Level 9
Total Credit Points: 60 Faculty: School of Engineering
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter

The Master of Engineering Management (MEM) aims at Engineers who see their careers progressing into management. The program provides a very
strong grounding in current management thinking that is applicable to the engineering and manufacturing industries. The MEM program focuses on
the need for students to acquire and demonstrate a command of creative, analytical and conceptual skills and challenges the student to analyse,
diagnose and execute strategic judgments across all engineering functions. Graduates of this program will become empowered to work in teams and
understand managers from other disciplines including finance, human resources and marketing.
Degree Requirements
Candidates are required to complete 60cp (9 subjects) comprising of compulsory core subjects including 12cp final-year Dissertation and three (3)
elective subjects to be selected from the approved subjects provided each session. Students who have previously completed either a relevant 4-year
Undergraduate program without a research component or a relevant 3-year Undergraduate program are required to accrue 72 credit points (i.e.
additional 12cp of electives upon consultation with the Program Director).
There are two entry levels to the Master of Engineering Management program. If the student has completed a three-year undergraduate degree
program, or a four-year program without a research component, they will enter the MEM at the foundation level. This will involve taking two
engineering subjects prior to starting out on the main program. If the student has completed a four-year degree that included a research component,
they will enter directly onto the main program.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 113 | P a g e


Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Master of Engineering Management, students will be able to:
1. Apply engineering design processes in order to develop innovative 4. Use strategic analysis tools in decision making for engineering
solutions to real world problems. professionals.
2. Apply contemporary project management principles and skills to 5. Apply research skills in exploring and recommending solutions to
large and technical engineering projects. emerging challenges in engineering management.
3. Analyse and devise solutions to engineering management problems 6. Function as an effective member of a multidisciplinary team and
using a variety of computational tools. demonstrate professional and ethical leadership and communicate
knowledge, ideas and procedures to both expert and non-expert
audiences.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 114 | P a g e


MASTER OF ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT

CAPSTONE
ENGG951 (6CP) ENGG940 (12CP)
ENGG939 (6CP)
Engineering Project ENGG953 (6CP) Dissertation
Engineering Logistics
Management Modelling of

CORE
Engineering
ENGG954 (6CP) Management
ENGG956 (6CP)
Strategic Systems Any 900-level subject

ELECTIVES
Financial
Management for of at least 18CP as
Management for
Engineers and approved by the
Engineered Assets
Technologists Faculty

Engineering Asset Digital Supply Chain &


Innovation and
Management Transformation Logistics Business Analytics
Entrepreneurship
Management

ENGG957 (6CP) MDT 901 (6CP)


Project Digital transformation OPS 908 (6CP) MBAS901 (6CP) ENTR901 (6CP)
Implementation and strategy and Industry Supply Chain Essential Elements for Financial Skills for
Outsourcing 4.0 Management Business Analytics Entrepreneurs

ENGG961 (6CP)
MDT 902 (6CP) MBAS902 (6CP) ENTR903 (6CP)
Systems Reliability OPS 910 (6CP)
Cloud foundations & Techniques and Tools Business Innovation
Engineering Supply Chain Analytics
architecting for Business Analytics Plan
ENGG960 (6CP)
Maintenance MDT 905 (6CP) OPS 911 (6CP) ENTR904 (6CP)
Data Science MBAS903 (6CP) Contemporary
Requirement Analysis Strategic Procurement
Practitioner Business Analytics for Leadership Skills for
Management
ENGG941 (6CP) Economic and Market Entrepreneurs
Sustainability for MDT 903 (6CP) Environments
OPS 928 (6CP) MARK956 (6CP)
Engineers, Scientists Artificial Intelligence
Logistics Systems Developing and
and Professionals Practitioner MBAS904 (6CP)
Marketing New
MDT 916 (6CP) Business Analytics for
Products and Services
Business Process Services and
Management & Operations
ENGG950 (6CP)
Automation Innovation and Design

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 115 | P a g e


SCHOOL OF HUMANITIES, SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HEALTH
The School of Humanities, Social Sciences and Health offers programs designed to prepare and develop professionals
working in a transnational business environment and healthcare. The postgraduate programs develop the skills to
negotiate one of the major challenges in a globalised business environment – how to make connections and to
communicate in an ever-changing international and multi-cultural context whilst programs in Education Studies are
aimed at developing your skillset to take on strategic roles in the education sector. The following programs are currently
being offered:

▪ Bachelor of Communication and Media


o Digital and Social Media
o Global Screen Media
o Marketing Communications and Advertising
o Visual Communication and Design
▪ Bachelor of Nursing (Conversion) – Not offered for 2023-2024
▪ Master of Educational Studies
▪ Master of Media and Communication
▪ Master of International Relations
▪ Master of Nursing
▪ Graduate Diploma in Educational Studies

KEY CONTACTS
Head of School Program Leader (MIR)
Dr Feras Hamza Dr William Gueraiche
Location: UOWD Campus Location: UOWD Campus
P: +9714 2781925 P: +9714 278 1999
E: FerasHamza@uowdubai.ac.ae E: WilliamGueraiche@uowdubai.ac.ae

Program Director (BCM and MMC) Program Leader (Med)


Dr Michael Mallory Dr Muna Amr
Location: UOWD Campus Location: UOWD Campus
P: +9714 2781915 P: +971 4 2781921
E: MichaelMallory@uowdubai.ac.ae E: MunaAmr@uowdubai.ac.ae

Program Director (Nursing) Faculty Coordinator


Dr Suzanne Malt Ms Kangan Aggarwal
Location: UOWD Campus Location: UOWD Campus
P: +971 4 2781998 P: +9714 2781983
E: SuzanneRMalt@uowdubai.ac.ae E: KanganAggarwal@uowdubai.ac.ae
Academic Support Officer (SHSSH)
Faculty Support Officer Ms. Efosa Toni Osagie
Ms Roaa Ataya FRED and Registry Services
Location: UOWD Campus
P +971 4 278 1754
P: +971 4278 1797
E: RoaaAtaya@uowdubai.ac.ae E EfosaToniOsagie@uowdubai.ac.ae

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 116 | P a g e


DEGREE PLAN
Students should follow the rules and requirements for the trimester and year that they commenced their course. Archives
of degree planners from all sessions and years are available at:
https://my.uowdubai.ac.ae/documents-and-forms?type=degree_planners&category=degree_planners

It is the responsibility of the student to review subjects scheduled to be offered in each trimester and ensure that pre-
requisites are completed to plan a smooth completion of their degree. In order to avoid exam and lecture clashes,
students are required to check the lecture and exam timetables prior to enrolment. Students must meet with their
advisors to plan their optimal study plan based on both academic and individual requirements.

UNIVERSITY FRESHMAN YEAR


Students who do not qualify for advanced entry into three-year program are required to complete the University
Freshman Year (as indicated below) in order to progress into the Bachelor of Communication and Media.

Subject Code Subject Name CP


Academic Language Skills
LANG030 English for Academic Study 6
LANG040 Research & Study Skills 6
General Education
ARA 101/ ARA 102 Arabic 6
IRAE135/ UAE and International Relations / Society
GEOG222/ and Environment /
6
PUBH115 / Public Health /
URBS103 Urban Sociology
Mathematics
MATH030 College Algebra 6
MATH041 Maths for Business 6
General Studies
BUS 030 Business Studies 6
CSIT040 Introduction to Computer Science 6

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 117 | P a g e


UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
BACHELOR OF COMMUNICATION AND MEDIA

Testamur Title of Degree: Bachelor of Communication and Media


Specializations Digital and social media
Screen Media Production
Marketing Communications and Duration: 3 years full time
Advertising
Visual Communication and Design
Abbreviation: BCM QFEmirates Level 7
School of Humanities, Social
UOWD Course Code: 3161 Faculty:
Sciences and Health
Total Credit Points: 144 Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face)
Degree Requirements
To qualify for award of the degree of Bachelor of Communication and Media,

• A candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at least 144 credit points (cp) which includes 48cp of major, 48cp of core subjects and 48cp of
General Electives.

• In addition, 18cp of General Education subjects also needs to be completed, which may be considered as electives from Business/General
Schedule.
• Students who have completed University Freshman Year, would require completing only ARTS317.

• Students should ensure that no more than 60 credit points shall be from 100 level subjects
• Placement tests will be conducted in ARA101 and ARA102 at the start of the trimester.
Major Core Major Elective
Digital and social media 48cp 48cp 48cp
Screen Media Production 48cp 48cp 48cp
Marketing Communications and Advertising 48cp 54cp 42cp
Visual Communication and Design 48cp 48cp 48cp

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 118 | P a g e


Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Bachelor of Communication and Media, graduates will be able to:
1. Demonstrate a sound understanding of media and 4. Demonstrate the capacity to work independently and in
communication industries, practices, users and regulation; teams, to manage continuous professional self-
development, and to sustain professional relationships with
2. Demonstrate practical production skills appropriate to one
integrity;
or more of digital and social media, global screen media,
visual communication design, journalism, and marketing 5. Synthesize conceptual, analytical and practical production
communication and advertising; skills to address complex issues in media and
communication; and,
3. Communicate effectively and ethically across a wide range
of contexts, and contribute at a high level to the circulation 6. Develop novel solutions and resources that demonstrate
of ideas and information; expertise in media and communication.

The following provides the requirements for each of the specialisation within the Bachelor of Communication and Media program.

BACHELOR OF COMMUNICATION AND MEDIA (DIGITAL AND SOCIAL MEDIA)


Learning Outcomes
The Digital and Social Media specialization will enable students to In addition to the general Program learning outcomes listed above,
build future‐facing skills by applying high level critical and creative students specializing in Digital and Social Media will be expected to
thinking that focuses and explores the global impact of network meet the specialization specific learning outcomes:
culture, social innovation, innovation hubs, incubators, and
1. Demonstrate a sound understanding of impact of digital and social
accelerators and new emergent media trajectories. Students will
networks;
work with a variety of media technologies, and test their ideas in
real‐world self‐driven media projects. Students will graduate as 2. Design prototypes and test ideas using digital technologies; and,
digital media change‐makers, proficient in content production, 3. Use creative strategies to construct advanced digital media projects.
curation and analysis, and ready for careers in social media, digital
communication and creative entrepreneurship.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 119 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF COMMUNICATION AND MEDIA (SCREEN MEDIA PRODUCTION)
Learning Outcomes
The Screen Media Production specialization offers students a In addition to the general Program learning outcomes listed above,
foundation in digital and streaming screen media in a global context. students specializing in Screen Media Production will be expected
This specialization combines practical focus on screen production to meet the specialization specific learning outcomes:
with analysis of the global political and social justice issues that
1. Demonstrate a sound understanding of the expansion of
shape contemporary media practice. Students have the opportunity
regional screen industries into global media networks;
to explore international cultures and to develop skills in critical
thinking and digital screen media. This specialization prepares 2. Independently use screen technologies to develop content and
graduates for a diverse range of careers in the international creative engage audiences; and,
media industries. 3. Apply screen media processes to develop professional level
projects.

BACHELOR OF COMMUNICATION AND MEDIA (VISUAL COMMUNICATION AND DESIGN)


Learning Outcomes
The Visual Communications Design specialization will introduce In addition to the general Program learning outcomes listed above,
students to a range of contemporary design principles and practices students specializing in Visual Communication and Design will be
for regional and global context. Students will be encouraged to bring expected to meet the specialization specific learning outcomes:
new vision to the graphic language of communication through
1. Demonstrate a sound understanding of the graphic language of
typography, social impact design, spatial design, interaction design,
communication and its design principles;
underpinned by methods of design thinking and process. They will
learn how to apply design principles to develop creative solutions 2. Develop skills in visual communication practice, principles, and
and enhance innovation. The specialization will engage students design thinking; and,
with a range of projects that will explore media and technology 3. Apply visual communication principles to develop innovative
forms relevant to contemporary and emerging design practice. client facing solutions.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 120 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF COMMUNICATION AND MEDIA (MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS AND ADVERTISING)
Learning Outcomes
The Marketing Communications and Advertising specialization will In addition to the general Program learning outcomes listed above,
enable students to develop skills in the delivery of coordinated students specializing in Visual Communication and Design will be
messages about products and services through various channels, expected to meet the specialization specific learning outcomes:
such as television, radio, social media and experiential activities.
1. Critically analyse business and organisational issues on local,
Students will learn how to research, plan, execute and manage
national and international contexts;
marketing campaigns and acquire skills in issue management,
communications technology, product publicity, crisis 2. Use effective and creative strategies to construct and evaluate
communication, and media relations. This specialization prepares campaigns; and,
graduates for careers in advertising, public relations and corporate 3. Demonstrate a strong understanding of the core fundamentals
branding. of Marketing Communications and advertising to communicate
effectively

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 121 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF COMMUNICATION AND MEDIA
YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3

BCM 110 (6CP)


BCM 111 (6CP) BCM 113 (6CP) BCM 212 (6CP) BCM 241 (6CP) BCM 222 (6CP) BCM 313 (6CP)
Introduction To Major 5 (6CP) Major 6 (6CP)
Global Media And Media Ethics And Understanding Media Global Media And Future Of Work
Media And
Culture Law Research Practice Ethnographies Social Justice
Communication

Elective 6 (6CP)
BCM 114 (6CP) Elective 1 (6CP) Major 2 (6CP) Major 3 (6CP) Major 7 (6CP) Major 8 (6CP)
Major 1 (6CP) Major 4 (6CP) Elective Subject
Making Media Elective Subject

Elective 7 (6CP) Elective 8 (6CP)


Elective 2 (6CP) Elective 3 (6CP) Elective 4 (6CP) Elective 5 (6CP) Elective Subject Elective Subject
Elective Subject Elective Subject Elective Subject Elective Subject

ARTS317 (6CP) ARA 101/ARA IRAE135(6CP) OR GEOG222 (6CP) OR PUBH115 (6CP) OR URBS103 (6CP)
General Muslim Societies 102 (6CP) UAE and International Society and
Public Health Urban Sociology
Education Across the Ages Arabic Language Relations Environment

Core Elective Major

Digital and Screen Media Visual Marketing Communications &


Social Media Production Communication and Design Advertising (Plus 7 Electives)
BCM115 (6CP) BCM216 (6CP) VCD 101 (6CP) VCD 102 (6CP) MARK101 (6CP) MGNT102 (6CP)
BCM112 (6CP) BCM206 (6CP) Introduction to Transmedia Introduction to Visual Interaction Design Marketing Business
Emergent Media Future Networks Screen Media Storytelling Communication Design Fundamentals Principles Communications
MARK333 (6CP)
BCM289 (6CP) MARK301 (6CP)
BCM217 (6CP) VCD 201 (6CP) VCD 203 (6CP) Integrated
BCM214 (6CP) Transnational Digital Marketing
BCM215 (6CP) Documentary Typography Social Impact Design Marketing
Digital and Social Media Pre-req: MARK101
Game Media Pre-req: MARK101
Innovation
BCM303 (6CP) BCM304 (6CP) VCD 301 (6CP) MARK322 (6CP)
BCM 303 (6CP) VCD 302 (6CP) MARK221 (6CP)
Collaborative Global Screen Professional design Corporate Identity
BCM 300 (6CP) Collaborative Motion Design PR Concepts
Production Project Practice and Branding
Game Making Production Workshop
Workshop BCM333 (6CP) BCM 303 (6CP)
BCM 303 (6CP) VCD 390 (6CP) MARK250 (6CP)
Hollywood and Collaborative
BCM322 (6CP) Collaborative Advanced Design Advertising Practice
BCM 302 (6CP) Production
BCM325 (6CP) Beyond: Production Workshop Project and Creative
Advanced Digital Global Media Workshop
Future Cultures Interventions OR Strategies
Media Project
BCM320 (6CP) BCM 214 (6CP) Pre-req: MARK101
Digital Asia Digital and Social or MARK213
Innovation

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 122 | P a g e


BACHELOR OF NURSING (CONVERSION) (Not offered for 2023 -2024)

Testamur Title of Degree: Bachelor of Nursing (Conversion)


Abbreviation: BSN Duration: 2 years full time
UOWD Course Code: 3167 QFEmirates Level 7
84 School of Humanities, Social
Total Credit Points: Faculty:
Sciences and Health
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter

The Bachelor of Nursing (Conversion) provides nurses with a 3. Demonstrate a critical awareness of knowledge, skills and
certificate/diploma with the opportunity to upgrade their behaviours commensurate with improvements in practice.
qualifications to a Bachelor’s degree level. Students opting for this
4. Find and evaluate information using a variety of sources and
program will evaluate and apply concepts drawn from nursing
technology.
theory and research to professional practice; demonstrate an
increased awareness of the effects of cultural, social, economic, 5. Formulate arguments and communicate relevant information
legal and ethical influences on the development of the nursing effectively orally and in writing.
profession; and demonstrate competencies that enable health
professionals to accept responsibility for a more complex level of
client management. BACHELOR OF NURSING (CONVERSION)
Learning Outcomes NMIH102 (6CP) NMIH105 (6CP)
NMIH108 (6CP)
Introduction to
Patterns of Knowing Primary Health Care
Upon successful completion of the Bachelor of Nursing Health Behaviour
in Nursing Nursing
Change
(Conversion), graduates will be able to:
NMIH205 (6CP)
NMIH204 (6CP) NMIH206 (6CP)
Cultural Competence
1. Evaluate knowledge, skills and behaviours for the provision of Reflection and
in Health Care Therapeutics in
Practice Nursing
CORE
safe and effective nursing care for individuals, families and Practice

communities. NMIH304 (6CP)


NMIH303 (6CP) Evidence
Therapeutic Use of NMIH306 (6CP)
Appreciation and
2. Employ knowledge and skills in application of leadership in Self Application in Health
Challenges of Ageing

the provision of person centered, culturally appropriate Care Practice

practice. NMIH307 (6CP)


Leadership in Health NMIH319 (12CP)
Care Practice Contemporary Research in Practice

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 123 | P a g e


POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMS

MASTER OF EDUCATIONAL STUDIES

Testamur Title of Degree: Master of Educational Studies


1.5 years full time or part time
Abbreviation: MEdStud Duration:
equivalent
UOWD Course Code: 3181 QFEmirates Level 9
School of Humanities, Social
Total Credit Points: 60 Faculty:
Sciences and Health
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter

The program in Educational Studies is designed for people from a 3. Design assessment tools and tasks that allow for interpretation
range of backgrounds and at different stages in their career. It of data and reflection on the impact of teaching on learning
provides advanced professionally oriented studies for practicing outcomes.
educators, and aims to meet the needs and in-service requirements
4. Implement appropriate instruction, assessment, and
of both teachers and administrators. The program is academically-
management practices to create and support effective inclusive-
oriented and provides broad advanced knowledge and expertise in
learning environment.
the field of education with the aim to improve educational practice.
5. Apply the skills and knowledge of teaching and learning
Learning Outcomes
strategies to make informed judgments for improving
Upon successful completion of the Master of Educational Studies professional practices in the classroom or a professional setting.
program, graduates will be able to:
6. Interpret data to effectively communicate the complexity of
1. Demonstrate an advanced understanding of theory and practice factors that influence learning to students, parents, and peers.
within the field of education in national and international
7. Conduct independent research and reflect critically on the ways
contexts.
in which educational theory and research inform teaching
2. Implement relevant technical knowledge in curriculum design, practice.
pedagogy and new technologies to engage students in learning.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 124 | P a g e


MASTER OF EDUCATIONAL STUDIES
EDGX901 (6CP) EDMS922 (6CP) EDGC920 (6CP)
Psychology for Assessment in the Curriculum and
Educators Secondary Context Learning Design

EDGI900 (6CP) EDGI902 (6CP) EDGS901 (6CP)


CORE

Introduction to Designing Digital Intro. to Inclusive


Technology in Learning Education: Strategies,
Education Environments Policies and
EDGZ921 (6CP) Legislation
EDGT932 (6CP)
Second Language Introduction to
Literacy Research & Inquiry

EDGP920 (6CP)
EDGP940 (6CP)
TRACK OPTION A

Practicum in a School
TRACK OPTION B

TRACK OPTION C
Internship in a Non- EDGZ910
Setting
School Setting (12CP)
Pre-req: 30CP
Major
Research
EDGZ906 (6CP)
EDGZ906 (6CP) Project in
Minor Research
Minor Research Education
Project in
Project in Education
Education

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 125 | P a g e


MASTER OF MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION

Testamur Title of Degree: Master of Media and Communication


MMC 2 years full time or part time
Abbreviation: Duration:
equivalent
UOWD Course Code: 1451 QFEmirates Level 9
60 School of Humanities, Social
Total Credit Points: Faculty:
Sciences and Health
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
The Master of Media and Communications provides theoretical background and advanced skills in media studies and public relations. The
program is intended to prepare professionals for work in a new field or to support and polish the skills of those already working in an area of
media and communications. While emphasis is placed on conditions of work in the UAE and the greater Middle East region, the theories and
skills are applicable around the world in developed as well as emerging markets.
The direction in media and communications in the 21st century has been toward working along as well as in teams on projects of all sizes.
Today’s journalist or PR specialist often functions as a one-person operation responsible for writing, recording audio and video, editing, and
producing material for various platforms. Higher level versions of these skills figure in feature films and documentaries.
Degree Requirements 2. Analyse media practices across platforms and networks to determ
ine best communication approach using new technologies in evol
Candidates are required to complete 9 subjects (60 credit points)
ving situations.
according to the sequence of study listed below. There are 6
compulsory subjects that are required to be completed along with 3. Communicate professional knowledge and abstract concepts and
3 elective subjects to be selected from the list of electives. develop solutions with non-specialist users.
Learning Outcomes 4. Collaborate and lead in teams to produce research and deliver me
dia platformroducts.
Upon successful completion of the Master of Media and
Communication, students will be able to: 5. Apply expert awareness of the cultural and historical underpinnin
gs to ethical communication including in research and practice.
1. Demonstrate specialist understanding ofcultural and social, theori
es that apply to contemporary media and communication practice 6. Plan and manage a substantial research or practice-
s. based project with minimal supervision

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 126 | P a g e


MASTER OF MEDIA AND COMMUNICATIONS
MMC 942 (6CP)
MMC 940 (6CP) MMC 941 (6CP)
Emerging Digital
Transmedia Global
Tools and
Storytelling Mediascape

CORE
Practices

MMC 943 (6CP) MMC 949 (6CP)


Social Media and Research
Network Culture Methods

MMC 936 (12CP) OR MMC 938 (12CP)


CAPSTONE
Internship, Practicum, Major Integrated
Thesis, Major Project, Project
Pre-requisite:
or Professional
Completion of core
Portforlio subjects

18CP from the below subjects

MMC 901 (6CP)


MMC 900 (6CP) MMC 927 (6CP)
Data Visualisation and
Internship Media Management
Research
ELECTIVES

MMC 926 (6CP) MARK920 (6CP)


MARK901 (6CP)
Film and Cinema Social Marketing
Digital Marketing
Studies

MGNT942 (6CP)
MARK940 (6CP) MARK980 (6CP)
Insights into
Marketing Strategic Brand
Innovation and
Communications Management
Entrepreneurship

MGNT978 (6CP)
Cross Cultural
Management

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 127 | P a g e


MASTER OF INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

Testamur Title of Degree: Master of International Relations


MIR 1.5 years full time or part time
Abbreviation: Duration:
equivalent
UOWD Course Code: 3034 QFEmirates Level 9
60 School of Humanities, Social
Total Credit Points: Faculty:
Sciences and Health
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter

The Master of International Studies is a comprehensive program designed to provide background and theoretical approaches to understanding
the relationships between nations and regions in areas such as globalization, diplomacy, economics, history, development, labour, culture,
environment and security. Emphasis is placed on applying theories to practical problems in the greater Middle East and learning how to create
policies that make sense in terms of local and regional historical and cultural background. Graduates of the program will be prepared to deal
with problems relating to international issues that affect the UAE, the GCC, and the Middle East and South Asia region.
Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Master of International Studies, students will be able to:
1. Communicate expert knowledge of critical International Relations issues and related global debates to diverse constituencies.
2. Develop specialised knowledge of international and transnational processes and global challenges by synthesizing multidisciplinary sources
and complex information.
3. Analyse critically a range of global political, social, economic and environmental issues using key theories from the disciplines subsumed by
the broad field of International Relations.
4. Apply advanced research skills and methods to demonstrate critical knowledge of specialised areas within International Relations and produce
a substantial piece academic writing.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 128 | P a g e


MASTER OF INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
MIR 962 (6CP)
MIR 901 (6CP) MIR 904 (6CP)
MIR 906 (6CP)
CORE
MIR 903 (6CP) Theories of
Research Methods International Law
International Security Development Studies International
and Design and Diplomacy
Relations

OR MIR 917 (18CP)


MIR 916 (12CP)
Thesis in
Research Project
CAPSTONE

AND
AND International Studies
Any 900-level subject Any 900-level subject
of at least 18CP as of at least 6CP as
approved by the approved by the
Depending on the choice of research capstone, students Faculty
Faculty will be required to take electives worth 6/18 credit points

MIR 913 (6CP) MIR 914 (6CP) MIR 943 (6CP) MIR 963(6CP)
Issues in International Current Dilemmas in Globalization and Terrorism &
Relations (Peace, International Relations Citizenship Counterterrorism
Conflict, Conflict (Geopolitics of the
Resolution) Extended Middle East)
MIR 964 (6CP)
ELECTIVES

MIR 965 (6CP)


MIR 908 (6CP) Gender and
MGNT978 (6CP) Geopolitics of the Gulf
International International Relations
Environment Politics Cross-Cultural
Management MGNT923 (6CP)
Contemporary Issues MMC941 (6CP)
MIR 910(6CP) in International Global Mediascape
Internship in Business
International Relations

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 129 | P a g e


MASTER OF NURSING

Testamur Title of Degree: Master of Nursing


MSN 1.5 years full time or part time
Abbreviation: Duration:
equivalent
UOWD Course Code: 461 QFEmirates Level 9
60 School of Humanities, Social
Total Credit Points: Faculty:
Sciences and Health
Delivery Mode: On Campus (Face-to-face) Intake Session(s): Autumn/Spring/Winter
The Master of Nursing is designed to prepare nurses for leadership roles in the health care system, or to prepare candidates for academic
progression. Students opting for this program will be provided with an academic avenue for professional development, knowledge and
comprehension of research methods and design, and of evidence-based practice. Students will undertake subjects in reflective practice, legal
and professional issues in nursing and research methodology, and carry out a relevant research project.
Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the Master of Nursing, graduates will be able to:
1. Demonstrate knowledge about recent development in health 7. Promote and implement the application of advanced
and an appreciation of concepts and perspectives associated communication, problem solving and critical reasoning in
with nursing practice. professional nursing practice.
2. Demonstrate knowledge of research principles and methods 8. Articulate the application of knowledge and skills in planning
pertinent to health in particular nursing practice. and executing a substantial empirical based research-based
initiative.
3. Demonstrate advance skills in investigating, analysing and
synthesizing information, problems, concepts and theories. 9. Demonstrate initiative and judgement using a professional,
ethical and holistic approach advocating for excellence in
4. Demonstrate advance skills in designing, applying, generating
nursing.
and evaluating theories, methodologies and concepts for
professional practice of scholarship. 10. Demonstrate Knowledge of the contexts of nursing and an
appreciation of the local, national and global health care
5. Demonstrate advance skills in critical thinking and reflection.
perspectives.
6. Demonstrate advance skills in justifying, interpreting and
11. Demonstrate advanced skills in the application of competent,
communicating propositions, methodologies, conclusions and
caring and professional nursing practice in the workplace.
professional decisions.
Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 130 | P a g e
MASTER OF NURSING

SMAH918 (6CP)
SNPG923 (6CP) SMAH917 (6CP)
Emotional Intelligence for
Legal and Professional Issues Leading Change in Healthcare
Leaders

SNPG915 (6CP) SNPG916 (6CP)


SNPG927 (6CP)
CORE

Essential Skills for Health Applied Analysis in Health


Promoting Clinical Excellence
Researchers Research

SMAH915 (6CP) SNPG959 (6CP)


Clinical Governance Tools for Practice Development
CAPSTONE

RESH905 (6CP)
Preliminary Research Project

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 131 | P a g e


GRADUATE DIPLOMA 3. Design assessment tools and tasks that allow for interpretation
of data and reflection on the impact of teaching on learning
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATIONAL STUDIES outcomes.
4. Implement appropriate instruction, assessment, and
Testamur Title of Graduate Diploma in Education Studies
management practices to create and support effective
Degree:
inclusive-learning environment.
Abbreviation: GDipEdStud
UOWD Course Code: 2623 5. Apply the skills and knowledge of teaching and learning
Total Credit Points: 48 strategies to make informed judgments for improving
Duration: 1 Year professional practices in the classroom or a professional setting.
QF Emirates Level 8 6. Interpret data to effectively communicate the complexity of
Home Faculty: School of Humanities, Social Sciences factors that influence learning to students, parents, and peers.
and Health
Intake Session(s):
Delivery Mode:
Autumn/Spring/Winter
On Campus (Face-to-face)
GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN
The program in Educational Studies is designed for people from a
range of backgrounds and at different stages in their career. It
EDUCATIONAL STUDIES
provides advanced professionally oriented studies for practicing EDGX901 (6CP) EDMS922 (6CP) EDGC920 (6CP)
educators and aims to meet the needs and in-service requirements Psychology for Assessment in the Curriculum and
of both teachers and administrators. The program is academically- Educators Secondary Context Learning Design
oriented and provides broad advanced knowledge and expertise in
the field of education with the aim to improve educational practice. EDGI900 (6CP) EDGI902 (6CP) EDGS901 (6CP)
CORE Introduction to Designing Digital Intro. to Inclusive
Learning Outcomes
Technology in Learning Education:
Upon successful completion of the Master of Educational Studies Education Environments Strategies, Policies
program, graduates will be able to: and Legislation
EDGT932 (6CP) EDGP920 (6CP)
1. Demonstrate an advanced understanding of theory and Second Language Practicum in a
practice within the field of education in national and Literacy School Setting
international contexts.
2. Implement relevant technical knowledge in curriculum design,
pedagogy and new technologies to engage students in learning.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 132 | P a g e


SUBJECT OFFERING
The following are the trimester-wise Subject Offerings for each Faculty. Please note that the offerings are subject to
change. Kindly contact the respective Faculty for the updated Subject Offerings.

UNDERGRADUATES
Subject Code Subject Name Autumn Winter Spring Autumn
2023 2024 2024 2024
ACCY121 Accounting for Decision Making Y Y Y
ACCY122 Accounting Principles Y Y Y
ACCY200 Financial Accounting II A Y
ACCY201 Financial Accounting II B Y Y
ACCY211 Management Accounting II Y
ACCY231 Information Systems in Accounting Y
ACCY305 Financial Accounting III Y
ACCY312 Management Accounting III Y Y
ACCY328 International Taxation Y
ACCY342 Auditing and Assurance Services Y
ARA 101 Arabic for Beginners 1A Y Y Y Y
ARA 102 Arabic for Elementary level users Y Y Y
ARTS317 Muslim Societies across the Ages Y Y
BALA201 Introduction to Business Analytics Y
BALA202 Big Data and Visual Analytics for Business Y
BALA301 Emerging Techniques and Tools in Business Analytics Y
BALA302 Business Analytics Industry Project Y
BCM110 Introduction to Communication and Media Y Y Y
BCM111 Global Media and Culture Y
BCM112 Emergent Media Y
BCM113 Media Ethics & Law Y
BCM114 Making Media Y Y
BCM115 Intro to Screen Media Y
BCM116 Introduction to Immersive Media Y
BCM206 Future Networks Y
BCM212 Understanding Research Practice Y
BCM214 Digital and Social Innovation Y
BCM215 Game Media Y Y
BCM216 Transmedia Story Telling Y Y
BCM217 Documentary Y

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 133 | P a g e


Subject Code Subject Name Autumn Winter Spring Autumn
2023 2024 2024 2024
BCM222 Global Media and Social Justice Y
BCM238 Digital Asia Y
BCM241 Media Ethnographies Y Y
BCM289 Transnational Media Y
BCM300 Game Making Y
BCM302 Advanced Digital Media Project Y
BCM303 Collaborative Production Wrokshop Y
BCM304 Global Screen Project Y
BCM313 The Future of Work Y Y
BCM322 Global Media Interventions Y
BCM325 Future Cultures Y Y
BCM333 Hollywood and Beyond Y
BUS 101 Responsible Business Y Y Y
BUS 121 Statistics for Business Y Y Y
BUS 201 Digitalization and Computational Thinking for Business Y
BUS 331 Integrative Business Capstone Y Y Y
BUS 391 Professional Experience in Business Y
ECON100 Economic Essentials for Business Y Y Y
ECON102 Economics and Society Y
ECON216 International Economics Y Y
ECON222 Mathematics for Business
ECON251 Industry and Trade in Asia Y
ECON339 Applied Financial Modelling Y Y
FIN 111 Introductory Principles of Finance Y Y
FIN 222 Corporate Finance Y Y Y
FIN 223 Investment Analysis Y Y
FIN 226 Financial Markets & Institutions Y
FIN 241 International Financial Management Y Y
FIN 322 Advanced Corporate Finance Y
FIN 323 Portfolio Analysis Y
FIN 324 Financial Statement Analysis Y
FIN 351 International Finance Y
INE 301 Fundamentals of Innovation and Entrepreneurship Y Y Y
IRAE135 UAE & International Relations Y Y Y
MARK101 Marketing Principles Y Y Y
MARK205 Introductory Marketing Research Y Y
MARK217 Consumer Behaviour Y
MARK221 PR concepts Y

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 134 | P a g e


Subject Code Subject Name Autumn Winter Spring Autumn
2023 2024 2024 2024
MARK233 Marketing and Digital Communications Y
MARK250 Advertising Practice and Creative Strategies Y Y
MARK270 Services Marketing Y
MARK301 Digital Marketing Y Y
MARK310 Marketing Effectiveness Y Y
MARK322 Corporate Identity & Branding Y
MARK343 International Marketing Y Y
MARK344 Marketing Strategy Y
MARK395 Tourism Marketing Y
MGNT102 Professional Communication: Concepts and Practices Y
MGNT110 Introduction to Management Y Y Y
MGNT201 Organizational Behaviour Y
MGNT205 Recruitment & Selection Y Y
MGNT206 Managing Human Resources Y
MGNT207 Employee Relations Management Y
MGNT210 Managing Across Cultures Y
MGNT215 Small Business Management Y Y
MGNT220 Organisational Analysis Y
MGNT311 Management of Change Y Y
MGNT314 Strategic Management Y
MGNT321 Workplace Health and Safety Management Y Y
MGNT322 Learning and Development in Organisations Y
MGNT341 International and Comparative Human Resource Management Y
MGNT351 Responsible Leadership Y Y
MGNT389 International Business Management Y
NMIH204 Reflection and Practice Y
NMIH205 Cultural Competence in Health Care Practice Y
NMIH206 Therapeutics in Nursing Y
NMIH303 Therapeutic Use of Self Y
NMIH304 Evidence Appreciation and Application in Health Care Practice Y Y
NMIH306 Challenges of Ageing Y
NMIH307 Leadership in Health Care Practice Y Y Y Y
NMIH319 Contemporary Research in Practice Y Y Y Y
OPS 216 Operations Management Y
OPS 350 Continuous Quality Improvement Y
PUBH115 Public Health Y Y Y
URBS103 Urban Sociology Y
VCD101 Introduction to Visual Communication Design Y

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 135 | P a g e


Subject Code Subject Name Autumn Winter Spring Autumn
2023 2024 2024 2024
VCD102 Interaction Design Fundamentals Y
VCD201 Typography Y Y
VCD203 Social Impact Design Y
VCD301 Professional Design Practice Y
VCD302 Motion Design Y Y
VCD390 Advanced Design Project Y
CHEM103 Introductory Chemistry for Engineers Y Y
CIVL201 Computer modeling for Civil Engineering Y
CIVL245 Construction Materials Y
CIVL272 Surveying Y
CIVL311 Structural Design 1 Y Y
CIVL314 Structural Design 2 Y
CIVL322 Hydraulics and Hydrology Y
CIVL352 Structures 1 Y Y
CIVL361 Geo-Mechanics Y Y
CIVL394 Construction Y
CIVL444 Civil engineering design Y
CIVL458 Fundamentals of Construction Management Y
CIVL462 Principles of Foundation Engineering Y
CIVL463 Applied Geo-technical Engineering Y
CIVL489 sustainable Road and Transportation Engineering Y
CIVL491 Applied Finite Element Analysis for Civil Engineers Y
CSCI203 Algorithms and data structures Y Y
CSCI235 Databases Y Y
CSCI236 3D Modelling and Animation Y
CSCI251 Advanced Programming Y Y Y
CSCI262 System Security Y
CSCI291 Programming for Engineers Y Y
CSCI316 Big Data Mining Techniques and Implementation Y
CSCI317 Database Performance Tuning Y Y
CSCI323 Artificial Intelligence Y
CSCI336 Graphics Y Y
CSCI346 Game Development Y
CSCI356 Game Engine fundamentals Y
CSCI368 Networks Security Y Y
CSCI369 Ethical Hacking Y
CSCI388 Virtual and Augmented Reality Y
CSIT110 Fundamental programming with python Y Y Y

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 136 | P a g e


Subject Code Subject Name Autumn Winter Spring Autumn
2023 2024 2024 2024
CSIT114 System Analysis Y Y Y
CSIT115 Data management and security Y Y
CSIT121 Object Oriented Design & Programming Y Y
CSIT127 Communications and Networks Y Y
CSIT128 Introduction to Web Technology Y Y Y
CSIT214 IT Project Management Y
CSIT226 Human Computer Interaction Y
CSIT242 Mobile Applications Y
CSIT302 Cyber security Y
CSIT314 Software Development Methodologies Y Y
CSIT321 Project Y Y Y
CSIT375 AI for Cybersecurity Y Y
ECTE202 Circuits and systems Y
ECTE203 Signals and systems Y
ECTE212 Electronics Y
ECTE213 Electromagnetism Y
ECTE233 Digital hardware 1 Y Y
ECTE250 Engineering design and management 2 Y
ECTE323 Power Engineering 2 Y
ECTE324 Foundations in Electrical Energy Utilisation Y Y
ECTE333 Microcontroller Architecture and Applications Y
ECTE344 Control Theory Y
ECTE351 Engineering Design and Management 3 Y Y
ECTE363 Communication systems Y
ECTE364 Data Communications Y Y
ECTE399 Internship y y y y
ECTE401 Multimedia Signal Processing Y Y
ECTE412 Power Electronics Y
ECTE423 Power System Analysis Y Y
ECTE433 Embedded Systems Y
ECTE469 Queuing Theory and Optimization Y
ECTE471 Robotics and Flexible Automation Y
ECTE474 Internet of Things Y
ECTE477 Autonomous Programming Y Y
ECTE498 Thesis A Y Y
EESC252 Geology for Engineers I Y
ENGG100 Engineering computing and analysis Y
ENGG102 Fundamentals and engineering mechanics Y

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 137 | P a g e


Subject Code Subject Name Autumn Winter Spring Autumn
2023 2024 2024 2024
ENGG103 Materials in design Y Y
ENGG104 Electrical Systems Y
ENGG105 Engineering Design for Sustainability Y Y
ENGG251 Solid Mechanics Y Y
ENGG252 Engineering fluid mechanics Y
ENGG378 Sustainable energy technologies Y
ENGG452 Thesis A - Civil and Mechanical Engineering Y Y
ENGG461 Managing Engineering Projects Y Y
GEOG222 Society and Environment: Resources Y
INFO411 Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery Y
ISIT204 eBusiness Fundamentals Y Y
ISIT224 Management Information Systems Y
ISIT312 Big Data Management Y Y
MATH141 Foundations of Engineering Mathematics Y Y
MATH142 Essentials of Engineering Mathematics Y
MATH291 Differential Equation Y Y
MECH201 Engineering analysis Y
MECH203 Mechanical workshop practise Y
MECH215 Mechanical engineering design 1 Y
MECH226 Machine Dynamics Y
MECH252 Thermodynamics, Experimental methods and analysis Y
MECH311 Mechanical engineering design 2 Y
MECH321 Dynamics of Engineering systems Y Y
MECH326 Dynamics of Mechanism Y
MECH341 Thermodynamics of engineering systems Y Y
MECH343 Heat transfer Y
MECH365 Control of Machines and Processes Y
MECH382 Manufacturing engineering principles Y Y
MECH419 FEM in Engineering Y
MECH431 Computational Fluid Dynamics Y
MECH474 Reliability Engineering Y Y
MECH482 Special Topics in ME Y
MECH489 Engineering Asset Management Y Y
PHYS143 Physics for Engineers Y
STAT291 Engineering Statistics Y

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 138 | P a g e


POSTGRADUATES
Autumn Winter Spring Autumn
Subject Code Subject Name 2023 2024 2024 2024
ACCY801 Accounting and Financial Management Y Y Y
ECON939 Quantitative Economic Analysis Y
EDGC920 Curriculum & Learning Design Y Y
EDGI900 Introduction to Technology in Education Y
EDGI902 Designing Digital Learning Environments Y Y
EDGP920 Practicum (school placement) Y Y Y Y
EDGP940 Internship (in non-school placement) Y Y Y Y
EDGS901 Introduction to Inclusive Education: Strategies, Policies and Legislation Y
EDGT932 Second Language Literacy Y
EDGX901 Psychology for Educators Y Y
EDGZ906 Minor Research Project Y Y Y Y
EDGZ910 Major Research project (12cp) Y Y Y Y
EDGZ921 Introduction to Research and Inquiry Y Y Y Y
EDMS922 Assessment and Reporting in a School context Y
ENTR901 Financial Skills for Entrepreneurs Y
ENTR902 Insights into Innovation and Entrepreneurship Y Y
ENTR903 Business Innovation Plan Y
ENTR904 Contemporary Leadership Skills for Entrepreneurs Y
FIN 921 Managerial Finance Y
FIN 923 Portfolio Management Y Y
FIN 924 Financial Statement Analysis for Business Y Y
FIN 925 Banking Theory and Practice Y
FIN 926 Advanced Managerial Finance Y
FIN 928 Multinational Financial Management Y
FIN 950
(MGNT909) Socially Responsible Finance* Y Y
FIN 954 /
(FIN961) Alternative Investments* Y
FIN 957 Trading in Capital Markets (Portfolio Stimulation) Y Y
FIN 958 Financial Institutions Y Y
FIN 960 Research in Financial Markets and Institutions Y Y Y
FIN 962 /
(FIN959) Risk Management Y
FIN907 Financial Strategy Y
FIN955* International Banking (MAF – Financial Services)
FIN956* Bank Lending and Securities (MAF – Financial Services)
MARK804 Principles of Marketing Management Y Y
MARK901 Digital Marketing Y

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 139 | P a g e


Autumn Winter Spring Autumn
Subject Code Subject Name 2023 2024 2024 2024
MARK915 Mastering Digital Marketing* Y
MARK920 Social Marketing Y
MARK935 Marketing Strategy Y Y
MARK936 Consumer Behaviour Y
MARK938 Managing Services and Relationship Marketing Y -
MARK940 Marketing Communications Y Y
MARK956 Developing & Marketing New Products & Services Y
MARK957 International Marketing Strategy Y
MARK977* Research for Marketing Decisions Y Y Y
MARK980 Strategic Brand Management Y
MARK997 Retail Marketing Management Y
MBA901 Accounting for Managerial Decision-Making Y Y
MBA902 Strategic Marketing Management Y Y
MBA903 Responsible Talent Management Strategies Y Y
MBA904 Design Thinking and Business Transformation Y Y
MBA905 Innovation Entrepreneurship & Commercialisation Y Y
MBA906 Financial Strategy and Governance Y Y
MBA907 Contemporary Global Perspectives on Strategy Y Y
MBA908 Strategic Business Project Y Y Y
MBA909 Responsible Leadership Effectiveness Y Y
MBA911 Global Business Challenges Y Y
MBAS901 Essential Elements for Business Analytics Y Y
MBAS902 Techniques and Tools for Business Analytics Y Y
MBAS903 Business Analytics for Economic & Market Environ Y Y
MBAS904 Business Analytics for Services and Operations Y Y
MBAS905 Advanced Business Analytics Y Y
MBAS906 Business Analytics Research Project Y Y Y
MGNT803 Organisational Behaviour and Management Y Y Y Y
MGNT903 Leading in Contemporary Organisations Y
MGNT908 Human Resource Development Y Y
MGNT910 Strategic Management Y Y
MGNT915 Management of Change Y
MGNT918 Managing Employment Relations in Organisations Y
MGNT920 Organizational Analysis Y
MGNT922* Business Research Project (MFM) Y Y Y
MGNT922* Business Research Project (MIE) Y Y Y
MGNT922* Business Research Project (MIB, HRM, MoM) Y Y Y
MGNT947 HR Analytics* Y

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 140 | P a g e


Autumn Winter Spring Autumn
Subject Code Subject Name 2023 2024 2024 2024
MGNT949 Performance Management Y
MGNT963 Management of Occupational Health and Safety Y Y
MGNT969 Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection Y
MGNT978 Cross Cultural Management Y
MGNT984 Global Business Strategies Y Y
MIR901 Research Methods Y
MIR903 International Security Y
MIR904 International Law and Diplomacy Y
MIR906 International Development Y Y
MIR908 International Environmental Politics Y Y
MIR910 Internship Y Y Y Y
MIR913 Peace, Conflicts and Conflict Resolution Y
MIR916/7* Research Component Y Y Y Y
MIR962 Theories of International Relations Y Y
MIR963 Terrorism and Counter Terrorism Y Y
MIR964 Gender and International Relations Y
MIR965 Geopolitics of Gulf Y
MMC926 Film & Cinema Studies Y
MMC936 Thesis Y
MMC938 Major Integrated Project Y
MMC940 Transmedia Story Telling Y
MMC941 Global Mediascape Y Y Y
MMC942 Emerging Tools & Practices Y Y Y
MMC943 Social Media & Network Culture Y
MMC946 Technology, Presence & Perception Y
MMD904 Media Design & Creative Industries Y
MMD905 Creative & Critical Practice Y
MMD907 Technology, Presence & Perception Y
MMD910 Graduate Research Practice Y
OPS 802 Operations Management Y Y Y
OPS 908 Supply Chain Mgmt. Y
OPS 909 Total Quality Management Y
OPS 910 Supply Chain Analytics Y Y
OPS 911 Strategic Procurement Management Y
OPS 913 Advanced Supply Chain Management Y Y
OPS 922* Operations Capstone Y Y Y
OPS 928 Logistics System Y
OPS 935 Project Management Y Y

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 141 | P a g e


Autumn Winter Spring Autumn
Subject Code Subject Name 2023 2024 2024 2024
RESH905 Preliminary Research Project Y Y Y Y
SMAH915 Clinical Governance Y Y
SMAH917 Leading Change In Healthcare Y Y
SMAH918 Emotional Intelligence for Leaders Y
SNPG915 Essential Skills for Health Researchers Y
SNPG916 Applied Analysis in Health Research Y Y
SNPG923 Legal and Professional Issues Y Y Y
SNPG927 Promoting Clinical Excellence Y
SNPG959 Tools for Practice Development Y
CIVL958 Construction Management Y
CSIT988 Security, Ethics and Professionalism Y Y
ENGG939 Engineering Logistics Y
ENGG940 Dissertation Y Y
ENGG941 Sustainability for Engineers, Scientists and Professionals Y
ENGG950 Innovation and Design Y Y
ENGG951 Engineering Project Management Y Y
ENGG953 Modelling of Engineering Management Systems Y
ENGG954 Strategy For Engineers Y
ENGG956 Financial Management for Engineered Assets Y
ENGG957 Project Implementation and Outsourcing Y
ENGG958 Life cycle and risk management Y Y
ENGG960 Maintenance requirement and analysis Y
ENGG961 Systems reliability engineering Y Y
INFO911 Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery Y
ISIT901 Information Technology Strategic Planning Y
ISIT908 Information Technology Governance Y
ISIT946 Project and Change management Y Y
ISIT990 Thesis and research project Y Y Y
MDT 901 Digital Transformation Strategy and Industry 4.0 Y Y
MDT 902 Cloud Foundations and Architecting Y
MDT 903 Artificial Intelligence Practitioner Y
MDT 904 Research & Design Thinking for Digital transformation Y Y
MDT 905 Data Science Practitioner Y
MDT 912 Cloud Application Development Y Y
MDT 913 IoT Practitioner Y Y
MDT 914 IoT Application Development Y Y
MDT 915 Block Practitioner Y
MDT 916 Business Process Management & Automation Y

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 142 | P a g e


Autumn Winter Spring Autumn
Subject Code Subject Name 2023 2024 2024 2024
MDT 917 Cyber Security Practitioner Y
MDT 918 Block Chain Application Development Y
MDT 919 Big Data Engineering Y
MDT 999 Research Thesis Y Y Y Y

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 143 | P a g e


SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS
UNDERGRADUATE SUBJECTS
Number of Hours per Week (Lecture – L, Tutorials – T, Laboratory – Lab, Workshop – W)

ACCY

ACCY121 Accounting for Decision Making


Number of Hours: (L-3, T-2)
This subject introduces students to the role and use of accounting information in a variety of organisations and society.
Students evaluate both financial and non-financial reports and their impact on accountability, decision-making and
corporate governance. The subject introduces students to various analytical techniques in order to make sound decisions
in a variety of business and social settings.

ACCY122 Accounting Principles


Pre – Requisites: ACCY121
Number of Hours: (L-3, T-2)
The subject introduces basic accounting systems (double entries), concepts and techniques to identify, classify, process,
record and present accounting and financial information. This subject train students on how to prepare account and
financial statements.

ACCY200 Financial Accounting II A


Pre – Requisites: ACCY112
Number of Hours: (L-3, T-2)
ACCY200 builds on the knowledge and skills students have acquired in both ACCY111 and ACCY112 (or their equivalent
subjects). The subject contains several distinct but inter-related strands, and begins with an exploration of concepts
necessary to understand the framework established in Australia for financial reporting. A technical strand of knowledge
needed to prepare financial reports under the Australian Corporations Act and Australian International Financial
Reporting Standards is explored. This subject also covers a contextual strand of knowledge, highlighting the environment
in which financial reporting takes place, and introduces a theoretical strand of knowledge and skills necessary to critique,
at an introductory level, current financial reporting practices and developments.

ACCY201 Financial Accounting II B


Pre – Requisites: ACCY200
Number of Hours: (L-3, T-2)
ACCY201 builds on the knowledge and skills students have acquired in ACCY200. As with ACCY200, the subject contains
distinct but inter-related strands. First, there is a technical strand incorporating the application of specific accounting
standards and regulatory provisions to the preparation of financial reports. Second, there is a contextual strand,
highlighting the institutional and social contexts of accounting and financial reporting.

ACCY211 Management Accounting II


Pre – Requisites: ACCY112
Number of Hours: (L-3, T-2)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 144 | P a g e


This subject deals with design, production and use of accounting data for planning and control of business operations. It
introduces basic management accounting processes, tools and techniques for effective use of organisational resources
to create value for customers and the organisation. The major topics in this subject include product cost analysis using
traditional and modern methods, profit planning and control measures, and relevant costs for decision analysis.

ACCY231 Information Systems in Accounting


Pre – Requisites: ACCY112
Number of Hours: (L-3, Lab-2)
This subject introduces the students to accounting information systems and core business processes in an e-business
environment. The subject addresses essential issues relating to information systems, such as the organisation,
management and reporting of financial and non-financial data and information, and the internal control systems required
to deal with risks, especially in core transaction cycles. The subject develops a critical understanding of the impact of new
technology in transforming the value chain of business processes in relation to accounting, and the role of accountants
in contemporary enterprise systems.

ACCY305 Financial Accounting III


Pre – Requisites: ACCY201
Number of Hours: (L-3, T-2)
ACCY305 builds on the knowledge and skills acquired in ACCY200 and ACCY201. The aim of this subject is to prepare
students as future professionals in business and organisational settings, with an understanding of accounting, financial
reporting and the accounting profession in a broad context. This subject offers a critical evaluation of advanced aspects
of financial accounting and reporting with particular reference to developments in accounting theory, professional
standards, and accounting practice.

ACCY312 Management Accounting III


Pre – Requisites: ACCY211
Number of Hours: (L-3, T-2)
This subject provides an advanced treatment of management accounting theory and its relationship to decision theory,
including model building and use, cost prediction, pricing decisions, and the behavioural dimensions of management
accounting.

ACCY328 International Taxation


Number of Hours: (L-3, T-2)
This subject covers cross border transactions with respect to the taxes the entity may incur as they trade and how these
have an impact on the pricing of products. International taxation as it applies to the individual and a company are explored
as well as its impact on their income and other trading activities. This subject also takes a comparative perspective of a
number of issues confronting both companies and individuals who transact across national borders. Comparisons of
taxation between countries such as Australia, UAE, UK and the USA will be examined.

ACCY342 Auditing and Assurance Services


Pre – Requisites: ACCY201
Number of Hours: (L-3, T-2)
This subject examines the contemporary risk and assurance approach to external financial report auditing including the
audit planning processes, assessment of audit risk, collection and evaluation of audit evidence and the audit reporting

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 145 | P a g e


process. The subject also develops an understanding of the legal environment in which the auditor works and focuses on
the requirements of a financial statement audit under the Corporations Law.

ARA

ARA 101 Arabic for Beginners 1A


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject is designed to develop students' communicative and functional abilities in Arabic as a second language. All
four macro skills are developed through a combination of concept input, classroom-based activities, and assignments.
Students will be introduced to the Arabic script, its use and production. The subject's primary focus is to give students
the foundation necessary for using and understanding the Arabic language effectively in everyday situations.
Communicative and functionally situational methods of instruction will provide the pedagogical framework for this
subject.

ARA 102 Arabic for Elementary Level Users


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject is designed to develop students’ communicative and functional abilities in Arabic as a Second Language. All
four macro skills are developed through a combination of conceptual input, classroom-based activities, and assignments.
Students will be further introduced to the Arabic script, its use, and production. The subject’s primary focus is to give
students the foundation necessary for using and understanding the Arabic language effectively in everyday situations.
Communicative and functional/ situational methods of instruction will provide the pedagogical framework for this
subject.

ARTS

ARTS317 Muslim Societies Across the Ages


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This course aims to provide students with critical thinking perspectives about the relationship between history, religion
and culture, in this case, the formation of Islamic culture(s). A sociological introduction to the study of Islamic culture will
introduce students to the emergence of Islam in its 7th century historical context, its relationship to the other
monotheistic traditions of the region, its growth into the dominant cultural paradigm of the Near East by the 9th,
alongside its impact and contribution to key fields of medieval science and knowledge. A historical approach will help
students acquire familiarity with key Islamic texts, institutions, concepts of authority, traditions of jurisprudence and
spirituality, artistic expressions, as well as milestones in Islamic history. The course wraps up with a discussion of issues
central to contemporary debates relating to Islamic culture, such as identity, gender, multiculturalism, pluralism,
secularism and religiosity.

BALA

BALA201 Introduction to Business Analytics


Pre-requisite BUS 121
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This With growing quantities of data available, specific knowledge and skills are required in analyzing this data to make
evidence-based decisions to enable organizations to achieve their strategic goals. This subject introduces students to the
study of business analytics and provides the necessary foundations and skills to successfully complete the Business

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 146 | P a g e


Analytics major. This subject introduces theoretical models and quantitative techniques and approaches to enable the
analysis of large volumes of data for the purposes of decision making. The subject also introduces students to a variety
of software tools relevant to the analysis and presentation of quantitative data.

BALA202 Big Data and Visual Analytics for Business


Pre-requisite BALA201
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject further investigates different categories of big data in business and the use of visual analytics techniques to
study and analyse big data related to business activities of business organisations. The goal is to derive and translate
hidden information in the big data into useful business information that can help to improve various aspects of a business.
Students develop their knowledge and skills of data visualisation techniques through the use of appropriate tool and
software. Different business problems are used throughout the course to illustrate different aspects of big data visual
analytics. Understanding and interpreting these visual analytics outcomes is the focus of this course.

BALA301 Emerging Techniques And Tools In Business Analytics


Pre-requisite BALA201
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject explores emerging techniques and tools in business analytics. Concepts of predictive analytics and
prescriptive analytics are introduced to students. Data mining and different techniques used in machine learning are also
introduced and used to explore a range of business analytics scenarios for different business problems. Students explore
and assess these emerging techniques and tools in business analytics to learn the effectiveness and applicability of these
techniques and tools in various business problems related to current business environments.

BALA302 Business Analytics Industry Project


Pre-requisite BALA201 & BALA202
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject is the capstone subject within the Business Analytics major. The subject provides an opportunity for students
to integrate knowledge and skills gained in previous subjects in the major through an industry-based group project.
Working in groups, students will apply their knowledge and skills of business analytics to solve a ‘real life’ industry
problem. Students will not only have to demonstrate the technical skills to solve the industry problem and justify their
recommendations but also consider the ethics, and social responsibility aspects of their recommendations. The subject
involves lectures, workshops and discussions where students are initially briefed on a ‘clients’ specific information- based
problem and are then required to develop an analytical solution involving making recommendations to the client. The
emphasis in the solution is around the analytical process including identifying information needs, acquiring the necessary
information, interpreting it and using it as the basis for a set of strategic recommendations.

BCM

BCM 110 Introduction to Media and Communication


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This foundation subject introduces students to ways of understanding media and communication practices, institutions
and technologies. The subject takes an interdisciplinary approach to understanding how producers and consumers
interact in a media saturated world. The subject will begin with the ways in which the media has been discussed in theory

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 147 | P a g e


and in practice, and go on to examine how our communication practices and adoption and use of different technologies
are integrated with our professional, social and political lives.

BCM 111 Global Media and Culture


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
In an era of globalisation, communication across cultures is key to our capacity to thrive in diverse workplaces. This
subject introduces students to the key issues of intercultural communication, and how these interrelate with
developments in transnational media industries and practices. We examine the historical impact of media technologies
and institutions on the formation of local, national and international cultural communities and explore contemporary
sites of opportunity or crisis produced by the emergence of global communication networks.

BCM 112 Emergent Media


Number of Hours: (L-2)
This subject introduces students to the process of media convergence, emphasising the way in which digital media driven
technological change is accompanied by changes in the way we work, socialise and communicate. We focus on the
emergent media dynamics of this process, and their effects on audiences, media platforms, and industries. Students will
establish and start developing an online presence across a range of platforms, and begin work on their first digital media
project.

BCM 113 Media Ethics


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject provides you with a strong introduction to a range of topics, including defamation and contempt, trespass,
race-hate laws, copyright, privacy and even the use of drones. But it is not just the law that we need to be aware of.
Today, increasingly communicators need to be aware of the language they use and how this can impact on people, be it
social media users, or people working in other, more traditional, media platforms, including print and broadcast. This is
the ethical dimension and it can manifest itself when we are considering the language we employ to talk about people
with disabilities, particular racial, ethnic or religious groups, or other groups within society. Ethical issues arise whenever
we choose photographs or video images to splice into our stories or even private conversations. As professional
communicators we need to be aware of the damage that a wrong or misguided decision can have on a person’s
reputation or mental well-being. In this subject you will be equipped with the tools required to address these and other
questions you may confront while working in a position that involves communicating with people.

BCM 114 Making Media


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
The subject introduces students to key concepts in digital media making, using a range of materials and approaches
spanning the majors in the BCM program. The primary aim of the subject is to encourage student experimentation,
entrepreneurship, innovation, and a speculative approach to media making. The secondary objective of the subject is to
expose all BCM students to fundamental techniques in media project development, including idea mapping, rapid
prototyping and feedback-based iteration. The subject is organized in three modules mirroring key stages in a media
project production process: mapping ideas, prototyping, and making. Students will work on their own projects mapped
to these stages, reflect on the production process, and present their work.

BCM 115 Introduction to Screen Media


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 148 | P a g e


This subject introduces students to screen media production by exploring the history and defining features of
contemporary global cinema. Students develop foundational skills in key elements of screen media production including
composition, lighting, camera techniques, audio, editing and post-production. The subject combines critical discussions
with practical experiments focusing on the inventiveness of cinematic language as an expressive aesthetic form.

BCM 206 Future Networks


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
Digital media and the internet have revolutionised every aspect of our lives, reshaping or transcending social and political
boundaries. This capstone digital media and communication subject examines: the historical context of global
information networks leading to the rise of a network society; the role of cyberculture and cyberpunk in shaping the
network society paradigm; as well as contemporary internet dynamics in the context of liquid labour, the attention
economy, big data surveillance, hacking culture, cyberwarfare, and the rising internet of things. The subject enables
students to develop their own digital media projects involving cutting edge media technologies such as virtual reality, 3D
printing, and drones, among others. All lectures and study materials are available online, and class interactions are
structured as weekly seminars in which students prototype their project ideas, workshop issues, and present their
progress.

BCM 212 Understanding Research Practice


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject examines the nature and practice of research in media and communications, as well as the ways in which
media and communication professionals report on research across many disciplines. We look at what makes research-
and research communication-messy, creative and ethically challenging. Students gain practical experience in designing,
managing, and reporting on a small research project.

BCM 214 Digital and Social Innovation


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject explores the local and global impacts of digital and social innovation and the major debates surrounding
digital disruption across the creative industries. Lecture topics will focus on major differences between a range of
activities in startups, innovation hubs, incubators, accelerators and co-working spaces, as well as in creative and cultural
industry precincts and other emerging areas of “smart cities”. It also focuses on the network of interactions among
people, organizations and real-world locations that are defining these innovative and entrepreneurial activities. Through
case studies, guest lectures from digital media practitioners and assessment tasks, students will investigate a range of
public and private stakeholders, projects, shared events, technologies and policies that are shaping innovation and
entrepreneurship in commercial and non-profit creative industry settings.

BCM 215 Game Media Industries


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject investigates the emergence of digital game cultures as a key element of the global creative economy. We
analyse games from the perspectives of both players and industries, situating them within a continuum of human play
activities and examining the trajectory of the commercial games industry from early forms of console gaming to
contemporary forms, such as apps, eSports, board games and live streaming. In addition to covering topical issues such
as violence in video games and game censorship, students will acquire practical skills in game media production by
collaborating on a digital artefact specific to the game industries.

BCM 216 Transmedia Storytelling

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 149 | P a g e


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject introduces students to the fundamentals of transmedia storytelling focusing on the use of audiovisual, time-
based and screen forms. By engaging with different modes of storytelling in historical and contemporary practices,
student develop practical skills including basic script development, storyboarding, and cinematography.

BCM 217 Documentary


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject introduces key traditions and innovative forms of documentary film making from across the world. We focus
on documentaries that address social justice issues and explore different ways of making an important issue compelling
to audiences. The subject expands on production skills including how to pitch a project, how to write documentary
treatments, and working with human subjects on camera.

BCM 222 Global Media and Social Justice


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject introduces students to the key concepts and debates in the study of global media and social justice. Part one
looks at the role of media and communication in mapping the planet and in imagining global connection. Part two
examines how the media themselves have changed in the era of globalisation. We look at issues surrounding the key
players global media corporations such as Facebook and News Corporation and key hardware focusing on the
smartphone and issues of e-waste and conflict minerals. We also look at who owns the global imagebanks. In part three
we focus on what how to navigate this new global mediaenvironment, exploring concepts of citizenship, empathy, the
global public sphere, and the movement of people and ideas on global survival circuits.

BCM 241 Media Ethnographies


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
In this subject we use ethnographic research practice as a means of understanding what media users do, and how media
use is experienced in material, social and practical ways. We do this against a background of historical assumptions about
audiences, technologies and markets. This subject extends student capacity to manage small projects that have a public
presence.

BCM 289 Transnational Media and Culture Industries


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject explores the current global exchange trade in media formats and content. Specific industries to be considered
may include film, television and other digital productions (such as games) across various platforms. Particular attention
will be paid to the policy issues that have evolved over time and how these have impacted on national industries,
international treaties employment and inter-cultural audiences. Students will explore these issues by undertaking a case
study of a particular media form or product, as well as reviewing policies and developing audience studies.

BCM 300 Game Making


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
In this subject, students will investigate the contemporary conditions and dynamics of professional careers in the digital
and analogue game industries. We focus on innovation, entrepreneurship and high-level critical and creative thinking
through the preparation and delivery of a viable commercial game product. The subject enhances the acquisition of
digital literacies and professional creative practice through board game development. Students will develop
communication and practical production skills including rapid prototyping and playtesting by pitching, designing,
producing and reporting on playable games during the session.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 150 | P a g e


BCM 302 Advanced Digital Media Project
Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject allows students to explore in depth issues and ideas related to digital and social media, by deploying the
digital literacies, conceptual knowledge, and technical abilities they have acquired throughout their degree towards an
advanced digital media project. The subject is organized as weekly seminars discussing conceptual paradigm shifts in
digital and social media, as well as ideation, reframing, and prototyping techniques in project development. The structure
of the seminars allows students to prototype and discuss elements of their projects, as well as curate the collective
intelligence of the group to ideate, reframe, troubleshoot, and otherwise aid the developmental process. Project
developers will also build experience acting as external peer reviewers for other projects, generating a critical and
reflective perspective of the developmental process.

BCM 303 Collaborative Production Workshop


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject explores the skills, strategies and professional expectations of collaborative media production. An
examination of relevant principles, practices and industry case studies provides the basis for teams of students with
different media production expertise to collaborate in the development of common projects.

BCM 304 Global Screen Project


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject enables students to showcase their filmmaking skills developed in the major. They undertake a major group
project in the genre of drama or documentary. The final outcomes are presented in a curated festival at the end of the
course. Projects must engage with a global or social justice issue explored in the major.

BCM 312 Emerging Issues in Media & Communication


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject addresses breaking issues in media and communications practice. We focus on how contemporary media
affect the lives of vulnerable groups (e.g. animals, people marginalised by class, poverty etc.) . We also explore critical
issues associated with working in creative and media industries. Students apply concepts and skills learned in their degree
to practical relevant project based work. The subject enables students to reflect back on what they have learned in their
BCMS majors and to look forward by developing an understanding of the challenges and opportunities for media and
communications workers in the contemporary workplace.

BCM 313 The Future of Work


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
In this seminar we look at the transformation of work with a focus on the communication practices that enable us to
navigate complex work situations skillfully. The seminar introduces students to the use of reflective narrative practice in
ethical self-development. This extends to an interview-based project in collaboration with a professional whose work is
relevant to their specific interests and career hopes.

BCM 320 Digital Asia


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject explores a range of contemporary Asian digital media cultures and communication practices, and examines
the significance of Digital Asia in a global context. It provides students with opportunities to investigate and critically
reflect upon the production and consumption of new cultural forms and cutting-edge developments, as for example, in
Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 151 | P a g e
mobile applications and online platforms, fan cultures, K-pop and J-Pop phenomena, social media, microblogging, digital
games and e-commerce; as well as immersive Virtual Reality and Augmented Reality genres and experiences. Through
lectures and tasks exploring these topics, including the impacts of networked activism across the region, students will
learn to locate ‘Digital Asia’ within specific historical, cultural, industrial and diasporic contexts and perspectives.

BCM 322 Global Media Interventions


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject examines strategies and campaigns to address global inequalities in media and information flows, from the
UNESCO debates of the 1960s to recent developments at the World Summit on the Information Society and beyond.
Students explore their own rights and responsibilities as Global Media Citizens through case studies of international
media regulation and citizens' media initiatives.

BCM 325 Future Cultures


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject examines the tensions between the representation and the realities of current and future digital cultures.
Students will respond to the issues raised by the presence and use of computers and networks in all aspects of
contemporary social life, including communication, employment, education, art, entertainment and industry. We focus
on developing advanced knowledge of the history and current conditions of cybercultures as well as information
networks and the rise of new technologies, including 3D Printing, Virtual and Augmented Reality, Robotics, Automation
and Social Media Platforms. Students will expand their online presence through the development and presentation of a
digital artefact.

BCM 333 Hollywood and Beyond


Pre – Requisites: 12cp at 200 level
Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject explores the cultural and political meanings of film genres in the global marketplace. We explore the
migration of genres from Hollywood to Europe, focusing on key Hollywood genres such as crime, comedy, melodrama
and the western. We also look at East West dialogues, such as American remakes of Japanese horror, or Chinese adoption
of the Western blockbuster model. For the final project students create the program for a film festival, collaborating to
choose and research a genre and theme, and to design the marketing, venue and activities

BUS

BUS 030 Business Studies


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This course will introduce the language and methodologies of the social sciences to prepare students for the types of
analysis used in Economics, Management, Finance, Sociology, Behavioural Science and other Arts and Commerce
subjects. Business and Consumer Studies develops an understanding of how business activities are organized and
business decisions made. The course also develops a range of skills in using scientific techniques, such as diagrams,
graphs, and formulae, to analyse and apply understating of economics.

BUS/COMM

BUS 101/COMM101 Principles of Responsible Business


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 152 | P a g e


The subject provides students with a conceptual tool kit for understanding and practising responsible and ethical
Commerce. The topics covered will include the origins of contemporary systems of commerce, ethical and social
responsibility in commerce and developments in ethical and responsible commerce. Areas addressed include the
environment, globalization, technology, anti-corruption, labour and human rights. Students will examine these issues
from a variety of theoretical and practical perspectives and apply them to contemporary commercial contexts.

BUS 121/COMM121 Statistics for Business


Pre – Requisites: MATH060
Number of Hours: (L-3, T-2)
The aim of the subject is to introduce students to quantitative techniques and their application to the business world
with an emphasis on the decision-making process. The main focus of the subject is business statistics and topics will
include descriptive statistics, probability, sampling, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, elementary correlation,
regression analysis and time series forecasting. Students are also introduced to the use of computer programs for
estimation and analysis to improve business decision-making.

BUS 331/COMM331 Integrative Business Capstone


Pre – Requisites: 96cp including all core subjects
Number of Hours: (L-2, Lab-2)
Integrative Business Capstone enables students to apply the principles of ethical, socially responsible, and sustainable
commerce in a web based designed simulated business environment. The subject is based on a series of lectures and an
action based learning project. In the action learning project students will form multidisciplinary teams and run a simulated
business (which may include private, public and not for profit organisations) twenty four hours a day for a period of
several weeks. Students will be required to make multidisciplinary interactive decisions based on sound ethical, socially
responsible and sustainable practice.

BUS 391/COMM391 Professional Experience in Business


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject will span 3 streams; a domestic internship, an international internship, or an innovation project. Professional
Experience in Business enables students to apply the knowledge learned at university via work integrated learning and/or
a real world focussed innovation project in an industry context. To attain a place within the program, students
competitively apply in the prior trimester, and are selected by an interview panel for an internship or to complete a
proposed innovation project in their discipline areas. The core purpose of the program is to offer experiential learning
opportunities combined with rigorous reflection on globally responsible business practices and innovation practices in
the workplace. The application and recruitment process is part of that learning.

CHEM

CHEM103 Chemistry for Engineering


Number of Hours (L-3, T-2, Lab-2)
The 103 course provides an introduction to basic chemistry through topics applicable to engineering courses.
Fundamentals: nomenclature and stoichiometry. Atomic theory, bonding and structure. Properties of matter. Reactions:
thermochemistry, thermo dynamics, chemical equilibria, acid base equilibria and kinetics. Introductory organic chemistry.
Environmental chemistry: pollution and pollution control. Electrochemistry: redox, galvanic cells, electrolysis and
corrosion. Chemical basis of engineering materials such as metals, semiconductors, polymers, fuels, adhesives, concrete.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 153 | P a g e


CIVL

CIVL201 Computer Modelling in Civil Engineering


Pre – Requisites ENGG102
Number of Hours (L-2, Lab-2)
The subject will be based around the design and construction of a typical framed building. Students will be introduced to
Building Information Modelling (BIM) through sample files which they will edit and manipulate before creating their own
prototype. Structural engineering and building construction terminology will be covered in sufficient detail for students
to be able to understand architectural and constructions drawings and to produce structural models of the building. A
simplified treatment of Australian loading codes will be delivered along with structural design charts. Frame analysis
software will be used to derive structural forces and allow for sizing of beams, columns, floor slabs and footings. The
structure will be examined using a number of different assumptions. Students will work in small teams to produce an
integrated building design by the end of the session.

CIVL245 Construction Materials


Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
The subject is designed to introduce the properties and use of the more common materials in modern construction
practice. Topics will include: Concrete - Properties of concrete; structure and composition; cements; mix design;
durability; high performance concrete; concrete manufacture Steel - Properties of steel with particular reference to
brittle fracture, fatigue, corrosion and fire damage Alternative materials - timber; masonry; polymers; aluminium;
composites.

CIVL272 Surveying
Number of Hours (L-4, Lab-3)
Basic concepts - Australian map grid, Integrated survey grid, Australian height datum, control surveys, locating position,
errors in measurement, units in surveying and significant figures. Measuring distances, reduced levels and angles.
Determining position - traversing, global positioning systems and plane rectangular coordinates. Earthworks and
volumes. Setting out - basic procedures, setting out curves, trenches, sewers, buildings and slope stakes for road grade.
Introduction to underground surveying. Computer assisted data reduction. In addition to theoretical instruction,
fieldwork assignments will be undertaken in electromagnetic distance measurement, traversing, levelling, curve ranging,
staking a slope, and, for mining students, practical surveying in an underground environment.

CIVL311 Structural Design 1


Number of Hours (L-3, T-2)
Introduction to structural design, dead and live loads. Review of limit states design. Design of reinforced concrete
structural elements according to AS 3600. Strength and serviceability of reinforced concrete beams and one way slabs.
Design of reinforced concrete columns for strength and stability. Design of steel beams and girders to AS 4100. Design of
tension and compression members for trusses. Introduction to local and lateral buckling. Design of bolted and welded
steel connections.

CIVL314 Structural Design 2


Pre – Requisites CIVL311
Number of Hours (L-3, T-2)
An introduction to wind and seismic loads. Design of reinforced concrete structures including the serviceability and
strength design of reinforced concrete two way slab and flat plates for multistorey buildings together with reinforced

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 154 | P a g e


concrete footings and retaining structures. An introduction to the design of prestressed concrete beams for serviceability
and strength for both buildings and bridges.

CIVL322 Hydraulics and Hydrology


Pre – Requisites ENGG252
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
Open Channel Hydraulics - uniform flow; gradually varied flow; changes in channel cross section; hydraulic structures;
rapidley varied flow. Flood Hydrology - data collection and analysis; flood frequency; rainfall intensity-frequency-duration
relationships; unit hydrograph; design flood estimation; flood routing in rivers and storage reservoirs; water distribution
systems.

CIVL352 Structures 1
Pre – Requisites ENGG251
Number of Hours (L-3)
Statically determinate and indeterminate trusses, beams and frames. Deflection of trusses, beams and frames. Flexibility
and stiffness methods. Moment distribution. Influence lines.

CIVL361 Geomechanics
Number of Hours (L-3, T-2)
Soils and rocks - differences and similarities; cohesionless and cohesive soils; behaviour of intact and jointed rock masses;
weight-volume relationships; particle size distribution; index properties of soils; soil classification; soil compaction and
compressibility; mechanical properties of rock. Some topics will be presented in a laboratory environment. Pore water
pressures and effective stress concept; permeability of soil and hydraulic properties of rock masses; groundwater flow;
seepage theory; flow nets. Shear strength of soils and rock masses, total and effective stress parameters, Mohr-Coulomb
criterion; Hoek and Brown failure; sliding on planes of weakness. Application of elastic theory for calculating stresses and
displacements within soil or rock masses. Stability analysis of soil and rock slopes; stabilisation methods.

CIVL394 Construction
Number of Hours (L-3, T-2)
The subject is designed to provide students with detailed knowledge of construction with regard to both surface and
underground structures, including construction techniques, stability and maintenance aspects. The following subject
material will be covered: Plant and equipment in Civil Engineering practice; Construction processes and quality control;
Tunnelling in soft ground and rock; Coffer dams and caissons; Harbour works; Dewatering and grouting methods;
Performance monitoring and observational design; underpinning and restoration techniques; formwork and scaffolding.
The lectures and tutorials will be complemented with practical project work and a field trip.

CIVL444 Civil Engineering Design


Pre – Requisites CIVL361, CIVL311 and CIVL322
Number of Hours (L-3, T-2)
Major Civil Engineering design, which will cover an integrated project incorporating geotechnical, hydraulic, structural
and transport engineering.

CIVL454 Structures 2
Number of Hours (L-3, T-2)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 155 | P a g e


Ultimate load analysis of beams, plates, slabs and frames in steel and concrete. Column buckling. Shear centre and
unsymmetrical bending. Introduction to structural dynamics. Other advanced structural analysis and design methods.

CIVL458 Fundamentals of Construction Management


Number of Hours (L-4, T-2)
Introduction to risk management and ongoing management issues with a focus on the development of a credible business
plan design with identification of potential risks. Within the site construction management context, students will develop
skills in planning and scheduling, construction economics, construction safety and equipment maintenance. Students will
be introduced to analytical tools for improving productivity and performance applied to the project scope, time, cost, risk
and contractual issues. Introduction to BIM (Building Information Modelling) concepts and processes and how they
interact with construction industry. Students will develop the ability to reads plans/blueprints and learn how to visualise
the structural components relationships between 2D and 3D representations with the aid of software tools. Incorporating
BIM in the context of estimations of quantities and cost and construction analysis and design.

CIVL462 Principles of Foundation Engineering


Pre – Requisites CIVL361
Number of Hours (L-3, T-2)
One-dimensional theory of consolidation, primary and secondary consolidation; normally consolidated and over
consolidated soils; settlement analysis.br Relationship between principal stresses at failure, importance of drainage
conditions in soils, fully undrained conditions for saturated soils; drained and undrained shear strength of cohesive solids,
behaviour of partially saturated soils.br Overburden and lateral stresses, active and passive pressures, Rankine's earth
pressure theory, Coulomb's wedge theory, geotechnical aspects of retaining walls, drainage of backfill.br Bearing capacity
of foundations; shallow footings and rafts, pile foundations, contact stress and subgrade reaction; use of elastic theory
for stress and settlement calculation in soils and rocksbr. Unconfined seepage through earth structure, seepage control
in dams, design of filters.

CIVL463 Applied Geotechnical Engineering


Number of Hours (L-3, T-2)
Models of soil behaviour, stress paths in soil mechanics, total and effective stress paths. Stress strain behaviour of
different types of soil under drained and undrained conditions; strain-softening; peak, softened and residual shear
strength of cohesive soils; pore pressure co-efficients A and B and their use in practical problems. Soil behaviour under
earthquake conditions, the phenomenon of liquefaction. Comparison of laboratory and field testing for geotechnical
investigation; uncertainties in geomechanics.

CIVL489 Sustainable Roads & Railway Engineering


Number of Hours (L-3, T-2)
This subject addresses the mechanics, analytical approaches, and design principles associated with road and rail
infrastructure. The subject overs road and rail loadings, rigid and flexible pavements, and trends in road and rail transport
technologies. Topics are addressed with a particular focus on environmental, economic and social sustainability in design
and selection of materials.

CIVL491 Applied Finite Element Analysis for Civil Engineers


Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 156 | P a g e


Use of engineering applications software, including structural and geotechnical mechanics, using finite element programs
for stress, stability, and dynamic analysis. Discrete simulation. Depending on the availability of software other applications
may be utilised. Problems will be selected from various areas in engineering.

CSCI

CSCI203 Algorithms and Data Structures


Pre – Requisites CSIT111, CSIT113 and MATH221
Number of Hours (L-2, Lab-2)
Approaches to analysing algorithm complexity, introduced in first year subjects, will be reviewed. The use of abstract
data types as a design technique, and their implementation in solutions to problems, will form a large part of the subject.
The concept of efficient code and ways to measure efficiency (both empirically, by timings, and theoretically) will be
studied.

CSCI235 Database Systems


Pre – Requisites CSIT115 and CSIT121
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
This subject investigates the major areas of modern database systems: 1. Design and programming of relational databases
2. Design and programming of semi structured databases (XML native database systems) 3. Design and programming of
distributed database systems (NoSQL database systems) 4. Concurrency control and data recovery in database systems.
The following topics are included: Introduction to conceptual modelling; Principles of relational database model;
Processing relational databases with Structured Query Language (SQL) and its procedural extension (PL/SQL); Principles
of semi structured database model; Processing of semi structured databases with XQuery and XPath; Design and
implementation of distributed database systems; normalisation of relational databases; Transaction management and
recovery in database systems.

CSCI236 3D Modelling and Animation


Pre – Requisites 36 credit points at 100 level
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
This subject provides students with a hands-on introduction to the use of computers for developing models of three-
dimensional objects and viewing them in 3D as still images and animations. Topics covered include basic modelling
primitives, from polygons to spline surfaces; tools to modify simple objects; surfacing concepts such as textures and bump
maps; basic lighting of scenes; the animation process including key frames, articulated structures, camera movement and
morphing; lighting effects such as volumetrics and radiosity. The subject uses the industry standard software package
LightWave.

CSCI251 Advanced Programming


Pre – Requisites: CSIT121/ CSCI124
Number of Hours (L-4, Lab -2)
The subject develops a thorough understanding of programming features, which are implemented in the C++
programming language. It comprises of four main components, namely procedural-based, object-based, object-oriented
and generic programming. The subject addresses topics including memory management issues and dynamic memory
allocation; classes; STL sequential and associative containers; operator overloading; advanced features in object-oriented
programming; C++ RTTI; templates and exception handling; the latest C++ features (e.g. C++11 and C++14 standards).

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 157 | P a g e


CSCI262 System Security
Pre – Requisites: CSIT111/ CSCI114 and CSIT115 and CSIT127 and CSIT128
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
The subject covers some fundamental computer security technologies in the following aspects: (1) Operating system
security such as physical security, file protections, system abuses, attacks and protections; (2) Database security including
data integrity, data recover, data encryption/ decryption, access control, and authentication; (3) Mobile code security
including malicious logic, host and mobile code protection, mobile agents' security. (4) Intrusion detection; (5) Security
policies; (6) Security management and risk analysis.

CSCI291 Programming for Engineers


Pre – Requisites ENGG100
Number of Hours (L-2, Lab-2)
The primary topics areas in this subject include: introduction to the C Programming environment, use of pointers,
dynamic memory management, arrays and structures, file input and output, multi-file programs and make files, testing
and verification of software, implementation and properties of algorithms, concepts of object-oriented programming in
C++ including classes and function overloading.

CSCI301 Contemporary Topics in Security


Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
This subject will expose students to several contemporary topics in cyber and computer security. There are many diverse
topics in the security domain that affect everyday computing technology. In this subject, students will learn about the
principles underlying these topics along with their associated issues and challenges, from a theoretical and practical point
of view. Among others, the subject will include topics such as blockchain, cryptocurrency, multimedia security, Internet
of Things (IoT) security, obfuscation and reverse engineering.

CSCI316 Big Data Mining Techniques and Implementation


Number of Hours (L-2, Lab-2)
This subject considers the problems related to data mining techniques and implementation in Big Data environment. The
topics include data pre-processing techniques, pattern, association and correlation discovery, classification and
clustering, stream and real-time processing techniques and post-processing techniques like outlier detection, statistical
and, proximity, and clustering base approaches. Laboratory classes and hands-on programming exercises related to these
topics will provide the students with the abilities to design and implement Big Data algorithms and to use already existing
software libraries. The subject also addresses the problems of scalability, selection of appropriate implementation
techniques, and performance aspects when mining Big Data.

CSCI317 Database Performance Tuning


Pre-requisite CSCI235
Number of Hours (L- 3, Lab – 2)
The subject addresses the performance problems of relational database systems. In particular, it presents optimisation
of query processing in relational database systems, performance tuning of database applications, transaction processing
in database systems, optimisation of transaction processing, performance tuning of relational database servers,
performance tuning of three tier database applications. Laboratory classes demonstrate the techniques used for
elimination of performance problems in database systems. Oracle 9i database management system is used for
demonstration purposes and all practical work in the subject.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 158 | P a g e


CSCI318 Software Engineering Practices & Principles
Pre – Requisites ECTE250, ENGG100 and CSCI291
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab -2)
This subject examines the current state of software engineering both as an academic discipline and as a profession. The
subject focuses on issues of requirements engineering, system procurement, and professional practice, and through case
studies, the subject considers reasons for the failure and success of various software engineering projects. Topics which
may be covered include: Requirements Elicitation, Functional and Non-Functional Requirements, Design Patterns and
Refactoring, Reverse Engineering, Software Quality Assurance, Analysis and Verification of Specification and Design,
Examples of Formal Techniques in Software Engineering.

CSCI323 Artificial Intelligence


Pre – requisites CSCI251 + 1 subject at 200 level - CSCI / CSIT
Number of Hours (L-4, Lab-2)
CSCI323 reviews the main components of Artificial Intelligence research including knowledge representation, reasoning,
natural language understanding, and perception. Focuses on Expert Systems and the computational models they
embody. Introduces the programming languages Lisp and Prolog.

CSCI336 Interactive Computer Graphics


Pre – Requisites CSCI251 and 6cp of 200-level CSCI subjects
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
This subject examines concepts and techniques underlying interactive computer graphics. The subject will introduce
principles fundamental to understanding components in the graphics pipeline. Students will acquire practical hands-on
experience in graphics programming using appropriate application programming interfaces. Among others, topics
covered will include graphics programming, shaders, vectors and matrices, transformations, homogeneous coordinate
systems, viewing and projection, lighting and shading, clipping, rasterisation, hidden-surface algorithms, discrete
techniques, and current trends (e.g. graphics for mobile devices).

CSCI346 Game Development


Pre – Requisites CSCI236
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab - 2)
Subject introduces the game development and production lifecycle. Students are exposed to the different game genre
and how they affect game play. The design and development of different game plays are introduced. The subject allows
students to explore the appreciation and critical review of modern games. There is a hands-on aspect of the subject
where students design and develop games of different genres using appropriate game development framework.

CSCI350 Internship
Number of Hours (L-0.5)
The core of the internship program is a six to eight weeks period of work placement spent in supervised work in
environment-related work during the summer. The summer internship is not compulsory and when carried out as per
the regulation of the College of Informatics and Computer Science can be counted as one of the elective courses only, so
it cannot substitute for any required course. While the precise nature of internship will vary considerably, students will
normally gain experience in some of the following areas: Software/hardware analysis, design, development and testing;
The use and application of Software/Hardware tools in the design, development and implementation of problem
solutions; Database design and development; Database implementation and maintenance; Installation and testing of

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 159 | P a g e


hardware/software systems; Systems maintenance; Customer support; Software support for research projects;
Software/Hardware evaluation and re-engineering. The internship requires a good deal of planning and arrangements
from both the student side and the University side and have to be made in advance for it to serve its purpose. Students
interested in the internship program must i) secure an internship position, and ii) approach the college before the
beginning of the summer trimester and submit an internship proposal. The University will do its best through the career
advisor office and the College to secure internship positions every summer but it does not guarantee a placement for
students. The internships available through the University will be distributed on a merit base and with consultation with
external partners.

CSCI356 Game Engine Essentials


Pre – Requisites CSIT121/ CSCI124 and CSIT214
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
This subject will introduce fundamental concepts and techniques required in the development of games and game
engines. Game engine components that will be examined include rendering, collision and physics, artificial intelligence
among others. The design and development of these components will be illustrated using appropriate software and
application programming interfaces. Among others, topics covered in this subject will include game loops and time
management, handling input, cameras, particles, collision detection, rigid-body dynamics, terrain, path-finding, and state
machines.

CSCI361 Cryptography and Secure Applications


Pre – Requisites CSIT121/ CSCI124 plus 24 cps of 200 level CSCI OR CSIT subjects
Number of Hours (L – 3, Lab – 2)
This subject develops the skills and knowledge necessary to identify and address security problems in a variety of simple
communication models. Topics covered include: Classical cryptology, Modern secret key cryptography including block
(DES, AES) and stream ciphers (RC4), security properties (authentication, integrity, confidentiality, availability), public key
cryptography (knapsacks, RSA, Rabin, Elgamal), digital signatures (RSA, DSS, Elgamal) , hashing (birthday paradox, Merkle-
Damgard construction), MACS's, Key management (PKI, certificates, key establishment/exchange/transport, Diffie-
Hellman), Identification protocols, Privacy preserving (mix-nets), Secret sharing. Applications studied include some of:
email security, SET, E-payment, E-voting, Fair exchange.

CSCI368 Network Security


Pre – Requisites CSCI251 and 12cp @ 200 level CSIT/CSCI
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
This subject provides a survey of network security technologies, and explores them in practice. This includes but is not
limited to, network-based threats, security failure in cryptographic and network protocols, authentication servers,
certificates and public-key infrastructures, security provisions in communication protocols and standards, electronic mail
security, firewalls and intrusion detection systems.

CSCI369 Ethical Hacking


Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
This subject introduces the use of hacking skills for defensive purposes. The subject develops critical thinking and
troubleshooting skills. It aims to re-purpose tools and resources to acquire more out of them in order to discover entirely
new things, which will be useful for other purposes. It develops the students’ ability to think outside the box and learn
new skills. The subject prepares students for the ethical hacking certification.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 160 | P a g e


CSCI370 Special Topics in Computer Science A
Pre-requisites 18 cp @ 200 level CSCI
Number of Hours (L-2, Lab-2)
Topics selected from the areas of interest of staff members or visiting faculty. Consult the Head of School for details.

CSCI376 Multicore and GPU Programming


Pre – Requisites CSCI251 and 12cp @ 200 level CSIT/CSCI
Number of Hours (L-2, Lab-2)
This subject introduces the topic of heterogeneous computing by examining the development of software on modern
computing systems that are often equipped with more than one kind of processor. Students will learn to use appropriate
programming interfaces to design and implement programs for computing systems incorporating multicore CPU and GPU
hardware. Among others, topics covered will include parallel programming, data management, execution and memory
models, parallel patterns, performance considerations, and current trends.

CSIT

CSIT110 Fundamental Programming with Python


Number of Hours (L-4, Lab-3)
This subject uses Python language to introduce students with fundamental programming concepts such as procedural
programming, variable, data type, array, recursive function, conditional expression, selection statement, repeating
instruction. This subject also develops student skills in the design and implementation of well structured algorithms to a
range of mathematical problems.

CSIT111 Programming Fundamentals


Number of Hours (L – 3, Lab – 2)
The broad aim of this subject is to develop in students an understanding of the fundamental principles of programming.
The subject focusses on the object oriented view of problem analysis and solving. It enables students to develop skills in
the design and implementation of well structured programs in a range of domains.

CSIT113 Problem Solving


Number of Hours (L – 3, Lab – 2)
This subject introduces the analysis of problems and the strategies used to manage them, primarily in the context of
computing. Problem classification is introduced, as are formal and informal approaches to problem solving. The
importance of method and method classification for problem solving strategies is motivated, and the need to compare
and analyse strategies is justified. Introductory tools for the analysis of strategies are covered. Appropriate
representations for problem solving are explored.

CSIT114 System Analysis


Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
This subject provides an introduction to different techniques and technologies for understanding and specifying what a
computer based information system should accomplish. It examines the complementary roles of systems analysts, clients
and users in a system development life cycle. Students will learn different fact-finding techniques to elicit system
requirements and how to develop business models, data and process models, and object models representing a system.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 161 | P a g e


Students will also make use of a Computer Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tool to build those models that capture
the specifications of a system.

CSIT115 Data Management and Security


Pre- requisites CSIT111
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
The subject investigates three major areas of modern data management systems: data modelling, data processing, and
data security. The goal of the subject is to learn the fundamental concepts in data management including conceptual
modelling, the relational data model, processing of relational data with Structured Query Language (SQL), enforcing the
concepts of data confidentiality, integrity, and availability data management systems. The subject develops the skills in
the design, implementation, processing, and security of data management systems. The subject covers the following
topics in data security: discretionary access control, user management, enforcing data security and integrity. The subject
also explains the important ethical issues associated with responsible disclosure, responsibility, liability, security
weaknesses, and privacy in data management systems.

CSIT121 Object Oriented Design and Programming


Pre – Requisites CSIT111/ CSCI114
Number of Hours (L – 3, Lab – 2)
The aims of this subject are to consolidate and extend student's knowledge and skills in structured programming and to
develop their understanding and practice of object oriented programming. To achieve this aim the subject will provide
students with an opportunity to develop further programming skills and good coding style; develop skills in using the
object oriented concepts of encapsulation, inheritance, polymorphism, access control, overloading and messaging;
develop and display competency in the design and implementation of object oriented programs to solve business
problems.

CSIT127 Networks and Communications


Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
This subject introduces students to the fundamentals of data communications and computer networks. Topics covered
include: different types of data and the history of data communications; signals; modulation and multiplexing, switching
and routing, network architectures: LANs, WANs and the Internet; Internet services and protocols; and emerging topics.
The subject explains computer networking models that interconnect diverse communication systems, including the ISO
reference model and the TCP/IP protocol Suite.

CSIT128 Introduction to Web Technology


Pre – requisite CSIT121
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
This subject introduces students to fundamental web technologies that underlie the World Wide Web and its commercial
applications. Topics include an overview of internet communications, an introduction to the web-browser/web-server
client-server systems, HTML5/CSS/XHTML/XML markup languages, web forms and client side scripting. Students will build
working web-sites with dynamic content. The subject explains the differences between client-side and server-side Web
development, and demonstrates how to build simple applications using scripting and other tools. The subject also covers
current Web “standards” and future W3C recommendations.

CSIT214 IT Project Management

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 162 | P a g e


Pre – Requisites: CSIT114/ ISIT100
Number of Hours (L – 3, Lab – 2)
The primary aim of this subject is to acquaint students with the methodologies and processes associated with the task of
managing information technology and software development projects. Topics may include: stakeholder and impact
analysis, setting project objectives and conflict resolution, project planning and the selection of appropriate project
approaches, software project effort estimation, cost-benefit analysis, activity planning and scheduling, risk management,
contract management, quality assurance, professional and ethical responsibilities, and case studies.

CSIT226 Human Computer Interaction


Pre-requisites CSIT121 (BCS – No Major), CSIT111 & CSIT 113(BBIS)
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
The primary aim of this subject is to acquaint students with the methodologies and processes associated with the task of
managing information technology and software development projects. Topics may include: stakeholder and impact
analysis, setting project objectives and conflict resolution, project planning and the selection of appropriate project
approaches, software project effort estimation, cost-benefit analysis, activity planning and scheduling, risk management,
contract management, quality assurance, professional and ethical responsibilities, and case studies.

CSIT242 Mobile Application Development


Pre-Requisite CSIT121
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
The proposed subject provides students with knowledge for mobile application design, development, implementation
and deployment. The students will examine different mobile platforms and learn how to use different tools for mobile
application development. The subject includes issues such as mobile interface design and data persistence. Students will
develop technical skills necessary to develop applications using several languages, frameworks and tools.

CSIT302 Cybersecurity
Pre-Requisite CSIT127 and 12cp at 100-level of CSIT
Number of Hours (L-2, Lab-2)
Cybersecurity is a global issue that knows no boundaries and affects national security, businesses and individuals alike.
Students in this subject will be introduced to the broad area of cybersecurity in conjunction with issues related to
cybersecurity. Among others, topics covered in this subject will include cyber threats and attacks, mobile security threats
and malware, cloud security, security testing, digital forensics, cybercrime, and trusted computing.

CSIT314 Software Development Methodologies


Pre – Requisites: CSIT214/ CSCI311 and 18 credit points at 200 level CSIT/CSCI/ISIT
Number of Hours (L – 3, Lab – 2)
The subject introduces to students modern methodologies for software development. Topics may include software
development life cycle activities, the role of software process models, different types of evolutionary models, Unified
Process and UML, agile principles of software development, Dynamic Systems Development Method (DSDM), Scrum and
extreme programming, test driven software development, the Capability Maturity Model Integration (CMMI), software
engineering knowledge management, software architecture, and emerging trends in software development processes.

CSIT321 Project
Pre – Requisites CSIT214/ CSCI311 and 18 credit points, 200 level CSIT/CSCI/ISIT
Number of Hours (L-3)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 163 | P a g e


This subject is the capstone project for students in Computer Science and Information Technology it aims to provide
students with: practical experience in complete systems development. The projects connect groups of students with
supervisors and clients that are facing an ICT-based problem for which the students are required to find innovative and
creative solutions. Working in groups, students design, implement, and document a system. This involves: project
planning and scheduling, seminars and individual presentations, group coordination, research of proposed application
domain, use of design methodologies, design documentation, coding, module and system integration, testing,
verification, and implementation. Teams will meet weekly with supervisors to discuss progress and problems.

ECON

ECON100 Economic Essentials for Business


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject introduces students to essential macroeconomic and microeconomic ideas, models and reasoning. This
economic knowledge is used to explore important questions such as, is economics a value free science?, do individuals
behave rationally?, how and why do market structures vary across different industries and why is this knowledge
important?, do markets ever fail, and if so, why?, what are some causes and implications of inflation and unemployment?,
how do monetary and financial systems operate?, and how do governments typically respond to domestic
macroeconomic volatility? While these questions will not be fully answered in this introductory subject, policy challenges
and case studies will be used to demonstrate the importance of basic economic reasoning if sensible answers to economic
and social challenges are to be found, and to stimulate greater awareness of economic approaches to the analysis of
contemporary social issues.

ECON102 Economics and Society


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject introduces students to the economic analysis of contemporary social issues—particularly: inequality, human
resources, the environment, growth and development, and international trade, among others—and the institutions that
play a significant role in shaping them. The emphasis will be on policy-relevant examples from both the domestic and
international contexts. The exact list of topics may vary between offerings. The subject serves as a vehicle to introduce
the important role of economic analysis in a globalized world. The subject will benefit a broad group of students,
interested in understanding the economic interpretation of contemporary policy issues, as well those who have specific
interests in various subfields of Economics.

ECON216 International Economics


Pre – Requisites: ECON100
Number of Hours: (L-3, T-1)
This subject is designed to provide an introduction to international trade theory and international trade policy. It will
examine the theory, policies, practices and institutions of relevance to a country's trade with other nations. The following
broad questions will be addressed: Why do nations trade with each other? What are the gains and losses from free trade
to the nations involved? What determines the pattern of international trade and production? What are the effects of
various commercial policies on the nations involved and on the welfare of various groups within those nations? How does
the foreign exchange market work and in what ways does it facilitate or impede international trade? What are the
possible effects of exchange-rate policies on a country's production, employment and price level? How is a country's
trade performance linked to its external debt and economic growth? How can trade affect the local and global
environment?

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 164 | P a g e


ECON222 Mathematics for Business
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject provides an introduction to mathematical techniques useful in business and economics. The main topics
include marginal values, average values, elasticities, constrained and unconstrained optimisation, matrix algebra and the
mathematics of finance. The mathematical techniques will be systematically presented and clearly illustrated in
representative business and economic models.

ECON251 Industry and Trade in Asia


Pre – Requisites: 48cp
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject studies the neo-classical, structuralist and culturalists views on industrialisation in Asia using country specific
examples. It examines and applies trade and industry policy, economic integration, investment flows and the
international monetary system. It further explores the ‘East Asian Model’ and its application by other countries in the
region. The causes of extraordinary growth and meltdown in Asian countries are analysed. The recent challenges in the
region and the strategies to overcome the main challenges are emphasised.

ECON339 Applied Financial Modelling


Pre – Requisites: BUS 121/COMM121
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab -2)
This subject enables students to apply econometric modelling techniques to analyse contemporary finance and
economics issues. Students will learn the fundamentals of econometric modelling and numerous modelling techniques
and methods, utilise specialised econometric software to apply to real world finance and economic data, and apply
various hypothesis tests of models' usefulness and adequacy. The subject covers simple and multiple linear regressions,
hypothesis testing, and assumptions underpinning the classical linear regression model. It then provides an in-depth
analysis of model diagnostics, time-series modelling and forecasting, dealing with stationary and non-stationary data, and
modelling financial market volatility.

ECTE

ECTE202 Circuits and Systems


Pre – Requisites ENGG104 and MATH142
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-2)
Topics covered in this subject include: dependent sources; circuit analysis techniques; simple operational amplifiers
circuit analysis; feedback; generalised and complex impedance; energy storage elements L, C; natural, forced and
complete response of first and second order circuits; phasors; frequency response; Bode plots; Laplace Transform and
Fourier series; and magnetically coupled circuits.

ECTE203 Signals and Systems


Pre – Requisites MATH141
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-3)
The aim of this subject is to provide students with an introduction to electrical signals, systems and signal processing.
Topics covered include: mathematical representation of signals; description and analysis of systems; Fourier series
analysis; Fourier transform analysis of signals and systems; sampling and the discrete Fourier transform; the Laplace
transform; Laplace transform analysis of signals and systems; the z- Transform; and z-Transform analysis of signals and

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 165 | P a g e


systems. The laboratory component will enable the practical investigation of the concepts introduced in lectures using
Matlab.

ECTE212 Electronics
Pre – Requisites ENGG104
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-3)
This subject aims to provide students with an opportunity to develop an understanding of electronic circuit design using
operational amplifiers as the building blocks and with an ability to analyse circuits using conventional methods. Topics
covered include: the use of operational amplifiers in circuits e.g. inverting and non-inverting amplifiers, small signal (unity
bandwidth and gain-bandwidth product) and large signal (slew rate) frequency response of non-ideal operational
amplifiers in inverting and non-inverting configurations; adders, filters/oscillators, instrumentation amplifiers,
comparators, rectifiers, clippers, Analog to Digital and Digital to Analog circuits; the terminal characteristics of devices
and their use in linear (amplifiers) and non-linear circuits e.g. biasing and ac models (low and high frequency,
characterising amplifiers, the Miller Effect and Miller Multiplier for the case of transistor circuits) for operational
amplifiers and discrete circuit transistors, diodes/Zener diodes, transistors (MOSFETs, BJTs - including large signal Ebers-
Moll Model); integrated transistor circuits for MOSFETs using active loads; combining devices into amplifiers e.g.
differential pairs, cascode and Darlington connections, Szlikai pairs, current sources and mirrors, push-pull; high
frequency amplification and appropriate equivalent circuit models.

ECTE213 Engineering Electromagnetics


Pre – Requisites MATH142 and PHYS143
Number of Hours (L-2, T-2, Lab-2)
This subject aims to develop an understanding of the fundamental principles and physical laws of electromagnetism that
are necessary for the design, analysis and implementation of better Electrical, Electronic and Communication systems in
the 21st century. It provides in depth coverage of practical aspects of EM theory, with a focus on field and wave
generation and propagation. The topics covered include vectors and fields, Maxwell’s equations, plane waves,
transmission lines, waveguides, resonators, antennas, Rayleigh scattering and computational aspects of EM fields.

ECTE324 Foundations in Electrical Energy Utilisation


Pre – Requisites MATH291 and STAT291
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-3)
The topics covered in this subject include: basic structure of a power system; electric power generation; single and three
phase systems; power system equipment: typical power system loads; transformers, switch gear and protection;
installation practice: voltage drops, power factor correction, safety, earthing, protection equipment rating; power quality:
system disturbances, equipment susceptibility, improvement and instrumentation; ac induction and dc machines; power
electronics (dc to dc, dc to ac and ac to dc converters) and elements of electric motor drives.

ECTE233 Digital Hardware


Pre – Requisites ENGG100 OR ENGG104
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-3)
Topics covered in this subject include: combinational logic, simplification of logic expressions, Karnaugh maps; sequential
logic, flip-flops, registers, clock, timing and synchronisation problems; sequential machines, Mealy and Moore machines,
timing diagrams and state tables; and programmable implementation technologies.

ECTE250 Engineering Design and Management 2

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 166 | P a g e


Pre – Requisites ECTE233 and ENGG100
Number of Hours (L-2, Lab-2)
This subject consists of a structured team design activity covering the first four phases of a product design cycle. The
subject will also involve students working on a team project and require a series of assessable deliverables throughout
the session concluding in the demonstration of a prototype device by each team at the innovation fair around a
determined general theme. Student teams will undertake the entire project using staff as 'costed' advisors. The task of
the team is to design a product from the initial ideas phase, through to prototyping and marketing of the idea (at the
innovation fair). Students will have the opportunity to gain a number of skills complementary to their theoretical
engineering skills, such as teamwork, project management and marketing techniques, and to effectively manage the
design and development aspects of both a project and its associated activities.

ECTE301 Digital Signal Processing


Pre – Requisites ECTE203
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-3)
In this subject the following topics will be covered: review of discrete-time signals and linear time-invariant systems;
digital processing of continuous-time signals; introduction to random signals, correlation and matched filtering; FIR and
IIR Digital filters and their analysis in the z- and in frequency domains; the DFT (Discrete Fourier Transform) and its
applications; FFT algorithms; FIR and IIR digital filter design and implementation techniques; spectrum analysis and
estimation using windows; and practical applications of DSP algorithms.
ECTE323 Power Engineering 2
Pre – Requisites ECTE324 and MATH291 and STAT291
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-3)
Topics covered will include: Electrical energy conversion, Faraday’s law of conversion; machinery principles, theory of
operations, transformers, single-Phase and Special purpose motors, induction motors and dc motors and generators,
basic characteristics; power electronics

ECTE324 Power Engineering 1


Co-Requisite ECTE202
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-3)
The topics covered in this subject include: basic structure of a power system; electric power generation; single and three
phase systems; power system equipment: typical power system loads; transformers, switch gear and protection;
installation practice: voltage drops, power factor correction, safety, earthing, protection equipment rating; power quality:
system disturbances, equipment susceptibility, improvement and instrumentation; ac induction and dc machines; power
electronics (dc to dc, dc to ac and ac to dc converters) and elements of electric.

ECTE331 Real-time Embedded Systems


Pre – Requisites ECTE233 and CSCI291
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-2)
This subject enables students to understand the distinctive characteristics and challenges of real-time systems, and to
employ relevant techniques to design, analyze and implement real-time embedded systems. It initially familiarizes
students with the fundamentals of concurrent programming in Java before detailing the Jamaica RTSJ API implementation
to build and analyze real-time systems. Tailored laboratory tasks provide students with guided experiments that
investigate the opportunities and challenges of programming on embedded devices and platforms. The subject includes
topics on concurrent programming with Java, resource control, memory management, timing analysis, real-time
scheduling, and real-time programming using Jamaica RTSJ implementation.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 167 | P a g e


ECTE333 Microcontroller Architecture and Applications
Pre – Requisites ECTE233 and ENGG100
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
The subject provides the knowledge and understanding of the structure of microcontrollers and central processor units,
memory types, and input/output control. It explains how to build processor hardware and computer system using
discrete digital components. It provides students with practical experience in Assembly/C language programming using
8-bit/16-bit AVR microcontrollers; it details how to use the latter programmable Input/output peripherals (timer, UART,
A/D) in different embedded applications. In this subject, the following topics will be covered: basic computer
organization, microcontroller and central processing unit structures; memory types; input/output devices; instruction
and machine codes; 8/16 bits AVR: instruction sets, assembly and C language; A/D and D/A converters; digital I/O,
interrupts; and serial communication.

ECTE344 Control Theory


Pre – Requisites: ECTE 203
Number of Hours (L – 3, T- 2, Lab – 2)
This course is about the application of control theory in designing dynamic systems. This course covers both classical and
modern control theory. Mathematical modelling of physical systems, including signal flow and state space representation
of systems is covered. The performance of systems, including steady state and transient response, particularly of second
order systems is detailed. Techniques used for analysis of systems, including root locus; frequency response analysis using
Nyquist and Bode diagrams is taught. Controllability and observability using state space representation of systems is
covered. Finally, the course covers the design of PID, lag, lead, controllers using Bode and root locus methods and state
space techniques (pole placement control).

ECTE350 Engineering Design and Management 3


Pre – Requisites ENGG104, ECTE250, CSCI291 and ECTE233
Number of Hours (L-2)
The aim of this subject is to provide students (in teams) with the opportunity to undertake a significant product
development exercise, from target specification through to product launch. The emphasis is on the technical
achievements of the team project. Student teams will undertake the entire project using staff as 'costed' advisors. The
team activity will be supplemented by lectures covering such areas as an introduction to key implementation activities
including: management concepts and tools to enable engineers to effectively manage the critical implementation aspects
of projects; social and ethical considerations; psychology/ergonomics; and engineering test methodology.

ECTE351 Engineering Design and Management 3


Number of Hours (L-2)
The aim of this subject is to provide students (in teams) with the opportunity to undertake a significant product
development exercise, from target specification through to product launch. The emphasis is on the technical
achievements of the team project. Student teams will undertake the entire project using staff as 'costed' advisors. A
number of projects will also be industry supported projects that have industry customers. The team activity will be
supplemented by lectures covering such areas as an introduction to key implementation activities including: management
concepts and tools to enable engineers to effectively manage the critical implementation aspects of projects; social and
ethical considerations; psychology/ergonomics; and engineering test methodology.

ECTE364 Data Communications

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 168 | P a g e


Pre – Requisites CSCI291
Number of Hours (L-2, T-2, Lab-3)
Topics covered in this subject include: basics of data communications and fundamentals of computer networks; layered
protocols; error correction techniques; network types and topologies; local area networks; wide area networks; packet
switching; internet and transport protocols; and internet applications.

ECTE399 Professional Experience


Number of Hours Consultation
This subject is a core subject in which students are required to complete, at least, 12 weeks of approved professional
experience. This experience must be in an industry relevant to the degree that is being undertaken in order for students
to gain exposure to the external industry environment and participate in a hands-on learning experience.

ECTE401 Multimedia Signal Processing


Pre – Requisites ECTE301
Number of Hours (L-3, T-2, Lab-2)
The aim of this subject is to extend the digital signal processing knowledge gained in undergraduate courses to areas of
prominent applications. The applications include speech and audio processing where human auditory process is modelled
accurately for very high compression. The subject also explores concepts such as Quality of Speech, noise removal,
quantisation, auditory masking. Latest compression standards such as MP3, Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) and Dolby
compression standards are also explored as part of Speech and Audio Processing. The second half of the subject is
extended to concepts such as image noise, filtering techniques to enhance noise corrupted images, thresholding, grey-
level mapping, image compression, motion estimation and compensation for video compression, morphological filtering,
computer vision, and machine learning.

ECTE412 Power Electronics and Drives


Pre – Requisites: ECTE324, (MATH291 and STAT291)
Number of Hours (L-2,T-2, Lab -1.5)
The aim of this subject is to provide students with an understanding of power conversion circuits using modern power
switching devices and their application to equipment supplies and the control of electric drives. Topics covered include:
power switching devices and their application, dc-dc converters, ac-dc converters, including switch-mode power supplies,
dc-ac conversion using inverters, methods of pulse width modulation, selection of motors for industrial applications, and
the design of closed loop speed control systems for dc and ac motors.

ECTE423 Power System Analysis


Pre – Requisites ECTE323, (MATH291 and STAT291)
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-3)
The aim of this subject is to provide students with an understanding of the advanced techniques required for power
systems calculations and analysis. Topics covered in this subject include: an introduction to power systems comprising
thermal and hydro power stations; transmission lines and distribution systems; computer applications in power systems
planning; design, control and operation; review of basic analysis tools; reactive power management; load flow and fault
analysis; and transient stability.

ECTE426 Power Distribution Systems


Pre – Requisites: ECTE324, MATH291 and STAT291
Number of Hours (L-3, T- 2)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 169 | P a g e


The aim of this subject is to provide students with an understanding of the design concepts and operation of electrical
power distribution systems relevant to the electrical utility industry and industrial plants containing large power
distribution applications. Topics covered in this subject include: an introduction to distribution system planning and
automation; load modelling and calculations; system equipment modelling and selection; protection and insulation
coordination; power quality and system load interaction; design of radial systems; voltage control; capacitor applications;
earthing and reliability.

ECTE427 Renewable and Embedded Generation


Pre – Requisites: ECTE324
Number of Hours (L-3, T- 2)
The aim of this subject is to provide students with an understanding of renewable and embedded energy systems and
their integration, operation and control. Topics include: fundamentals of renewable power generation; application of
renewable energy resources to reduce greenhouse emissions; role of renewable and embedded generation in the
electricity market; economics of renewable and embedded generation for demand side integration; renewable energy
resources electrical characteristics and grid integration issues; modelling of renewable resources; micro-grids and A.C.
and D.C. power electronics interfacing; energy storage; and impact of multiple renewable energy units on electricity
networks in regards to control, protection and quality of supply.

ECTE432 Computer Architecture


Pre – Requisites: ECTE233
Number of Hours (L-3, T- 2)
The aim of this subject is to provide students with the knowledge of current computer architecture and the skill to design
and interface an RISC processor. The topics covered include processor data path and control, CPU architecture,
performance issues, enhancing performance through pipelining, memory hierarchy, Cache, DMA, Buses and other
connections, interfacing I/O devices and I/O performance measurements.

ECTE433 Embedded Systems


Pre – Requisites MATH291 and STAT291
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-2)
The subject will examine the key properties of software, firmware, and hardware systems in the embedded, resource
constrained, mobile, and highly distributed world. It will explore topics, including embedded processors instruction sets,
performance and power consumption, the embedded computing platform, program analysis and design, embedded
processors and operating systems, hardware accelerators, networks for embedded systems, and systems-on-silicon.

ECTE456 Thesis A
Pre-Requisite Completion of 120cps
Number of Hours (L-1)
In this subject student will be required to work on individual projects which may involve background reading and analysis;
development of hardware, software or an experimental program; or simulation and analysis. It will involve weekly tutorial
sessions, presentation of project outcomes and writing of technical reports. This subject provides students that have
demonstrated a capacity to undertake high-quality, independent project work to further develop these skills.

ECTE465 Wireless Communication Systems


Pre – Requisites: MATH291 and STAT291
Number of Hours (L-3, T- 2)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 170 | P a g e


This subject will provide fundamentals and advanced knowledge of wireless communication systems. Students will also
be exposed to practical equipment and network simulation tools. The students will learn about multi-user wireless
networks and spectrum allocation, and be able to explain general ray tracing models and path loss models. Students will
gain knowledge on wireless channels and cellular capacity, learn the new multiple access techniques for 5G and future
generation wireless communications, channel assignment in wireless local area network (WLAN), modeling interference
and traffic, directional antennas and wireless mesh networks. Case studies will also be undertaken.

ECTE469 Queuing Theory and Optimization


Pre – Requisites MATH291 and STAT291
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-3)
This subject will provide the essential theoretical and practical foundations for the design and optimisation of large-scale
distributed systems with applications in many diverse domains and a particular emphasis on the telecommunication
network planning. The first part will cover the fundamentals of queuing theory. The basic properties of stochastic
processes are reviewed. Markov modelling, including discrete Markov processes and its application in describing random
sequence of events is presented. Students will be exposed to properties of these systems by using both analysis and
simulation. The second part will cover an introduction to linear optimisation, including Linear Programming, Simplex
algorithm, Integer Linear Programing, and the Branch and Bound algorithm. The students will then be exposed to
fundamentals of non-linear optimisation and Lagrange Method.

ECTE471 Robotics and Flexible Automation


Pre – Requisites MATH291 and STAT291
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-2)
The subject provides the knowledge and skills required to design appropriate robotic systems for flexible automation,
including the modelling, analysis, design, and deployment of a robotic manipulator and its associated sensory systems.
The contents will consist of: Industrial robots, as a component of automation; mathematical modelling of a robotic arm;
direct and inverse kinematics model; direct and inverse dynamic model; trajectory planning; control systems for industrial
robots; tactile sensors; force sensors; ultrasound sensors; computer vision; and other sensors.

ECTE474 Internet of Things


Pre-Requisite ECTE364 and CSCI291 or CSIT127 and CSCI251
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-3)
The next evolution of the Internet will encompass ‘things’ that are equipped with processing, sensing and communication
abilities. This so called Internet of Things (IoTs) will help realise smart cities, smart agriculture, smart grid, and also
revolutionise industries ranging from health, agriculture, and transport. This subject will take a cross-disciplinary
approach that covers topics ranging from electronics, embedded systems, sensors, actuators, energy management,
communication systems, and data processing and management. In addition, it will cover IoTs applications or use cases,
industry standards, Machine-to-Machine (M2M) technologies, and wireless sensor networks. Lastly, the subject will
provide students with opportunities to design an IoT application and also solve problems that may arise in an IoT system.

ECTE477 Programming Autonomous Systems


Pre-Requisite CSCI291
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-3)
Programming Autonomous Systems introduces students to the foundation of intelligent autonomous agents combined
with a number of challenging hands-on applications. The subject will start with an introduction to the field of mobile
robots. At its core the subject will address the problems of localisation, planning and control, perception, robot motion

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 171 | P a g e


and navigation. Finally, drawing further upon a range of the intersecting fields of AI, Machine Learning, Cognitive Robotics
and Knowledge based Intelligent Systems, plus an exploration of related frameworks, such as Behaviour Cloning, CHURPs
and Deep Reinforcement Learning to facilitate incremental learning enhancements of control and behavioural skills in an
autonomous system.

ECTE482 Network Engineering


Pre – Requisites ECTE364
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-3)
This subject primarily covers large scale IP networks. In addition to considering architectures and protocols, a key focus
will be the development of analytical techniques to assist the design and performance monitoring of these networks.
Topics will include: ISP architectures; BGP routing; mobile IP; IP QOS; MPLS; multimedia applications; and peer to peer
networking.

ECTE498 Thesis A
Pre-Requisite Completion of 120cps
Number of Hours (L-3) – lecture teaching on 1st trimester of subject
In this subject students will be required to work on individual projects which may involve background reading and
analysis; development of hardware, software or an experimental program; or simulation and analysis. It will involve
weekly tutorial sessions, presentation of project outcomes and writing of technical reports. This subject provides students
that have demonstrated a capacity to undertake high-quality, independent project work to further develop these skills.

ESSC
EESC252 Geology for Engineers 1
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-3)
This subject provides an introduction to geology applied to engineering. Topics include rock-forming minerals; petrology
and physical properties of igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks; weathering and erosion; basic geological
structures and identification of unstable rock masses; geological mapping and three-point problems; geological controls
on groundwater flow and chemistry; geophysics; site investigations; and the relationship between geology and various
engineering works such as excavations, tunnels, dams and foundations.

ENGG

ENGG100 Engineering Computing and Analysis


Number of Hours (L-2, T-2, Lab -2)
This subject combines a focus on engineering dynamics with utilisation of common computing tools used throughout the
degree program. Students will develop a logical approach to deconstruct engineering problems to create algorithms that
solve real-world problems. Computing tools and methods will be used to analyse and predict the behaviour of particles
under different external forces.

ENGG102 Fundamentals of Engineering Mechanics


Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-3)
In this subject, students will explore fundamental laws of motion, scalars and vectors, forces and moments, static
equilibrium, energy, friction, and center of gravity and moment of inertia. Working in design teams, students will
undertake a series of design and build projects to see the effects of concepts of mechanics on real structures.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 172 | P a g e


ENGG103 Materials in Design
Number of Hours (L-2, T-2, Lab -1)
In this subject student will explore the interrelationships between materials structure, properties, processing and
application. Students will learn the principles underlying the selection of materials for design based upon material
properties, processing techniques and the design of engineering components.
ENGG104 Electrical Systems
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-2)
ENGG104 provides an introduction to real-world electrical systems. The subject teaches fundamental electrical concepts:
change, current, voltage, resistance, capacitance, inductance, energy and power. The subject introduces theorems to
simplify AC and DC circuits through analysis and simulation. The subject also links the fundamental concepts to practical
engineering applications such as motors and generators. The laboratory component covers measurements using
electrical components and equipment, designing basic circuits, as well as report writing.

ENGG105 Engineering Design for Sustainability


Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
This subject introduces students to sustainability concepts vital for many engineering disciplines. Students will be taught
the concepts of sustainability, ecosystems, life-cycle assessments as well as the factors to assess those and tools to
manage which they apply in their project design. Working in teams, students will undertake investigation, concept
development, and detailed design that demonstrates innovative and creative thinking of an infrastructural project.

ENGG251 Mechanics of Solids


Pre – Requisites ENGG102
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-2)
Stress on a section, concept of stress-strain relationship and Hooke's Law. Torsion of shafts and hollow sections. Problems
in bending and stress of beams. Analysis of plane stress and plane strain, combined stresses. Elasticity and plasticity for
metals, and inelastic behaviour of non metals. Failure theories. Beam deflections and simple column buckling. Thermal
stresses and strain energy concept. Experimental techniques. Recommended minimum preparation is Engineering
Mechanics (Statics), Engineering Mathematics and Engineering Materials.

ENGG252 Engineering Fluid Mechanics


Pre – Requisites: MATH142
Number of Hours (L-2, T-2, Lab -1.5)
This subject is designed to introduce elementary fluid mechanics concepts for civil, environmental, mechanical and
mining engineers. The topics include fluid properties, hydrostatics, manometry, Bernoulli's, mass, energy and momentum
equations and their applications, dimensional analysis, fluid flow in pipes, pipe friction losses and fluid flow
measurements. The lecture components will be complemented with tutorials and laboratory classes. This subject intends
to provide a working knowledge to solve simple fluid flow problems in the various branches of engineering. Students are
assumed to have knowledge of 1st year engineering mathematics.

ENGG378 Sustainable Energy Technologies


Number of Hours (L-3, T-2)
This subject covers a number of sustainable energy technologies including the following: solar thermal systems; wind
energy; hydroelectricity generation; wave power systems; biomass; photovoltaics; tidal energy; and marine current
energy extraction.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 173 | P a g e


ENGG439 Engineering Logistics and Operations Management
Number of Hours (L-4, T-2)
Engineers are required to make strategically significant decisions that could substantially enhance an organisations
overall success or competitiveness. This subject aims at helping students appreciate the role of the operations function
within organisations and its interaction with other functional areas, and understand the conceptual foundations the
operations management knowledge is based on. It covers the management aspects of designing, developing and
operating manufacturing and service delivery systems that can effectively and efficiently respond to customer
requirements. The subject introduces a range of quantitative tools and techniques that support managerial decision-
making involving trade-offs, priorities and choices, and explores the role of research and development and innovation in
relation to customer value creation and delivery.

ENGG452 Thesis A
Pre – Requisites Completion of 120cps, with a weighted average mark of 65 or above
Number of Hours (L-3) – lecture teaching on 1st trimester of subject
All students must complete a 12 credit point thesis (ENGG452) normally over a period of two sessions - though Scholars
Program students may elect to take ENGG453. Students are expected to spend at least 336 hours on the 12 credit point
thesis. The thesis is a core element of the degree in each engineering course. The knowledge and skills acquired in the
design, experimentation, analysis, management and communications aspects of the course are brought together in an
individual project undertaken by the student under the guidance of an academic supervisor. Individual disciplines will
advise further requirements at the start of the thesis.

ENGG454 Professional Experience


Number of Hours (L-0.5)
As a requirement for the Bachelor of Engineering (Honours) suite of degrees, students are required to obtain at least 12
weeks approved professional experience in a relevant industry during the course and submit a report to the satisfaction
of the Academic Program Directors. It is preferable that candidates undertake this requirement during the summer
recess, between the third and fourth years of the BE(Hons) degree. Exemption from the requirement will be given to a
student who has passed one or more of the Professional Option subjects. Refer to Academic Program Directors for details.

ENGG461 Managing Engineering Projects


Pre – Requisites Completed at least 96 credit points
Number of Hours (L-3, T-2)
This subject aims to provide students with the essential managerial skills and knowledge required to effectively manage
engineering projects. Students will develop proficiency with the application of a range of concepts, techniques and
analytical tools relating to the knowledge areas of project scope, resources, time, cost, risk and contracts management.
Additionally, the subject introduces students to the ongoing challenges around the management of stakeholder
expectations, various technical and social interfaces and the impact of organisational and environmental factors on
successful project delivery.

ENVE

ENVE420 Water Resources Engineering


Number of Hours (L-3, T-2)
Coastal Engineering - wave forecasting; wave refraction; diffraction and breaking; wave forces on structures; beach
erosion and beach protection. Water Resources - the hydrologic cycle; distribution of the world's water resources; surface

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 174 | P a g e


water resources; groundwater resources; computer models of catchment water balances; storage reservoir yield analysis.
River Engineering - fluvial hydraulics; morphology of natural channels; erosion and sediment transport; re-naturalising
streams; remediation of polluted rivers. River basin management - flood reduction using detention basins; computer
modelling of urban stormwater systems.

FIN

FIN 111 Introductory Principles of Finance


Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
FIN 111 introduces fundamental concepts of corporate and personal finance. In doing so, the inter-relationships between
finance and financial planning are explored. A theoretical strand contextualises finance and financial planning within their
respective regulatory frameworks. A technical strand equips students with fundamental skills to understand the concept
of time value of money, as applied to solving cash flow valuation problems within the context of corporate and personal
finance. This subject is innovative in its broad and synergistic overview of the financial services industry. In its exploration
of ethical issues, this subject supports a socially responsible approach to commerce.

FIN 222 Corporate Finance


Pre – Requisites FIN 111 and ACCY111
Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
The objective of this subject is to provide an introduction to the fundamental quantitative techniques and underlying
concepts and theories in investment, financing and working capital management decisions facing corporations. For
students to successfully complete this subject, students are required to be able to compute, interpret and apply a range
of quantitative measures in order to assist in making optimal financial decisions as well as understand the fundamental
concepts and theories in finance. The main topics covered in this subject include financial mathematics, valuation of
financial and productive assets, risk and return, cost of capital, working capital management, capital structure and
dividend policy.

FIN 223 Investment Analysis


Pre – Requisites: FIN 222 or FIN 241
Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
This subject deals with security analysis and portfolio management. The subject is both descriptive, dealing with a range
of securities and the market they operate in, and theoretical, considering theories of the market and the equilibrium
prices of securities. Topics covered include portfolio theory and the capital asset pricing model, portfolio management,
company, industry and market analysis, investment strategies and the evaluation of portfolio performance.

FIN 226 Financial Markets & Institutions


Pre – Requisites: FIN111
Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
This subject examines the history and development of financial institutions and financial markets in Australia and
elsewhere. Topics covered include: the role of the financial system; functions of financial markets; money markets and
capital markets; the banking and payments system; financial systems regulation; the operations of the stock exchange;
corporate and government debt markets; the Euromarket; and, derivative markets.

FIN 241 International Financial Management


Pre – Requisites: FIN111
Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 175 | P a g e
This subject introduces students to the use of financial tools in an international context. The subject covers the basic
techniques of finance and these are then related to international financial markets, institutions and practice. Students
learn to evaluate the relationship between risk and expected return from international investments and develop an
understanding of short and long-term international debt and equity capital markets.

FIN 322 Advanced Corporate Finance


Pre – Requisites: FIN 222
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject examines advanced aspects of the financial management of corporate resources with an emphasis on issues
in financial planning and strategy. Topics include firm governance and the role of shareholders and stakeholders, the
management of corporate debt and equity, mergers and acquisitions, financial distress and restructuring, and financial
architecture and strategies. Special attention is given to the increasing complexity of the business environment and
departure from the assumptions of an ideal capital markets.

FIN 323 Portfolio Analysis


Pre – Requisites: FIN 223
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject blends portfolio theory with the practice of advanced security analysis and portfolio management. Topics
include evaluation of equity securities, bonds, and derivative securities and the role they play within a portfolio.
Specifically, the subject covers efficient market theory, arbitrage pricing theory, macro-analysis and micro-valuation of
stock market, portfolio management strategies, derivative security analysis, organisation and management of investment
companies and portfolio performance evaluation.

FIN 324 Financial Statement Analysis


Pre – Requisites FIN 111 and ACCY200
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject develops knowledge and skills in the principles and techniques of financial information analysis. Students are
introduced to the language, concepts and assumptions used by accountants to prepare financial statements and then
use a business analysis framework to: 1) critically evaluate financial statements as data sources for business decisions,
including investment opportunities, and 2) for the extraction of decision useful information from other publicly available
accounting information sources. Analytical principles and techniques are then applied to key aspects of business
performance to evaluate investment opportunities in a particular business entity.

FIN 351 International Finance


Pre – Requisites FIN 222 or FIN 241
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject analyses financial markets in the international sphere, concentrating on the Australasian region. It explores
the concepts and relationships linking international financial markets within the region and the operation of Australian
firms in those markets. It covers such issues as financial decisions in a global market, international banking, the pricing of
foreign exchange, foreign exchange and interest rate risk management.

GEOG

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 176 | P a g e


GEOG222 Society and Environment: Resources, Challenges, Futures
Pre-Requisite: 12 credit points of 100 level subjects
Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
This subject aims to provide an understanding of relations and interactions between society and environment, including
impact of societies on the Earth and its processes. We examine long term and contemporary time scales, and a range of
spatial scales from the global to the local. Topics include the agricultural, industrial and urban revolutions; governance of
environments; Indigenous land management; climate change; sustainability; and environmental impacts in the context
of the Anthropocene. Tutorial classes are designed to complement the lecture program, focusing on development of key
skills including: scholarly research; critical thinking; working in groups; and developing and presenting an argument
through written and oral presentation techniques.

INE
INE 301 Fundamentals of Innovation and Entrepreneurship
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This course is a Stanford-informed approach to learning innovation and entrepreneurship that can be applied to any high-
growth enterprise or other organisation in the UAE. The class is composed of three modules: - Module 1: Design Thinking
- Module 2: Entrepreneurship - Module 3: Growth and Leadership The course is optimised for a class size of 20 to 40
students and is appropriate for undergraduate students at a third year level or advanced second year level. Each session
could include a mix of the following components: lecture, discussion, an interactive activity in class, and open Q&A if an
appropriate expert or guest speaker is available. The session descriptions below contain a summary of the class, a list of
the readings and videos to watch before class, and a set of study questions to contemplate beforehand and to be used
in class discussion

INFO

INFO411 Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery


Pre-Requisite 36 cp (Knowledge of mathematical and statistical notation at an introductory level.)
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
Introduction to Data Mining, Knowledge Discovery, and Big Data with coverage of Data Structures, role of Data Quality
and per-processing, Association Rules, Artificial Neural Networks, Support Vector methods, Tree Based Methods,
Clustering and Classification Methods, Regression and Statistical Methods, Overfitting and Inferential issues, Evaluation,
Use of Data Mining packages with applications for benchmark and real world situations.

ISIT

ISIT204 Principles of eBusiness


Pre – Requisites 24cp @100 level any subjects
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
This subject aims to provide students with an understanding of eBusiness fundamentals. Today most businesses compete
in a global environment and a sound strategy for online business is essential to facilitate this. This subject covers key
areas of eBusiness, including: business-to-consumer, business-to-business and business-to-government electronic
commerce (EC); online business models and electronic payment systems (EPS) and EC technology basics. Standards,
regulation and policy, security and social and economic issues will also be considered in the contexts of business Intranets,

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 177 | P a g e


Extranets and the Internet. The subject also provides an introduction to the 'Patterns for eBusiness' approach to
eBusiness analysis and design.

ISIT224 Management Information Systems


Pre – Requisites 24cp @ 100 level of any subject
Number of Hours (L-3, T-2)
This subject introduces students to an overview of all the major Information Systems found in a typical business covering
systems such as finance, HR, payroll, inventory, sales, CRM, SCM and ERP. Students will be introduced to the processes
involved in managing information systems in the contemporary business environment. Students will gain a deep
understanding of the issues surrounding the key components of IS (i.e. people, software, hardware, data, and
communication technologies), systems and development concepts, technology acquisition, and IT-enabled improvement
in quality, speed and agility in modern organisations.

ISIT301 Professional Practice & Ethics


Pre -requisites: 18cp @200 level
Number of Hours (L-2, T-2) – not offered on trimester model
This subject covers the body of ideas and commonly held principles that broadly apply to ethical behaviour in the
information technology environment. ISIT301 will examine the social and ethical implications of information technologies
as they apply to citizens and information technology professionals. It will present legal, regulatory, social and ethical
perspectives on the use of such technologies through topics of intellectual property, privacy, networking, security,
reliability. The inclusion of a professional ethics is to prepare students for careers in the information technology industry.
The extent to which technological advancements have altered societal expectations is also examined.

ISIT312 Big Data Management


Pre-Requisite CSIT115 and 24cp @ 100 level CSIT
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
The subject addresses the problems of managing and processing of extremely large data sets in a single-server centralized
computing systems and in multi-server clustered and distributed computing systems. The topics related to processing of
large data sets in centralized environments include the techniques based on the classical data warehouse technologies
such multidimensional data model, data warehouse architecture, data warehouse design both at conceptual and logical
levels, and data warehouse processing with appropriate specialised query operations. The topics related to processing of
large data sets in distributed environments include the techniques that can be implemented on the clusters of
inexpensive computing nodes using MapReduce programming model. The subject introduces the students to the real
time analytical processing of large data sets with analytical cluster-based distributed data processing systems. Discussion
and hands on exercises related to these topics will equip students to meet the challenges in Big Data environments and
appreciate the added challenges of dealing with unstructured data. Students will be presented with opportunities to do
hands-on work with appropriate commercial tools.

IRAE

IRAE135 UAE and International Relations


Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
This course offers an overview of the UAE’s rapidly emerging significance and its increased roles in global networks of
international relations and diplomacy. Within that overview, the course also examines the internal dynamics of the UAE,
in particular, the priorities that emerge from a specific workforce dependency, a construction and tourism industry that

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 178 | P a g e


looks ‘East’ as much as it does ‘West’. Today the Federation maintains a strong Emirati identity, whilst adapting to the
requirements of a modern state whose role extends beyond the Arab World. Thus the new ‘Look East’ policy
complements the country’s historical partnership with the Western states. With the expansion of its global ties and
relations, the UAE also becomes more sensitive to transnational issues, such as immigration, fluctuations in international
markets or terrorism.

LANG

LANG030 English for Academic Studies


Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
English for Academic Studies is an integral subject of the Freshman Program. This course focuses on enhancing the
listening, speaking, reading, writing, language and investigating skills to equip students to become effective tertiary
education students. Skills and Language developed: Academic Reading, Writing, Listening and Oral skills, including focus
on successful communication skills, research and investigation skills, building academic vocabulary; and technology skills
development via individual, pair and group work via the tools used for activities and assessments. Discipline relevance:
LANG030 provides a solid base in language and academic skills for all UG disciplines – including Introduction to the
conventions of academic writing and essays; oral presenting skills; investigating; reading for academic purposes; building
and using academic language in context. The minimum entry requirement for this course is IELTS 5 (or 5.5 with lower
band in individual skills) and/or equivalent.

LANG040 Research and Study Skills


Pre-Requisite: LANG030 English for Academic Studies
Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
LANG040 Research and Study Skills is an integral subject of the Freshman Program. Skills and Language developed: This
is an Academic Skills and Language based course, developing and enhancing students’ analytical and critical thinking skills
and is a solid base from which to transition to university studies. Discipline relevance: LANG040 provides solid base for
UG study, including the conventions of academic report writing; research skills, presenting research findings; reading for
academic purposes, understanding and applying critical thinking.

MARK

MARK101 Marketing Principles


Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
Marketing is a set of activities and processes for creating, communicating and delivering offerings and facilitating
satisfying exchange relationships in a way that delivers value for consumers and society. Organisations need to know how
to define and segment a market and how to position themselves strongly by identifying marketing opportunities and
problems, and developing products, services, experiences and ideas for chosen target markets more effectively than their
competitors. Marketing is essential for all organisations including manufacturers, wholesalers, retailers, professional
services firms including lawyers, accountants and architects, and non-profit institutions including charities and museums.
The subject examines the fundamental concepts underpinning the marketing process and theories relevant to the study
and practice of marketing. It serves as a foundation for further studies in business by developing an overview of where
marketing fits within organisations and what framework marketing provides for enhancing and enabling the conduct of
a business.

MARK205 Introductory Marketing Research

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 179 | P a g e


Pre – Requisites: MARK101
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
Marketing research is the function that connects consumers and other relevant stakeholders to marketers through
information that supports decision-making. Marketing research assists in the systematic and objective identification of
marketing problems and opportunities, designs and implements the method for collecting information, analyses the
results, and disseminates the findings and their implications. Failure to engage in marketing research activity leads to
disadvantages in the competitive marketplace. Introductory Marketing Research will focus on the practice of marketing
research by integrating theory and application. The subject includes the research process from problem definition to
communicating the results and exposes the students to introductory qualitative and quantitative data analysis
techniques.

MARK217 Consumer Behaviour


Pre – Requisites MARK101
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
Consumer Behaviour involves gaining a greater understanding of the consumers as individuals by studying the influence
of perception, learning and memory, motivation, attitudes and attitude change on their behaviours. Other lifestyle
influences are also considered such as demographics, household structure, group influence, social stratification and
cultural variance. Additionally, the content of this subject focuses upon consumers as decision makers, involving an
examination of the entire purchase process. All of these components are examined in relation to how they can be
influenced through marketing strategies. Other areas explored include how marketing practices can be used to influence
consumer behaviour for the benefit of society as a whole (social marketing) rather than purely for commercial gain.

MARK221 Public Relations Concepts


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject provides students with an introduction to the relational and communication concepts that underpin public
relations. The aim is to provide students with the concepts to compare, debate, and evaluate different approaches to
public relations from a theoretical perspective. Key concepts studied include management and organisation of public
relations; social media and associated analytics; audiences, stakeholders and publics; media relations; issues and crisis
management; creativity and communication. A social innovation orientation is adopted to emphasize the dynamics of
change, power and ethics. Public relations concepts will be applied to relevant contemporary issues and case studies in
order to analyse the implications for practice.

MARK233 Marketing & Digital Communication


Pre-Requisite MARK101 or MARK213
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
Marketing communications whether between organisations and their stakeholders, or between stakeholders, uses a
variety of different communications techniques and tools. Increasingly these are based in the digital environment. This
subject examines the digital and non-digital tools and techniques that are used in marketing communications both by
marketers and other stakeholders, as well as considering the opportunities and challenges associated with managing
marketing communications in the digital age.

MARK250 Advertising Practice and Creative Strategies


Pre-Requisite MARK101 or MARK213
Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 180 | P a g e


The focus of this subject is to provide an understanding of advertising practice and the opportunity to explore creative
aspects of advertising strategy. The subject will describe advertisings role in marketing and public relations, highlight
ethical and regulatory issues around advertising, introduce students to the concept of brand positioning, explain the
concept of advertising planning and strategy process, consider media opportunities and constraints, and encourage
students to engage with the advertising creativity process and creative media strategies.

MARK270 Services Marketing


Pre – Requisite MARK101
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject covers the practice of marketing of services. Significantly, this incorporates both conceptual and practical
issues not always evident in the existing marketing literature covering the marketing of products. As well, the global
growth of the service sector has focused attention on the marketing function for organisations serving this sector. This
subject is designed to equip practitioners to function effectively in the expanding world of services marketing.

MARK301 Digital Marketing


Pre – Requisites MARK101
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject examines the fundamentals of digital marketing in order to provide a solid foundation on digital marketing
strategy, implementation and execution. This grounding provides a detailed understanding of all digital channels and
platforms to key applications in marketing such as research, adding value in the areas of product, distribution, pricing
and promotion. A key focus is the link between delivering positive user experiences and developing customer
relationships over time.

MARK310 Marketing Effectiveness


Pre-Requisite MARK101 or MARK213 plus at least 12 credits of other marketing subjects
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
Companies are spending an increasingly significant amount of their budget on marketing initiatives to manage the
customer experience and develop brands. Marketing managers are responsible for explaining and demonstrating the
value of such expenditure. Organisations refer to the activities that contribute to achieving marketing effectiveness as
Customer Experience Management (CX) and Brand Experience Management (BX). This subject aims to provide an
understanding of the tools and approaches that can be used to measure the effectiveness of marketing activities (CX,
BX), as well as an understanding of how the performance of marketing activities can be communicated to organisational
decision makers.

MARK322 Corporate Identity and Branding


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
At the corporate level within public relations and marketing, managing and communicating about corporate brands,
building corporate identity, and protecting corporate reputation are key issues for entities seeking competitive
advantage. This remains the case whether entities are global or local, large or small, commercial or non-profit. It is
therefore important to understand these complex and interlinking issues. As fundamental elements of corporate identity
and branding programmes, key concepts or topics covered within this subject include: corporate communications,
corporate public relations, corporate reputation; organisational identity; ethical corporate identity; corporate social
responsibility (CSR); visual identity; relevance and impact of social media and the Internet; development and use of

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 181 | P a g e


corporate stories. Various techniques and approaches are further introduced for undertaking corporate level public
relations campaigns or corporate identity/brand reviews.

MARK333 Integrated Marketing Communications Strategy


Pre – Requisites MARK101
Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject aims to develop students' appreciation of the role that marketing communications play in the company's or
organisation’s marketing or public relations efforts as well as how to develop marketing communications programs that
can effectively position brands. The subject has a managerial perspective and by the end of the subject students will be
able to both manage and critically evaluate marketing communications campaigns, with particular emphasis on achieving
campaign objectives. Marketing communications come in many forms. Examples include, but are far from limited to,
mass media advertising, promotions, celebrity endorsements and after-sales support.

MARK343 International Marketing


Pre – Requisites MARK101
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
The principal aim of the subject is to analyse the global marketing environment and develop appropriate international
marketing strategies. The content will include: socio-economic, legal, political, financial and cultural factors affecting
international marketing operations; analysing the profiles of selected regional markets and strategic options for entry
and expansion in those markets; international marketing research methods and data analysis techniques; international
marketing mix decisions; and contemporary issues in multinational marketing.

MARK344 Marketing Strategy


Pre – Requisites MARK101 PLUS 12 credit points from 200 level MARK subjects, or 6 credit points from 200 level
MARK subjects and 6 credit points from 300 level MARK subjects.
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
Being able to create new markets, attack competitors and defend your market position are daily aspects of modern
marketing. In this 'capstone' subject all of your prior marketing subjects are pulled together to complete your training as
a marketing professional. A key component of this subject is the fine tuning of your analytical skills and diagnostic ability
for the proposal, implementation and control of alternative marketing strategies and plans.

MARK395 Tourism Marketing


Pre – Requisites MARK101
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject introduces, discusses and analyses issues unique to the marketing of tourism. The focus of this subject is the
application and extension of marketing principles and theories in the development of strategic marketing approaches for
tourism products. Tourism products include the destination, accommodation and tour operator sectors of the tourism
industry at the regional, national and international level. In addition, the subject identifies and discusses contemporary
issues in tourism marketing, including the online and database marketing and sustainability/sustainable tourism.

MATH

MATH030 College Algebra


Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 182 | P a g e


This subject provides students with the fundamental concepts of college algebra including sets, equations and
inequalities, functions and graphs, rate of change, transformations, modeling, combining functions, one-to-one and
inverse functions, polynomial and rational functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, sequences, arithmetic and
geometric sequences, and finite series.

MATH060 Foundation Mathematics for Business


Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
This subject covers the basic essentials of mathematical and statistical techniques for students in Business, Finance and
Commerce. Specific topics include business equations and graphs, finance mathematics, statistical measures and
introduction to probabilities.

MATH070 Foundation Mathematics for Computing


This subject provides a solid foundation to strengthen students’ skills in preparation for science curriculum and
specifically for higher level mathematics required in the field of computer science and information science. The emphasis
will be on applications using an intuitive approach to mathematics rather than formal development. Real-life applications
in science and industry will be presented in order to understand the relevance and benefit of the mathematical as an
important tool in science. The subject focuses on basic topics related to pre-calculus which includes equations of straight
lines, linear equations in two variables, quadratic equations, parabolas, graphing special functions, basic notions on
matrices and their use in solving linear systems. It also includes basic techniques of differentiation and integration while
focusing on their applications.

MATH041 Maths for Business


Pre-Requisite MATH030
Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
This subject emphasises the importance and role of statistics in business, sampling, data collection, and data types.
Students will also learn the basic principles of probabilities, how to solve linear equations and elements of mathematics
finance and pre-calculus. This subject emphasizes the importance of using descriptive statistics in business. It further
employs basic probability, system of linear equations, linear functions, and mathematical finance to model and solve real-
life application problems.

MATH042 Elements of Engineering Mathematics


Pre-Requisite: MATH030
Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
The subject introduces students to the mathematical and statistical skills and techniques that are necessary to embark
on the first year of an Engineering Program. The subject consolidates and reinforces basic skills and is intended to give
students a grounding in the core areas of mathematics and statistics needed to successfully study engineering at
undergraduate level. Topics include advanced algebraic manipulation, functions, trigonometry, elementary calculus, and
statistics and probability.

MATH141 Foundations of Engineering Mathematics


Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
The subject consists of two strands, Calculus and Linear Algebra. The Calculus strand covers differential calculus and
provides an introduction to integral calculus. The Linear Algebra strand covers matrices, determinants and applications
of these in the sub-topic of vector geometry. All of these are presented with accompanying examples from various
engineering disciplines.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 183 | P a g e


MATH142 Essentials of Engineering Mathematics
Pre – Requisites MATH141
Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
The subject consists of two strands, Integral Calculus with applications and Series. The Integral Calculus strand presents
a number of analytical and numerical integration techniques plus applications of integration to find areas, volumes of
revolution and solve differential equations. The Series strand covers techniques for finding limits, determining the
convergence of series and leads into Taylor series. All of these are presented with accompanying examples from various
Engineering disciplines.

MATH221 Mathematics for Computer Science


Pre – Requisites MATH070 and STAT131
Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
MATH221 delivers core skills required for learning in computer science. Such skills include logic, formal proof, formal data
structures and relations between these data structures. Realised mathematically as sets, bijections, equivalence classes,
and graphs, MATH221 gives students hands-on experience with basic mathematical manipulations of these structures,
as well as an exposition on their most fundamental properties.

MATH223 Mathematics for Information Technology


Pre – Requisites MATH060
Number of Hours (L-4, T-2)
MATH223 is a core subject for information technology students, providing key mathematical and statistical knowledge.
The subject is split into two strands: the Calculus Strand and the Data Analysis Strand. Calculus Strand: This strand begins
by reviewing mathematical principles and tools that support analysis in the IT workplace, including algebraic concepts,
summation, polynomials, integrals, derivatives, and special functions (exp, log). The material is applied to understand
essential concepts in mathematical finance. The strand concludes with project evaluation techniques, such as return-on-
investment. Data Analysis Strand: This strand applies the core mathematical concepts to discrete and continuous
probability. The strand begins with basic data analysis, including univariate and bivariate data, association, correlation
and simple linear regression. Study continues with discrete probability models (binomial and Poisson) and continuous
distributions, including normal and uniform. The subject ends with confidence intervals and introductory hypothesis
testing, such as the Chi-squared test for association and one-sample t-test.

MATH253 Linear Algebra


Number of Hours (L -2, T – 2)
MATH253 is 2/3 of the subject MATH203. The aim of MATH253 is to build on students' knowledge of matrix algebra and
vector analysis, and provide a strong foundation in the mathematics of linear algebra, with an appreciation of the
applications that motivate it. The study of systems of linear equations is important not only to mathematicians but also
to scientists and engineers. MATH253 will include study of these systems with geometrical interpretations being given.
It includes vector spaces, subspaces, linear dependence, basis, dimension and inner product spaces. This will be followed
by eigenvalues and eigenvectors and their central role to the diagonalization of matrices. Linear transformations and
their basic properties will be discussed.

MATH283 Advanced Engineering Mathematics and Statistics


Pre – Requisites MATH142
Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 184 | P a g e


MATH283 is a subject primarily for Bachelor of Engineering students. The subject consists of two parts: Advanced
Engineering Mathematics and Engineering Statistics. Each topic is worth 50% of the final mark. Part I: Engineering
Statistics: Statistics gives an introduction to statistical computing and to basic statistical techniques, including
mathematical models for describing variation in experimental situations. Part II: Advanced Engineering Mathematics:
Mathematics includes partial differentiation, double integrals and new techniques for solving differential equations,
including the Laplace transform and Fourier series.

MATH291 Differential Equations


Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
Linear second and higher order differential equations, solution of differential equations by Laplace transform methods.
Fourier series, and some special functions (gamma, beta and error functions) will be introduced, together with an
introductory solution method to boundary value problems (separation of variables).

MECH

MECH201 Engineering Analysis


Pre – Requisites MATH142
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
Analysis for the conservation of mass, momentum and energy in engineering systems; numerical methods for the solution
for a selection of problems in fluid mechanics, heat transfer, solids mechanics, bulk solids and control systems; linear
algebra; eigenvalue analysis; optimisation curve fitting; roots of equation; experimentation to validate engineering
analysis; ordinary differential equations; partial differential equations; use MATLAB and spreadsheets for numerical
solutions of engineering problems.

MECH203 Mechanical Engineering Practice


Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-3)
Instruction on and use of standard machine tools (drill press, lathe, mill and hand tools) to develop a practical
understanding of how mechanical systems are manufactured to drawing, evaluation of accuracy of manufacture by the
trial assembly and fit of these components, demonstration of welding technologies, basic 3D modelling and associated
detailed drafting, mechanical systems anatomy, production of a report and log of activity.

MECH215 Mechanical Engineering Design 1


Pre – Requisites MECH203
Number of Hours (L-3, T-2, Lab-2)
Mechanical design process, design team working, design, material selection and analysis of fundamental machine
components: power screws, clutches and brakes; spur and helical gear general forms and forces generated; shaft
assemblies and their supports including shafts bearings and seals, component interfaces such as limits and fits, bolted
and welded connections; keys; failure theories for static and cyclic load conditions, advanced mechanical drawing.

MECH226 Machine Dynamics


Pre – Requisites: ENGG102 and MATH142
Number of Hours (L-3, T-2, Lab-2)
Dynamics of rigid bodies and simple mechanisms in plane motion, kinematic analysis by vector and polygon methods,
velocity analysis by instantaneous centres; kinetic analysis by superposition vector and force polygon methods, matrix

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 185 | P a g e


method, method of virtual work; energy distribution method; kinematics of cam profiles; balance of rotors; introduction
to CAD mechanism design; synthesis of a mechanism.

MECH252 Thermodynamics, Experimental Methods and Analysis


Number of Hours (L-3, T-2, Lab-3)
This subject is designed to provide students with a range of knowledge and skills including: the understanding and use of
the First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics in processes and machines and how they relate to the issue of energy
efficiency and sustainability; use of advanced spreadsheet programming to analyse experimental and numerical data;
mode of operation and applications of sensors and transducers; laboratory experimental methods, data analysis and safe
working practices.

MECH311 Mechanical Engineering Design 2


Pre – Requisites MECH215
Number of Hours (L-3, T-2)
Review of the design process; Application of fundamental analysis to typical mechanical systems; material selection,
detailed design of shafts, gears, lubrication system design, mechanical assembly detailed design, application of current
design codes (e.g. for shaft design and rating helical and spur gears). Case studies. Students are required to analyse and
propose solutions for a typical engineering problem. The solution would normally involve a combination of innovative
thinking and the integration of design and analysis tools provided throughout but not limited to those covered in the
degree program.

MECH321 Dynamics of Engineering Systems


Number of Hours (L-3, T-2, Lab-2)
Derivation of system equations for mechanical, electrical, thermo-dynamic and fluid-dynamic systems; analysis of linear,
transverse and torsional vibration of mechanical systems; system classification; linearisation of system equations; linear
time-invariant differential equations using transfer function representation analysis of system response in the time and
frequency domain; simulation of dynamic systems.

MECH326 Dynamics of Mechanisms


Pre-Requisite MECH226
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
Lagrangian dynamics of simple rigid-body systems; inverse dynamics and forward dynamics of linkage mechanisms;
balancing of mechanisms; robot dynamics including position analysis, Jacobian analysis, and dynamic analysis of serial
and parallel manipulators; numerical solutions and computer simulation of multibody dynamics.

MECH341 Thermodynamics of Engineering Systems


Pre – Requisites MECH252 or MATE202
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-2)
Properties of pure substances; first law of thermodynamics, closed systems, control volumes; second law of
thermodynamics; entropy; second law analysis of engineering systems; power and refrigeration cycles; mixtures;
psychrometrics and basic air conditioning.

MECH343 Heat Transfer and Aerodynamics


Pre – Requisites ENGG252
Number of Hours (L-3, T-2, Lab-2)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 186 | P a g e


One- and two-dimensional heat conduction; forced convection; heat exchangers; radiation; boundary layer flows; flow
around immersed bodies; one dimensional compressible flow with and without heat transfer; normal shock waves;
compressible flow in pipes.

MECH365 Control of Machines and Processes


Pre – Requisites MECH321
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1, Lab-2)
Classical control system analysis and design concepts: transient response, steady-state error analysis, frequency domain
analysis, root-locus controller design methods and frequency domain controller design methods; PLC programming.

MECH382 Manufacturing Engineering Principles


Pre – Requisites ENGG103
Number of Hours (L-3, Lab-2)
This course introduces students to the basic principles of manufacturing engineering. Topics include an overall
perspective on manufacturing; life-cycle and environmental factors; interactions between product design, materials and
manufacturing processes; machining processes; metal cutting theory and machinability; joining and assembly processes;
computers in manufacturing, NC/CIM/FMS/IMS; introduction to component handling and industrial robotics; basic
metrology and geometric tolerancing; process capability and quality control; machining economics; overview of non-
conventional processes and advanced manufacturing trends.

MECH419 Finite Element Methods in Engineering


Pre – Requisites ENGG251 and MECH201
Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
Review of solid mechanics fundamentals and of matrix algebra; Elementary derivation of finite element methods by
direct, weighted residual, and minimum total potential energy formulations; Finite element interpolation functions;
natural and isoparametric coordinates; Derivation of strain-displacement relations and calculation of element stresses;
Assembly and solution of system matrices; Application of constraints and local coordinate systems; Introduction to heat
transfer and structural vibration problems, and finite element software in engineering applications. Some current
research results will also be included in the lectures and tutorials

MECH430 Automotive Dynamics


Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
Introduction, dynamics associated with acceleration, braking, cornering and rollovers; occupant comfort and response;
dynamics of multi-mode mechanical systems; component characteristics and interactions including cabin, chassis,
steering and suspensions.

MECH431 Computational Fluid Dynamics


Number of Hours (L-1, T-2)
The subject introduces the finite difference and finite volume methods for computational fluid dynamics (CFD); explicit
and implicit methods for computation; stability analyses; validation of computational results; analysis of engineering
systems involving incompressible and compressible flow of fluids; and use of a commercial CFD package.

MECH470 Applied Topics In Mechatronics


Pre-requisite ECTE344 or MECH365
Number of Hours (L – 3, T – 1, Lab – 3)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 187 | P a g e


The intent of the subject is to bridge the gap between mechatronic engineering theory and actual industrial applications.
The first part of this subject will introduce the programmable logic controller (PLC), a widely used industrial controller
and Ladder Logic, the main programming language in use for PLCs. The second section will look at industrial input and
output systems and the interfaces used. This will include robotic systems, motor drives, directional control valves (DCVs),
vision and distance measurement. The last part will implement control systems in the PLC to perform typical
manufacturing tasks.

MECH474 Reliability Engineering


Number of Hours (L-4, T-2)
Provides an introduction to Reliability-Availability-Maintainability (RAM) Engineering techniques applicable through the
asset life cycle. Examines Requirements Analysis, Reliability Growth Modelling, Analysis of Design, Safety Assessment,
Logistic Support Analysis and Sparing, Testing and Performance Evaluation, Installation Procedures and Operating
Environments, Asset Management, Disposal, Asset Purchase/Replacement Policies and Decision-making. More
specifically, the topics covered under this subject include terminologies for reliability engineering, failure data analysis
and modelling, system reliability modelling, system maintainability & availability, design for reliability, reliability testing,
reliability growth testing and reliability management.

MECH489 Engineering Asset Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject provides context for all of the aspects of engineering asset management. It establishes the nature of the
overall activity and sets up links to the knowledge areas of strategic management, managerial finance, engineering
analysis and information technology. In some ways it provides the context for engineering asset management. Further,
it explores some of the basic asset management processes, particularly life-cycle and risk management. Framework,
context and history of asset management, Strategic management and engineered asset management in context.
Application/adaptation of basic tools; costs and benefits of lifecycle management available models and standards;
Possible uses of models Business drivers; Legal requirements; Quality systems and configuration and documentation
management; Interfaces with other functions (departments and organizations).

MGNT

MGNT102 Business Communications


Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
This subject introduces the theory and practice of communication in business and in workplaces. It offers knowledge and
information on how students can become more effective by becoming culturally sensitive and humane communicators,
both personally and professionally, in a range of multimodal environments. It examines and discusses the cultural,
organisational and personal contexts and processes of communication, including groups, meetings, interviews, public
speaking, presentations and writing. Other issues discussed include interpersonal skills, understandings of non-verbal
messages, listening practices and building relationships in business and workplaces.

MGNT110 Introduction to Management


Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
Wherever organisations exist, a manager’s role emerges. Organisations rely on managers and the management function
for the efficient and effective running of their operations. This subject will introduce students to the various functions
involved in managing, as well as the context of management: the organisation. Students will learn key management
theories and concepts including organisational culture, social responsibility and ethics, managing groups, motivating

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 188 | P a g e


employees, planning, managing human resources and employment relations, strategic management, decision-making,
supply chain and operations management, leadership and foundations of management control. Students will learn how
the different interests between organisational stakeholders affect various management processes, and the implications
of managerial decisions on the internal and external environments.

MGNT201 Organisational Behaviour


Pre – Requisites MGNT110
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
The subject examines aspects of the social and behavioural sciences that are relevant to understanding human behaviour
in work organisations. The focus of the subject ranges from the behaviour and activities of individuals and groups in
organisational settings, to understanding complex organisations as a whole.

MGNT205 Recruitment & Selection


Pre – Requisites MGNT110 and MGNT206 or MGNT389
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject examines the environment and process of recruitment and selection. Recruitment strategies are described
and assessed from the perspective of the organisation and the individual. In particular, a range of personnel selection
techniques are examined in relation to issues of reliability, validity, fairness and applicability. Also a range of practical
skills in designing personnel selection techniques are developed.

MGNT206 Managing Human Resources


Pre – Requisites MGNT110
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject is concerned with the concepts, techniques and activities involved in managing the flow of people through
work organisations. Emphasis is placed on understanding the techniques of contemporary HRM that can be applied in
organisations to facilitate the acquisition and development of staff, to influence positively their job performance, and to
manage the processes of staff turnover and retention.

MGNT207 Employee Relations Management


Pre – Requisites MGNT110
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject introduces students to the domain of employee relations management. Emphasis will be placed on the
theories and contexts, similarities and differences between human resource management and employee relations
management, the parties involved and the processes and outcomes of managing employee relations in unionised and
non-unionised environments. Topics will include theoretical perspectives of the employment relationship, the role of
management, the role of the State, statutory regulation, bargaining structures, employee participation, and industrial
conflict with a particular focus on the Australian context.

MGNT210 Managing Across Cultures


Pre – Requisites MGNT110
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject explores the influence of culture on management from an international business perspective. It discusses
major theories of culture and their practical application to management issues such as communication, negotiation,
decision-making, human resource management, ethics, expatriation and diversity. The subject fosters an understanding
of how to manage successfully across cultural boundaries in an international business context

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 189 | P a g e


MGNT215 Small Business Management
Pre – Requisites MGNT110
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
Smaller enterprises are becoming increasingly important to the economic wellbeing of many nations. This subject gives
students an opportunity to develop an awareness of the role of the small enterprise in the economy and society, and the
key factors involved in their management. The subject is oriented at the study of smaller enterprise rather than training
the student to start and manage a small firm itself.

MGNT220 Organisational Analysis


Pre – Requisites MGNT110
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject examines the key theoretical frames that are used to analyse complex organisations. Students are provided
with an understanding of theories and concepts that explain how organisational members are affected by organisational
structures and environments, human resource flows, politics, and micro cultures. Emphasis is placed on frame
complementarity and learning how to apply the frames to real organisations.

MGNT311 Management of Change


Pre – Requisites MGNT110
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject deals with management of change in organisations. Topics include: sources of change, resistance to change,
coping with change, organisational values, creation of organisational visions and missions, leading organisational change,
models of organisational change, creation and change of organisational cultures. Emphasis is placed on the application
of theory to case study examples.

MGNT314 Strategic Management


Pre – Requisites MGNT110 and MARK101 plus 72cp
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
The subject deals with the strategic management process and planning functions in the business enterprise. Emphasis
will be placed on the process by which opportunities and threats to the business enterprise are recognised and evaluated,
and on the strategies required to meet these challenges. Topics include: business mission; customer and competitor
analysis; industry analysis; environmental analysis; strategy and organisation; alternative business strategies.

MGNT321 Workplace Health and Safety Management


Pre – Requisites MGNT206
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject aims to give students a critical introduction to the broad subject of workplace health and safety management
(WPHSM) and to examine in detail some of the specific theoretical and practical issues related to the topic. Under the
broad rubric of WPHSM, there are a number of competing perspectives, views and voices. This subject will not privilege
one model over another. Rather, it will present some of these competing views in a manner that will require individual
students to exercise their critical faculties and develop their own, theoretically informed approach to the practical
management of workplace health and safety.

MGNT322 Learning and Development in Organisations


Pre – Requisites MGNT206

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 190 | P a g e


Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject provides students with an understanding of key concepts and practical approaches to the development of
people in organisations. Topics include: theories and models of learning; job analysis; identification of training needs;
training delivery forms and their selection; skills development and training; multi-skilling and flexibility; management
development; succession planning; national and international frameworks of training; organisational learning and the
learning organisation; organisational development; evaluation of training and development.

MGNT341 International and Comparative Human Resource Management


Pre – Requisites MGNT110 plus 12cp FROM Faculty of Business 200/300 level subjects
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject focuses on the management of people in multinational firms. Main topics include: differences between
domestic and international human resource management (HRM) and firm-level adjustments as firms go international;
managing and supporting staff on international assignments (recruitment and selection, training and development,
compensation and re-entry and career issues); global HRM issues, including industrial relations, performance
management, and future issues; the HRM and industrial environment in a selection of countries.

MGNT351 Responsible Leadership


Pre – Requisites MGNT110
Co – Requisites MGNT201
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This core subject in the management major examines different approaches to leadership including ethical leadership,
and addresses current issues relating to leadership such as sustainability and human rights through leaders’ influences
on shareholders, employees, communities and society. Students will engage in experiential learning activities, case
studies and analysis, scenario based problem-solving activities, highly interactive lectures and extensive classroom
discussions. By engaging in these activities, students are expected to develop responsible leadership skills in order to
apply them effectively in their personal and professional lives.

MGNT389 International Business Management


Pre – Requisites MGNT110 and MARK101
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
This subject deals with the international business environment and the key issues involved in operating in international
and global markets. The international and global business environment, entry modes, global strategies, functional
strategies and the management and control of international/global operations are covered. On completion of this
subject, students will have an understanding of international business and be able to apply key concepts in analysing and
developing international business strategies.

NMHIH

NMIH102 Patterns of Knowing in Nursing


Number of Hours: (L-4)
Four fundamental patterns of knowing in nursing have been identified in the literature as the structure of nursing
knowledge empirical (science), personal (intuitive & experiential), aesthetic (art) and ethical knowledge. It is imperative
that students of nursing are able to discern sources of knowledge and ways of knowing. Therefore the ways of knowing
will be introduced to enable the student to explore how knowledge and knowing contributes to nursing practice. To

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 191 | P a g e


introduce the student to the five fundamental patterns of knowing in nursing: empirical (science); personal (intuitive &
experiential); aesthetic (art) and ethical knowledge.

NMIH105 Primary Health Care Nursing


Number of Hours: (L-4)
The World Health Organisation’s (WHO) ‘Global strategy for health for all by the year 2000’ (WHO, 1981) and the revised
strategy ‘Health21: Health for all in the 21st century’ (WHO, 1998) has identified a science-based guide to better health
development and outlined a process that will lead to progressive improvement in people's health. As the population
increases and healthcare demands burgeon, government strategies such as Emirates Vision 2021 are committed to
continuing improvements in healthcare services throughout the emirates. Improving the health and well-being of all
residents is a key objective of this Government's health portfolio and national research agenda. It is therefore imperative
that the students of nursing are introduced to health promotion, health education and primary care nursing. To introduce
the student to the factors that facilitate and inhibit the process of health promotion, health education and community
development and the nurse’s role in preventative and primary care nursing.

NMIH108 Introduction to Health Behaviour Change


Number of Hours: (L-4)
An understanding of human behaviour is imperative in health care. This subject provides an introductory overview of
areas of psychological investigation, introducing students to the study of individuals and human experience. Topics
covered include learning, cognition, motivation, emotion, personality and lifespan development. The aim of this subject
is to introduce the major areas of study in the science of psychology. The subject also introduces students to the theories
and strategies of health behaviour change at the levels of the individual, the group, the community, and the population;
and review the ethical and practical issues inherent in endeavouring to persuade people to change their health-related
behaviours.

NMIH204 Reflection and Practice


Number of Hours: (L-4)
Students of health care practice need to develop the skills of personal and professional reflection. Facilitation of this skill
development will be through a structured process of critical thinking and logical argument. This subject builds on the
skills introduced earlier in the programme related to the identification, accessing and evaluation of clinically relevant
literature illuminated by exposure in workplace experience and in simulation. The subject also further develops the skills
of personal and professional reflection.

NMIH205 Cultural Competence in Health Care Practice


Number of Hours: (L-4)
Countries are now becoming more culturally diverse; therefore the people who live in them have differing social, political
and economic backgrounds. Health care professionals need to understand and respond appropriately to the needs of
people from these diverse backgrounds and therefore demonstrate cultural competency. ‘Achieving cultural competence
in health care is everybody’s responsibility.’ (National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC) 2006, p. 3). This
subject aims to provide the student with the opportunity to analyse culture and diversity in the context of Australian/UAE
and international health care.

NMIH206 Therapeutics in Nursing


Number of Hours: (L-4)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 192 | P a g e


There are many types of therapy used in the care and treatment of patients/clients, students of nursing need to
understand the role of the nurse in administering medications through the study of pharmacology. However, society in
general has become more aware of the use of alternative and complementary therapies in the amelioration of their
problems. It is important therefore for the nurse to understand the ethos underpinning alternative and complementary
therapies and how these can and should be expanded into patient/client care. The subject also aims to enable the student
to study pharmacokinetics/pharmacodynamics and to consider the use of alternative and complementary therapeutic
interventions in the care of patients/clients.

NMIH303 Therapeutic Use of Self


Number of Hours: (L-4)
In the process of communication, we are required to deal with the emotions, thoughts and actions of firstly ourselves
and secondly people around us. Those we deal with in the health system are better served by clinicians who are aware
of their own values and beliefs and who are willing to challenge and question those beliefs. However, for specific goal
orientated and therapeutic communications in the professional context, our understanding is required to be more
intensive. This subject will enable students to develop a portfolio of skills to assist them in any generalist or specialist
clinical practice area. These skills will be developed through the use of simulation based on specific clinical situations. The
skills learnt in this subject are transferable to all areas of the health service and both underpin and complement
therapeutic communication skills. Students will have opportunities to further develop communication skills and to
analyse, understand and demonstrate the concept of the therapeutic use of self.

NMIH304 Evidence Appreciation and Application in Health Care Practice


Number of Hours: (L-4)
A commitment to evidence based care is essential within health care practice, both for improved standards of care and
the development of curious and critical practitioners. In order to make their commitment to evidence utilisation a reality,
practitioners require not only insight into research methodologies but also the ability to critically analyse existing
research. Strategies for increasing research awareness, disseminating existing findings and applying research findings in
practice should also be clearly understood. The focus of this subject therefore, is the development of evidence
appreciation and application skills, not the production of research workers.

NMIH306 Challenges of Ageing


Number of Hours: (L-4)
Aged care is a primary challenge for all health providers worldwide. It is observed that the demographic transition is still
progressing, as the mortality, the fertility rates are dropping causing the population to grow older, and the current public
facilities do not have the capacity to serve and to accommodate the existing elderly population. Current policies do not
include such issues although the pressure on the health and social setting is rising. Governments clearly identify the
primacy of aged care funding, the administration of funded aged care, and the obligations of approved providers of aged
care services. This subject seeks to explore the multiplicity of issues, challenges and support required to achieve the
governments’ aged care program aim to provide support for healthy ageing for elderly people and quality and cost-
effective care for frail older people and support for their careers. This subject will also enable students to consolidate
knowledge, skills and behaviours relating to aged care and consider the needs of older people who have challenges
associated with ageing.

NMIH307 Leadership in Health Care


Number of Hours: (L-4)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 193 | P a g e


Strategies for developing leadership attributes in the healthcare workforce are now evident in NSW Health initiatives:
Government Action Plan - Working As A Team, Capacity Building and Clinical Leadership Programme. Consequently, it is
imperative that students of health care study leadership to examine the knowledge; skills and behaviours involved in
leadership. To enable recognition of the significance of the leadership and followership attributes to the provision of
health and social care in a variety of settings.

NMIH319 Contemporary Research in Practice


Number of Hours: (L-4)
The specific focus of this subject will be on putting that knowledge into practice and will also form an important building
block for future postgraduate and post-registration work and study. Individualised research topics will be selected in
conjunction with an academic mentor, who will work closely with them to guide them in developing their selected topic.
This subject will make use of electronic communication media available enabling students to enrol in this subject
regardless of their clinical location. Students will, in conjunction with a nursing academic, select a research topic related
to their speciality area, enter into a contract with their academic mentor to decide when and how meeting times will be
scheduled, developing of time lines, agreement on research topics, expectations expected and agreement on how to
document progress.

OPS

OPS 113 Business Oriented Information Systems


Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
Information Systems (IS) form an integral part of modern organisations and are used to support all aspects of an
organisation’s daily functions and activities. This subject introduces the fundamental information system concepts that
facilitate business processes. It explores how organisations use information, IS and their respective applications to
increase profitability, gain market share, improve customer service and manage daily operations whilst understanding
the social implications of their decisions. Students will learn about the role of IS in the modern organisation and how IS
supports all of the functional areas of an organisation – Accounting, Finance, Marketing, Human Resources and
Production/Operations Management.

OPS 216 Operations Management


Pre – Requisites BUS121/COMM121 or STAT131
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
The purpose of this subject is to provide the student with a broad understanding of the key issues in modern operations
management in both manufacturing and service organisations, and to allow the student to develop some basic skills in
the methodologies of operations management. It is an introductory subject designed for undergraduate students with
no previous study in operations management. The subject content and assessment components reflect quantitative
procedures associated with operations management and also qualitatively explore the relevant strategic, managerial and
ethical issues associated with operations management.

OPS 350 Continuous Quality Improvement


Pre – requisites MGNT110 + ( BUS121/COMM121 or STAT131)
Number of Hours (L-3, T-1)
The purpose of this subject is to provide the student with an introduction to the principles and tools associated with the
management philosophy and technique called 'Quality Management'. It is an introductory subject designed for

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 194 | P a g e


undergraduate students with no previous study in this field. The subject engages both qualitative and quantitative
approaches to help students to identify, analyse and understand the impacts of quality management systems in any
organisation.

PHY

PHY 040 Physics


Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
Physics is designed to provide an understanding of some of the physical laws governing the operation of the universe.
The subject provides students with an opportunity to gain an understanding of the fundamental physical principles and
use these principles to describe everyday occurrences. Students will learn topics related to motion, forces, energy,
momentum, electricity and magnetism. Students will engage in scientific inquiry/investigations in the laboratories in
order to develop a conceptual understanding on these areas.

PHYS143 Physics for Engineers


Pre – Requisites ENGG102
Number of Hours (L-2, T-1, Lab-2)
Vectors and their applications; an introduction to the physical laws of electricity and magnetism, leading to an explanation
of the generation of electromagnetic waves and some basic ideas in communication theory. Electric charge and
Coulomb's law, electric fields, potential differences, capacitance, dielectrics and relative permittivity, electric current,
resistance, Ohm's 'law', superconductivity, DC circuits and Kirchhoff’s laws, magnetic fields and forces, electromagnetic
waves and the EM spectrum, carrier waves, modulation and bandwidth. Waves; reflection and refraction; interference;
diffraction; polarization; optical instruments; quantum physics; waves and particles; atomic physics; the Bohr atom.

PUBH
PUBH115 Public Health
Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This course will introduce Public Health as an interdisciplinary science concerned with topics central to the population of
U.A.E and on a wider scale of GCC region with regard to their physical, mental, and social well-being. The course will focus
on current pertinent public health problems, assessing causation and examining intervention and management strategies
at personal, social, and organizational levels.

STAT

STAT131 Understanding Variation and Uncertainty


Pre – requisites: MATH060
Number of Hours (L-3, T-2)
The purpose of this subject is to enable students to comprehend and use basic statistical tools and concepts to analyse
variation and uncertainty, which occur in most aspects of life. Topics covered include: Displaying variation and
summarising univariate data; displaying and analysing bivariate data including association, correlation and simple
regression; Modelling uncertainty including the discrete probability models, Binomial, Poisson and continuous
distributions including the normal and exponential; Sampling distributions - Central Limit Theorem; Inference - point and
interval estimation and hypothesis testing. These topics will be taught with appropriate statistical computing software
and communication in both written and oral forms will be developed.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 195 | P a g e


STAT291 Engineering Statistics
Number of Hours (L-2, T-2)
(Part of MATH283) In this topic, methods of collecting and summarising data are discussed. Statistical inference methods
concerning population means, proportions and variances are given. Linear and multiple regression methods are used to
develop mathematical relationships among variables and to predict variables of interest. Some basic advantages of using
experimental planning are discussed. Latin square and randomised block experimental designs are discussed. Students
will be introduced to a major statistical package.

URBS

URBS103 Urban Sociology


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
The societies and places in which we live are very complex, and the interactions of individuals, as well as social institutions,
have a direct impact on the life path we take. This course provides an engaging and accessible introduction to urban
sociology and the study of cities, with particular focus on the experience of the UAE and Dubai. Students will be exposed
to a number of theoretical perspectives and methodological approaches to the study of society and urban areas. This
course will also examine a number of substantive urban topics, including but not limited to the growth of cities and urban
spaces in the UAE, sustainable development and practices, and the ‘built’ environment.
We will examine the historic forces which produced the industrial and post-industrial cities of the present era; the location
of industrial and commercial areas within the contemporary metropolis; the lifestyles of those living in urban and
suburban areas, and the effect of social, economic, and political forces on everyday life in the UAE and Gulf region. This
course is designed to give students an in-depth look into the development of urban areas in the UAE, the impact this
development had/has/will have on the people living in these different areas, and the regional implications of these
developments. In addition to traditional ‘in-class’ material, students will be given the opportunity to visit different areas
and communities in Dubai, looking at real examples of how Urban space is developed and utilized

VCD

VCD 101 Introduction to Visual Communication Design


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This foundation studio subject will prepare Visual Communication Design Major students with core design and digital
literacies. Students will explore the analytical, experimental, conceptual, and reflective frameworks that underpin the
design of visual communication graphics for media and production. The subject will provide students with the skills and
knowledge required to respond to set visual problems in a practical, flexible, innovative and conceptually informed
manner.

VCD 102 Interaction Design Fundamentals


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This foundation studio subject will prepare Visual Communication Design Major students with core design and digital
literacies. Students will explore core visual communication design principles that underpin interaction design, including
graphic user interface design (GUI), and interdisciplinary concerns such as user experience design. The subject builds on
VCD101 and examines key concepts that frame design research and practice, including design thinking and process
methods. Students will be required to develop creative solutions to project briefs in a practical, flexible, innovative and
conceptually informed manner.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 196 | P a g e


VCD 201 Typography
Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This studio examines the critical role and function of typography in graphic design. The subject will study the design and
function of letter form and its application to print publication and screen based media. Students will undertake research
into the history of type and communication design and apply that understanding and insight to design briefs which
require print and screen based solutions.

VCD 203 Social Impact Design


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject move design practice beyond issues of content, form and function to content creation. Students will be
required to respond to design challenges that result in research, invention and prototyping of creative communication
products that respond to social needs and benefit. Students will have the option to form small collaborative design teams
for co-design outcomes.

VCD 301 Professional Design Practice


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This subject explores a deeper understanding of design thinking, the collaborative process, and professional practice
within industry standards. Students are required to work on team based creative design projects that encourage critical
thinking, client consultation and innovation. A focus on design ethics and obligations of social responsibility are core
values that underpin the subject. Students will be required to undertake Client Briefs for non-for-profit community
organisations.

VCD 302 Motion Design


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This studio subject explores core design principles that underpin motion design, including time-based media, narrative
forms, typography, and sequencing, through animation and interactive media. Students will be introduced to basic skills
and vocabulary underpinning motion design. The subject draws on design research, thinking, and process methods, to
frame the engagement with the practice of motion design. Students will be required to develop creative solutions to
project briefs in a practical, flexible, innovative and conceptually informed manner. Students will reflect on the social and
cultural dimensions of these principles through a contemporary professional practice lens.

VCD 390 Advanced Design Project


Number of Hours: (L-2, T-2)
This capstone Graphic Design subject focuses on the development of an individual self-directed design project that
encapsulates the design knowledge and professional expertise gained through the student’s program of study. Supported
by a critical reflective framework, students are expected to engage with a design methodology that includes the
articulation and critical analysis of the design concepts, research, and schemata, underpinning their creative work. The
subject prepares the students for the challenges inherent in the transition to industry practice by positioning them as
successful independent learners, problem solvers, and effective communicators. Students are expected to participate in
a series of advanced professional and thematic seminars exploring dimensions of design practice that run parallel to their
creative design work.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 197 | P a g e


POSTGRADUATE SUBJECTS
ACCY

ACCY801 Accounting and Financial Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject is a foundation subject and is intended for those who need to obtain some introductory understanding of
the principles of accounting and financial management. No previous knowledge or experience is assumed. The subject
will introduce you to the role that effective financial management makes within an organisation. The aim is to increase
your proficiency in the use of the accounting data that you receive in your work environment, as well as making you
aware of the basis on which key financial decisions are made. You will be introduced to the basic concepts of financial
decision-making and the role of financial management in organisations. The concepts and techniques introduced are
intended to assist you in the use and interpretation of accounting data and allow you to become better acquainted with
the planning and controlling of resources you have at your disposal.

BUS

BUS 980 Business Research Proposal


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject is designed to provide business-based Higher Degree Research with substantial knowledge of research
principles and methods applicable to their field of work or learning in order that they can plan and execute an original
research design and research proposal. It provides discipline-independent cognitive and research skills in order to
demonstrate expert theoretical knowledge, the ability to think critically, evaluate existing knowledge and ideas and
undertake systematic investigation and reflection on current theory. The subject explores different research paradigms,
and related methodologies, entails substantial searching, reviewing and critiquing of relevant literature, and examines a
range of data collection methods and critical analysis. Finally, students are required to present cogently a complex
investigation of original research in their final proposal.

BUS 993 Applied Data Analysis


Number of Hours (L-8)
This subject introduces students to the analysis of both qualitative and quantitative data in social science and business
research. This will allow students to demonstrated knowledge in using and applying appropriate data analysis techniques.
This subject will introduce students to quantitative techniques such as; multiple regression, logistic regression models,
discriminate analysis and factor analysis. It will also introduce qualitative analysis including both manual and computer
aided forms of data reduction, thematic analysis and coding. Students will develop and extend analytical skills required
for application of those techniques in research, and interpretation of both quantitative and qualitative outputs.

BUS 996 Introduction to Research and Research Methods


Number of Hours (L-8)
In this subject, students will examine methodological issues in social science and business research, and then explore the
foundations for choosing methods and techniques in business and social science research. This will allow students to
demonstrate knowledge of the qualitative and quantitative methods for conducting research. Students will develop an
understanding of the range of quantitative and qualitative methods; an appreciation of the ethical issues in business and
social science research; and the skills to critically evaluate and apply appropriate methods.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 198 | P a g e


BUS 997 Literature Review
Number of Hours (L-8)
This subject will give students the opportunity to conduct and receive feedback on a literature review focussed on the
topic they plan to examine in their research. The Literature Review can be expected to form part of the first draft of the
thesis. It is an evolving and substantial piece of work that will develop as the research focus and methodologies take
shape.

CIVL

CIVL904 Sustainable Road & Transport Engineering


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject addresses the mechanics, analytical approaches, and design principles associated with road and
infrastructure. The subject covers traffic loadings, rigid and flexible pavements, and trends in road and rail transport
technologies. Topics are addressed with a particular focus on environmental, economic and social sustainability in design
and selection of materials.

CIVL958 Construction Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
Introduction to risk management and ongoing management issues with a focus on the development of a credible business
plan design with identification of potential risks. Within the site construction management context, students will develop
skills in planning and scheduling, construction economics, construction safety and equipment maintenance. Students will
be introduced to analytical tools for improving productivity and performance applied to the project scope, time, cost, risk
and contractual issues. Introduction to BIM (Building Information Modelling) concepts and processes and how they
interact with construction industry. Students will develop the ability to reads plans/blueprints and learn how to visualise
the structural components relationships between 2D and 3D representations with the aid of software tools. Incorporating
BIM in the context of estimations of quantities and cost and construction analysis and design.

CSIT

CSIT988 Security, Ethics And Professionalism


Pre-Requisite CSIT883
Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject aims to provide students with a deep understanding of the security, risk management, and professional
practice aspects, including ethical and social issues, of enterprises and organisations in the digital world. In today’s world,
organisations must be prepared to defend against threats in digital space. Decisionmakers must be familiar with the
principles and best practices of information security to better protect their organisations. This subject covers key issues
in information security management, including security options, the regulatory environment and Government policy, risk
management and control.

ECON

ECON802/ BUS 802 The Economics of Global Business Challenges


Number of Hours (L-4)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 199 | P a g e


This subject focuses on the principles and applications of economics to the analysis of global business challenges. The
micro business environment focuses on consumer behaviour, cost structures, business objectives, market structures, and
regulatory issues affecting managerial decision making. The macro business environment covers the economy wide
determinants of economic prosperity. The subject draws on the discipline of economics to address specific business
challenges such as innovation as an economic activity, national competitiveness, and sustainability in a globalized world.

ECON928 Economics for Modern Business


Number of Hours (L-4)
The subject examines core economic concepts relevant to business and managerial analysis and decision making. These
concepts are used both to provide an economic basis for consumer and business decision making, as well as to equip
students with the skills to identify and analyse aspects of the contemporary economic environment relevant to the
operations of business. It commences with a microeconomic examination of the behaviour of individual economic units
and understanding of the operation of markets. We then explore macroeconomics and its application to the functioning
of the economy overall. Here, we explore the interrelations amongst participants and markets in a modern open macro
economy and emphasise relevant topics such as the labour market and unemployment, inflation and interest rates, trade
and exchange rates, and government policy intervention.

ECON939 Quantitative Economic Analysis


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject develops the fundamental concepts of econometrics used in applied economic work in the academic,
business and government sectors. The subject covers the standard and non-standard econometric models based on time
series, cross-section and qualitative data. Emphasis will be on applications of the econometric methodologies to empirical
research.

EDG

EDGC920 Curriculum and Learning Design


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject will explore the principle of curriculum design, provide educators with tools and strategies to evaluate
curriculum documents, and include a module on assessment practices for teachers in different school stages. The subject
will focus on providing students with the opportunity to apply their knowledge of learning theories in designing effective
learning units and instruction and developing assessment strategies. The subject will also provide students with field
experience where they visit schools and apply key skills in actual classroom settings.

EDGI900 Introduction to Technology in Education


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject discusses Information and Communication Technologies in Education and Training. It provides an overview
of current issues and trends, learning theory, instructional design, and research and evaluation. The subject explores the
concept of educational technology and the ways in which the educational enterprise is affected by it. The subject
considers the theoretical and practical skills used in designing, developing, and evaluating teaching in different learning
environments and using a variety of media.

EDGI902 Designing Digital Learning Environments


Number of Hours (L-4)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 200 | P a g e


This subject will enable students to develop their understanding of how to design effective digital learning environments
by reflecting on their own teacher design practices, critiquing the literature about educational design and e-learning
design principles and creating their own design of a digital learning environment. Design tools discussed in the research
and development literature will be explored and applied as students undertake their own design.

EDGL901 Foundations of Educational Leadership


Number of Hours (L-4)
This course introduces students to selected seminal and contemporary leadership movements and paradigms that have
influenced leadership in educational organisations. It also examines educational organisations as professional service
organisations, organized anarchies, open systems, and learning communities through explorations of the leadership
implications of these conceptualisations. Students will consider the adequacy of traditional educational leadership
assumptions and functions and suggest alternatives in the light of the context of their organisations.

EDGL909 Leadership of Effective Change


Number of Hours (L-4)
The topics, case studies, and projects of this subject are selected to develop effective leadership strategies for
implementing effective change in education organisations. They include: strategies used by leaders, characteristics of
effective change; environmental scans; the critical role and importance of staff in implementing effective change; working
through HR strategies to achieve effective change strategies for planning, implementing and monitoring effective change
in professional service organisations, with a particular focus on project management techniques for effective change.

EDGL911 Leadership of Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject deals with the special leadership and management skills and responsibilities relating to the core business of
schooling, namely the delivery of the school system’s approved curriculum through quality learning and teaching. The
associated areas of classroom instruction, assessment and data, and the ongoing personal and professional learning
formation and growth of staff will be examined. The leadership and management roles that both supervise and support
the core business of schooling will receive particular attention. Please note that this subject is school based and is
appropriate for students interested in primary and secondary curriculum.

EDGL923 Personal and Non-academic Educational


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject provides a critical consideration of the personal and non-academic attributes needed for educational leaders
in a range of educational contexts. It explores current discourse in the area of personal and non-academic attributes,
deemed necessary for effective leading and teaching. Non-academic attributes (i.e., personal characteristics such as
empathy, adaptability, communication, organisation and planning and resilience) assist educational leaders with the
complexities of managing educational organisations and leading teaching and learning, and are fundamental for
organisational effectiveness. Students will consider the role of non-cognitive attributes needed for effective leadership
and teaching and learning within their contexts, including consideration on how to develop and enhance attributes of
self and others, and establish feedback loops to colleagues as a way of developing specific professional attributes. Key
research and theories may include: Personality Theory, Implicit Traits Policy Theory, First Immersions and Fixed Mindsets,
Pedagogical Gifts, Social and Emotional Learning and Resilience and Wellbeing.

EDGP920 Practicum in a School Setting


Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 201 | P a g e
Pre-Requisite: 30CP
Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject provides students with the opportunity to put together, through first-hand experience, all key theoretical
concepts and skills they have learned throughout this programme into practice. It is designed to help students;
understanding what it means to be a teacher, developing skills related to how to design instructional materials, assess
learning outcomes, and effectively use technology in the classroom. The subject requires a placement in school where
students will have to engage in different teaching tasks and activities and carry on responsibilities of classroom teachers.
The requirements of this subject include:
• Placement in school for 5 weeks. This placement can take place in different formats depending on student’s
time schedule and availability.
• Completion of a portfolio that documents all the tasks and activities that students engaged in and completed as
part of their placement (i.e. personal reflections, classroom observations, the design of learning units,
assessments, classroom management plan, and extra-curricular activities, etc.).
This placement will be supervised by a UOWD academic staff and will include supervised field visits.

EDGP940 Internship in a Non-School Setting


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject offers field experience in a non-school setting (i.e. NGOs, consultancies, educational tech-companies, etc.),
where students can engage with the educational industry and develop their expertise and knowledge of the educational
field in its diverse capacity. Students will be applying a variety of skills (i.e. critical analysis, management and planning,
leadership, collaboration and teamwork, problem solving, and report writing, etc.) in a workplace for a minimum of 6 -8
weeks and carry on duties and activities that are considered a practical application of what they have learned during the
programme. Students will also be required to create a portfolio where they document all work activities they have
performed during their placement as well as a final report discussing and reflecting on their experience in the field. The
supervisor(s) at the organization will be asked to submit a letter evaluating the student’s performance on the job.

EDGS901 Introduction to Inclusive Education: Strategies, Policies and Legislation


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject is an introduction to the learning and teaching of students with special needs. It critically examines the
processes, models, educational policies and strategies for the inclusion of students with special needs across all
educational contexts. The inclusion debate and issues such as the most effective delivery systems will be examined.
Barriers to inclusion such as stigma and negative attitudes will be explored together with service delivery structures in
schools. Finally there will be a focus on the implications of relevant legislation, such as the Disability Standards for
Education, for all education professionals.

EDGS916 Models of Behavior Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
The aim of this subject is to examine a range of classroom management models, restorative approaches and the
conceptual foundations upon which they are based. Children who exhibit a variety of behavioural problems at school
disadvantage both themselves and those around them. When teachers develop a greater understanding of the factors
behind such problems and develop management strategies that are effective in changing these difficult behaviours, the
learning in classrooms is dramatically increased.

EDGT932 Second Language Literacy


Number of Hours (L-4)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 202 | P a g e


This subject is intended to further your knowledge, skills and strategies in identifying and responding to the diverse
literacy needs of second language learners of all ages and levels. The subject is a blend of theory and practice, allowing
you to consolidate and apply the understandings gained during the course. In order to bring those understandings to life,
you will be asked to relate your study to the learning program of a particular group of students. This application will give
you an opportunity to go beyond the theoretical and see the implications for practice.

EDGX901 Psychology for Educators


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject explores a range of learning theories and their application in a range of educational contexts from school
through to adult environments. It covers classical theories of learning and development as well as contemporary
approaches that underpin educational practice. Topics include: Behaviourism; Piaget and neo-Piagetians; Vygotsky and
sociocultural accounts of learning; Information processing perspectives; modern understanding of creativity and
intelligence, including emotional Intelligence.

EDGZ803 Current Issues in Education: Curriculum, Pedagogy and Policy


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject examines a range of current issues in education with particular interest in curriculum (what is taught),
pedagogy (how the teaching is done) and policy. The content of the subject is based on the high profile of education
matters in public discourse in recent decades, and in particular the shift of education policy in many countries to have
become a subset of broader social and economic policy. Such issues include but are not restricted to national curriculum,
national and international testing of school students in some subjects, teacher effectiveness, education research and
evidence-based practice, tensions between excellence and equity as education policy goals, the infusion of IT into
pedagogy and curriculum, and tensions in the social construction of the curriculum.

EDGZ906 Minor Research Project in Education


Number of Hours (L-4)
This research subject is an independent research project that will be undertaken individually under the guidance of a
supervisor. The project will require students to identify, articulate and investigate research questions in a particular area
of study. The project aims to deepen as well as broaden the aptitude towards scientific research as well as the theoretical
knowledge. This may be an empirical study or students might choose to explore the issue by critically analysing theoretical
and empirical literature in the area. The work includes literature review, planning and execution of the project, critical
analyses of relevant scientific literature and the student’s own results.

EDGZ910 Major Research Project in Education


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject requires student to conduct an extended research that will be undertaken individually under the guidance
of a supervisor. The project will require students to identify, articulate and investigate research questions in a particular
area of study. The project aims to deepen as well as broaden the aptitude towards scientific research as well as the
theoretical knowledge. This may be an empirical study or students might choose to explore the issue by critically analysing
theoretical and empirical literature in the area. The work includes a review of the literature, research design, planning
and execution of the project, data collection and analysis and writing up to 10000 words research report.

EDGZ921 Introduction to Research and Inquiry


Number of Hours (L-4)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 203 | P a g e


This subject examines the nature of inquiry if Education and related areas. The subject will assist students in critically
appraising reported research in academic contexts, in public contexts such as government reports and popular contexts
such as the media. It will also provide the tools to conduct small project and site-based research and evaluation studies.
Specifically, the subject will address questions such as Why conduct research? What constitutes ‘good research?’ How
are methodologies and theoretical frameworks for research determined? What are the ethical implications of conducting
and reporting on research? These questions will be explored through tasks and inquiries suited to the backgrounds and
interests of students undertaking the subject.

EDMS

EDMS922 Assessment and Reporting in a School Context


Number of Hours (L-4)
A sound understanding of student assessment is one of the key foundations of effective teaching practice. This subject
will provide knowledge, skills and application of all facets of assessment including the roles of assessment in the learning
cycle, the qualities of effective assessment programs, methods of ensuring consistency of judgement, data analysis,
feedback and reporting. Students will develop specialised knowledge and skills for assessment practice, engage with
current research, explore problem solving tasks relating to the development of fair and consistent assessment, and be
able to work responsibly and with expertise as members of a school or faculty team to develop a strategic assessment
plan.

ENG

ENG 900 Writing for Communication


In this subject, students are given instruction on the various components necessary for success in writing for academic
and research purposes. Features of written structures and text types are analysed with a focus on critical thinking. While
the four macro language skills are utilised in this subject, the main focus will be on Writing.

ENGG

ENGG937 Special Topic in Engineering Management


Number of Hours (L – 4)
This is an occasional special topic subject designed to allow Engineering Management students an opportunity to gain
special knowledge and expertise from specialists in areas of engineering management. Topics will be selected from those
areas of Engineering Management in which staff members, visiting staff members or eminent industry practitioners
associated with the Faculty are engaged in active research and/or advanced, novel practice. The subject introduces
engineers and technologists to state of the art ideas in general areas of engineering management research and practice
and will provide a direct insight into the specialist knowledge and expertise of staff, associates and eminent visitors to
the Faculty of Engineering & Information Sciences. This encompasses an applications approach involving basic principles
of analysis, decision-making and implementation of the special topic offered. The aim is to create awareness of current
engineering management issues and future management trends specific to engineering and technology based
organisations. This includes an appreciation of strategic importance and potential competitive advantage of the topic
offered and the practical potential for organisations to take the ideas behind the special topic on board when making
management decisions. The actual topics covered will vary and will depend on the special expertise available to the
Faculty at the time the special topic is offered.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 204 | P a g e


ENGG939 Engineering Logistics
Number of Hours (L-4)
Logistics decisions play a critical role in the development of fast, efficient and responsive supply chains, and Engineers
are increasingly called upon to make such decisions. This subject examines the key aspects of logistics systems design,
operation and optimisaiton within the broader context of supply network configuration. The subject introduces a range
of quantitative tools and techniques that support logistics decisions, and helps students develop the skills required to
deal with real world logistics problems through simulation modelling, case study analysis and experiential exercises.

ENGG940 Dissertation
Number of Hours (L-4)
The aim of this subject is to provide students an opportunity to learn and apply communication and technical research
skills to justify and interpret theoretical propositions, methodologies, conclusions and professional decisions to specialist
and non-specialist audiences. In addition to demonstrating the skills and knowledge required to plan and execute a
substantial research-based project, capstone experience and/or piece of scholarship.

ENGG941 Sustainability for Engineers, Scientists and Professionals


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject is designed to provide skills and understanding to incorporate sustainable development principles and
practices into everyday decision making and planning processes. It provides an overview of the major sustainable
development issues facing professionals such as engineers, scientists, economists, when they make choices as to
particular products, processes and systems to adopt in their workplaces.

ENGG950 Innovation and Design


Number of Hours (L-4)
Students will be taken through the whole Design and Innovation Process taking into account Engineering and Non-
Engineering considerations such as (but not limited to):
- Aesthetics in design,
- Life cycle design and planning,
- Repair and maintenance,
- Assembly and disassembly;
- Designing with materials,
- The use of components, systems and structures,
- Constraints on design in the form of standards, specifications and codes of practice,
- Various risks.
- Costing and feasibility.

ENGG951 Engineering Project Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
All sectors of industry, including production or servicing as well as public sector organizations, are increasingly applying
the principles of Project Management. Add to this the international factor and project Management can become
challenging. In the ‘global economy’, more educated, demanding and litigious customers are creating a strong need for

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 205 | P a g e


flexible and quick response capabilities in organizations together with strong accountability mechanisms. Managers who
are confident in conceiving, planning, implementing and managing international projects are building organizational and
personal capabilities which will enhance their organizations - whether engineering, manufacturing, service or ‘not for
profit’. This course aims to provide graduates with direction in various project management issues, assess related risks
and formulate strategies and contingency plans. The course covers topics such as Scope Management, Time
Management, Human Resource Management, Risk Management, Financial Management, Project Plans, Project Quality
Management and Procurement and Contract Management.

ENGG953 Modelling of Engineering Management Systems


Number of Hours (L-4)
Concentrating on the search of appropriate operations research techniques to assist in the solution of engineering
management problems and basic experimental design. Topics include: the basic principles of modelling, decision support
models, modelling failure processes, search methods, scheduling models, queuing theory and its application, ANOVA
analysis and regression modelling within the context of modelling an existing system. Basic statistic knowledge is assumed
with use of a statistics package required. Self-learning package covering the assumed statistical knowledge is provided.

ENGG954 Strategic Management for Engineers and Technologists


Number of Hours (L-4)
The subject introduces engineers to strategic management. This includes basic strategic planning principles. The aim is
to create awareness of strategic issues which engineering and technology based organisations face and how an
organisation goes about developing a strategic plan to address them. This includes an appreciation of the nature of
competition and competitive leverage that can be achieved from effective technology decisions. A need for
consciousness of these issues amongst engineers is crucial to their function and development as professionals in both
commercial and not for profit organisations.This unit brings together much of what students have discussed in other
units, including functional areas such as marketing, operations and HRM. An integrated approach is taken to developing
the strategic direction of organizations. This occurs in three main areas of Strategic Analysis, Strategic Choice and Strategy
Implementation. The competitive forces that emanate from inside and outside the organization are considered and hence
strategic choices are identified. The unit is taught largely through real life application of knowledge using case analysis
and discussion.

ENGG955 Engineering Research Methods


Number of Hours (L-4)
The overall objective is to develop a structured approach to research in engineering. The focus is on the development of
skills in framing a research problem, developing a research design, design of data collection analysis and interpretation
frameworks. Literature research skills will be developed. An understanding of the selection and use of measurement
sensors and engineering data collection and analysis tools will also be developed. Hands on experience in an engineering
laboratory will be a feature. Ethical issues in research will be reviewed. Students will work on a selected project to develop
a properly structured research proposal, including a research plan. The plan is to be presented orally and in written form.

ENGG956 Financial Management for Engineered Assets


Number of Hours (L-4)
Financial management principles, time value of money, discrete assets considerations, continuous assets considerations,
identification of cost elements, cost prediction methods, regulatory economics, financial case development, engineered
asset repair-replace decision making.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 206 | P a g e


ENGG957 Project Implementation and Outsourcing
Number of Hours (L-4)
Employment law, contract law, issues such as types of interface i.e. contract types (cost plus, schedule of rates): HR
structure and sourcing arrangements, management of the interface, performance measurement, monitoring and
management, managing the client, managing the supplier, legal implications, employment law and safety law
implications, duty of care, transmission of business, industrial relations, intellectual property, ownership and use of
maintenance data and know-how.

ENGG958 Life-Cycle and Risk Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
These subject covers defining engineering asset management as a system in terms of frameworks, standards, context
and history of asset management, strategic management and engineered asset management in context. It involves
application/adaptation of basic tools, costs and benefits of life cycle management, available frameworks, models and
standards, possible uses of model’s business drivers, legal requirements, quality systems and configuration and
documentation management, interfaces with other functions (departments and organisations). The subject also covers
risk management processes and its implication on engineering asset lifecycle.

ENGG959 Asset Management System Design


Number of Hours (L-4)
Topics that may be covered include: human aspects of asset management and reliability; ergonomics; work
measurement, methods engineering and activity sampling applied to asset management activities; estimation of task
time; facilities layout. Planning for shutdowns and overhauls; inventory selection and inventory control systems,
configuration management, warehouse control, evaluation of asset management performance.

ENGG960 Maintenance Requirement Analysis


Number of Hours (L-4)
Maintenance concept design methodology; reliability theory; data recordings and analysis; identification and analysis of
failure modes; maintenance rule selection; preventative replacement policies; optimisation of inspection frequencies;
clustering of tasks; opportunity maintenance; specification of resource requirements.

ENGG961 Systems Reliability Engineering


Number of Hours (L-4)
Provides an introduction to Reliability-Availability-Maintainability (RAM) Engineering techniques applicable through the
asset life cycle. Examines Requirements Analysis, Reliability Growth Modelling, Analysis of Design, Safety Assessment,
Logistic Support Analysis and Sparing, Testing and Performance Evaluation, Installation Procedures and Operating
Environments, Asset Management, Disposal, Asset Purchase/Replacement Policies, and Decision-making. More
specifically, the topics covered under this subject include terminologies for reliability engineering, failure data analysis
and modeling, system reliability modeling, system maintainability and availability, design for reliability, reliability testing,
reliability growth testing, and reliability management.

ENTR

ENTR901 Financial Skills for Entrepreneurs


Number of Hours (L-4)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 207 | P a g e


In this subject student will learn to evaluate innovation and entrepreneurship opportunities from a financial perspective,
understand how to raise capital, assess risks and rewards relating to opportunities, and establish and appropriate financial
basis for start-up companies.

ENTR902 Insights into Innovation and Entrepreneurship


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject provides students with detailed knowledge of the complexities of initiating, developing, managing and
exploiting innovation and entrepreneurship opportunities within the commercial constraints of contemporary business.

ENTR903 Business Innovation Plan


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject enables students to explore the potential exploitation of their own business idea. Students evaluate
opportunities from a range of perspectives including; financial, technical and legal. They conduct market research on
their opportunity, develop a plan for exploitation and have the opportunity to present their proposal to a panel of experts
who provide feedback on the commercial feasibility of the chosen project.

ENTR904 Contemporary Leadership Skills for Entrepreneurs


Number of Hours (L-4)
In this subject students will explore skills for effective team leadership, how to create a culture conducive to innovation,
embed innovation within the strategic direction of the organisation and develop a systematic approach to leading
innovation.

FIN

FIN 907 Financial Strategy


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject provides an introduction to the theory and practice of financial management. The financial manager plays a
key role in the development of a company's strategic plan. In particular, he or she is concerned with providing advice on
which investment opportunities must be undertaken and how these investments must be financed. According to
corporate finance, both investment and financing decisions must be taken to maximize the value and wealth of its
shareholders. Investment of funds in assets determines the size of the company, its profits from operations, its business
risk and its liquidity. Obtaining the best mix of financing and dividends determines the company's financial charges and
its financial risk; which in turn impacts on its valuation. The aim of this course is to examine several issues pertaining to
investment and financing strategies.

FIN 921 Managerial Finance


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject presents the tools necessary for the finance professional, with an emphasis upon the management decision
matrix and recognition of the professionalism necessary in modern finance industry contexts. Specific topics include
financial ratio analysis, shares and bond valuation, capital budgeting (investment decisions), risk and return, financial
leverage and capital structure decisions (long-term financing decisions), and dividend policies.

FIN 923 Portfolio Management


Number of Hours (L-4)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 208 | P a g e


This subject introduces students to modern portfolio theory and practice with a focus on risk and return trade-off,
financial asset valuation, optimal investment decision-making, portfolio construction, portfolio management and
investment performance evaluation. In particular, this subject track on-going development of portfolio theory to provide
students with a set of portfolio analytical tools. Students will be trained to analyze current financial markets by applying
those analytical skills.

FIN 924 Financial Statement Analysis for Business


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject examines the framework for financial statement analysis with discussion of the role of accounting
information and intermediaries. Emphasis is on the appraisal and prediction of corporate financial performance from
publicly available information such as accounting numbers, industry and economic statistics as well as other stock market
data. Cases and problems are gradually introduced, provoking an analytical and creative thinking process ending with the
evaluation and preparation of appropriate business strategies.

FIN 925 Banking Theory and Practice


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject examines bank management theory as applied to the practice of bank operations within the Australian
banking sector. It entails comprehensive discussion on issues that are commonly involved within the banking
environment such as the regulatory structure, risk management, commercial lending, capital adequacy analysis, asset
and liability management, liquidity management, and the latest developments within the banking world.

FIN 926 Advanced Managerial Finance


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject examines advanced aspects of corporate finance within the contemporary business environment. The
subject first analyses the impact of capital markets, information asymmetries and principal-agent conflicts on practical
decision-making in the firm. It then investigates several specialised areas receiving increased scrutiny from corporate
stakeholders including financial distress and restructuring, corporate governance, managerial compensation,
organisational architecture and risk management, debt and equity strategies, mergers and acquisitions and emerging
market corporate finance.

FIN 927 Entrepreneurial Finance


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject deals with the financial management tools and techniques appropriate for small and medium-sized business
enterprises. It includes the study of potential investors and their mindset at various stages in the firm’s life cycle, thus
covering sources, uses and management of funds from pre-purchase to public listing. A case study approach is employed.
Issues addressed include valuation, performance measurement, obtaining and organising finance, financial planning, and
cost of financial capital and exit strategies.

FIN 928 Multinational Financial Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject examines international finance and investment from the perspective of the multinational corporation. Topics
studied include various aspects of the international monetary system, the Euromarkets, foreign exchange markets,
internal and external exposure management techniques, currency futures and options, swaps, financing multinational
corporation investment, multinational corporation investment decision making, political risk analysis and international
taxation.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 209 | P a g e


FIN 930 Islamic Banking and Finance
Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject is designed to provide students a basic understanding of the principles, nature and form of Islamic Banking
and Finance. Various aspects of Islamic Banking and Islamic Finance will be discussed such as: Modes of Financing, Product
Development, Shariah Standards & Rulings, Islamic Investment products, Islamic Capital Markets, Islamic
Insurance(takaful) System and Islamic Risk Management, etc. A historical background as well as the challenges for Islamic
Banking and Finance will also be discussed.

FIN 931 Advanced Islamic Banking


Number of Hours (L-4)
This course offers students an understanding in the Islamic banking industry, covering both the theory and practice of
Islamic banking from a Shariah-compliance point of view. The following areas will be discussed: introduction to Islamic
economy and banking, history and development of Islamic banking, difference between conventional and Islamic
banking, the nature of risk in Islamic banking, the inherent risk in Islamic banking instruments, the operational risk in
Islamic banking, the regulatory framework of the conventional and Islamic banking systems, issues involving corporate
governance and transparency in Islamic banking and the challenges facing Islamic banking.

FIN 932 Islamic Insurance (Takaful) and Re-insurance


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject is designed to provide students a basic understanding of the principles of Islamic Insurance (Takaful) and
Islamic Re-Insurance (Re-Takaful) and explain how they are applied in practice. It covers the Shariah and legal frameworks
and addresses a number of operational issues. The course includes topics such as concept of Takaful and Re-Takaful,
Models of Takaful, Shariah principals governing Takaful models, legal issues in Takaful, Risk management in Takaful,
Solvency and capital adequacy in Takaful etc.

FIN 933 Special Topics in Islamic Banking & Finance


Number of Hours (L-4)
This course offers students an understanding of several contemporary issues of high importance. Topics include, Islamic
Capital Markets; Risk Management in Islamic Banking & Finance; Ethics and Governance of Islamic Financial Institutions;
Accounting for Islamic Financial Institutions; Legal and Regulatory Issues in Islamic Banking & Finance; and other Issues
(e.g., Islamic Wealth Management etc.)

FIN 934 Islamic Capital Markets


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject presents an overview of the Sharia compliant financial instruments and the markets within which they are
traded. Practical emphasis is made on the challenges in risk management and the diffusion of Islamic Finance to global
market.

FIN 941 Financial Skills for Entrepreneurs


Number of Hours (L-4)
In this subject students will learn to evaluate innovation and entrepreneurship opportunities from a financial perspective,
understand how to raise capital, assess risk and rewards relating to opportunities, and establish an appropriate financial
basis for start-up companies.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 210 | P a g e


FIN 950 Socially Responsible Finance
Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject focuses on the emerging demand by investors and wider community for socially responsible investing. This
subject will cover ethics in investing, good corporate governance, social impact and green bonds, environmental finance,
the importance of finance and economics in relation to the UN Sustainable Development Goals, socially responsible
investing, CFA ethics for financial advisors, and other developing areas of importance.

FIN 954 Alternative Investments


Number of Hours (L-4)
Alternative investments have grown into a considerable global industry in recent years. This subject is designed to provide
students with an understanding of alternative investment vehicles, tools of their analysis and applications. Students will
learn of the non-traditional sources of finance and financial markets, and how these relate to finance theory. Unique
characteristics of alternative financial markets and how these intricacies affect market efficiency and trading strategies
are covered in this subject.

FIN 955 International Banking


Number of Hours (L-4)
The global impact of banking is the focus of this subject. The subject incorporates comprehensive discussion of issues
that commonly arise in the international banking environment. These include the development of the international
monetary system, the deregulation of banking, methods of payment in international trade, foreign exchange markets,
international lending and developments of new technology.

FIN 956 Bank Lending and Securities


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject examines a bank's lending process and the securities associated with it. The subject includes comprehensive
discussion of issues concerning lending within the banking environment, such as regulation of security offerings,
principles of good lending, documents involved in lending, lending and the consumer credit code, new developments in
lending and securities, and their impact on the banking sector.

FIN 957 Portfolio Simulation


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject provides students with realistic stock market simulations and they are able to trade shares, options, bonds,
managed funds, and international stocks. The core of the subject is in the construction and administration of a simulated
investment portfolio using online method. Students are introduced to financial markets, order placement techniques,
trading strategies and portfolio theory. Students experience the pressure of live markets and learn how to manage a
portfolio. The subject bridges classroom theory with real-world practical experience.

FIN 958 Financial Institutions


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject reviews the global financial system and investigates the functioning of Australian financial institutions and
markets. Particular content may include coverage of the evolution of the global monetary system and organisations; the
international financial markets including Euromarket; the framework of Australian financial system; the role of regulation
sectors; the operations of money market, capital market and derivative market; the banking industry and payment
system; and the implication of monetary and fiscal policies on financial markets.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 211 | P a g e


FIN 959 Enterprise Risk Management
Number of Hours (L-4)
The focus in this subject will be on providing protection against portfolio, financial and corporate risks that are common
to any number of basic and advanced investment decisions. Topics covered include risk insurance; the function of a risk
management program to satisfy shareholders, employees, regulators, and other important stakeholders; the continuing
evolution of best-practice risk policies and methodologies and associated risk infrastructures; implementation and the
efficient communication of an organization-wide Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) approach that encompasses
market, credit, liquidity, operational, legal and regulatory, business, strategic and reputation risks.

FIN 960 Research in Financial Markets and Institutions


Pre – requisite 48cp @ 900 level
Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject provides students with the skills and knowledge necessary to conduct applied research within the Finance
industry and to provide innovative solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. Students are required to
draw on their knowledge of relevant literature and research methodologies to collect and analyze data, interpret results
and provide convincing recommendations to relevant stakeholders. Potential topics include interest rate and/or foreign
currency swap markets, futures and options pricing models, issues in valuation methodologies, microstructure,
developments in either the equity or debt capital markets, the global financial crisis, securitization, the evolution of
infrastructure finance, resource project finance, capital adequacy of banks, issues in bank regulation, stock market
exchanges, recent use of technology in markets, financial planning and credit risk measurement.

FIN 961 Derivatives


This subject will expose students to the main types of financial derivatives, such as options, futures, swaps and synthetic
derivatives. It will explore the principles and practical use of derivatives, conceptual and analytical aspects of derivatives,
their main characteristics and the most dangerous pitfalls in using them. This subject will also undertake an advanced
analysis of investment theory with an emphasis on the integration of derivative use and strategies with other portfolio
management skills. Individual topics include; binomial decision theory, trading strategies using complex derivative
structures, interest rate futures and swaps, the Greeks, futures options, value at risk, credit derivatives, weather, energy,
and insurance derivatives, securitization and the credit crisis, and the way commodity prices are modelled, and
commodity derivatives are valued.

FIN 962 Risk Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
The focus in this subject will be on providing protection against portfolio, financial and corporate risks that are common
to any number of basic and advanced investment decisions. Topics covered include risk insurance; the function of a
risk management program to satisfy shareholders, employees, regulators, and other important stakeholders; the
continuing evolution of best-practice risk policies and methodologies and associated risk infrastructures; implementation
and the efficient communication of an organization-wide Enterprise Risk Management (ERM)approach that encompasses
market, credit, liquidity, operational, legal and regulatory, business, strategic and reputation risks.

GEMLUX

GLUX900 Strategic Analysis


Number of Hours (L-7 – Weekends)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 212 | P a g e


This program will expose students to the core areas of business strategy analysis related to luxury brands in order to
develop skills for making strategic decisions, enhance their skills for original research enquiry, and to manifest those
decisions into the real world. This also includes contexts of family businesses. Participants will complete the program with
an enhanced understanding of how to make revenue-generating decisions that lead to long-term achievement and value
creation.

GLUX901 Negotiating Contracts


Number of Hours (L-7 – Weekends)
This course highlights the importance of structuring, negotiating and drafting international contracts. It then takes a set
of contracts – from bilateral, multilateral and commercial transactions – and explains their structure and key clauses.
Emphasis is placed on the manner in which negotiating teams should conduct negotiations in a successful form, and how
to draft specific clauses of contracts and loan agreements.

GLUX902 Luxury Customer Experience Design and Marketing


Number of Hours (L-7 – Weekends)
The Luxury Customer experience Design & Marketing module intends to present and discuss the whole process of
creating, communicating and delivering a valuable luxury experience to customer. In order to do this, the course aims at
sharing the following key messages: Luxury is the result of an inherently consistent design, execution and marketing
process, and such consistency represents the essence of the value proposition.

GLUX903 Operations, Supply Chain Management and Distribution


Number of Hours (L-7 – Weekends)
The module focusses on three fundamental areas of management. It will merge theory with practice, and will be held in
Switzerland, in the cradle of Luxury Watchmaking; the course will be divided in four parts: 1) The origins of luxury:
manufacturing excellence and global markets; 2) Introduction to Supply Chain Management; most relevant management
models for Supply Chain in luxury firms today; 3) Purchasing – and how establishing the right relationship with suppliers
could create the right conditions for a successful luxury strategy; 4) Swiss Watch industry study tour: visits, lectures and
keynote speeches. In particular, the course introduces students to the typical structure of Supply Chain for Fashion /
Luxury brands

GLUX904 Innovation Management


Number of Hours (L-7 – Weekends)
This subject provides an introduction to the nature of innovation, why luxury firms innovate, and how innovation can be
managed in the luxury industry. It covers various fundamental topics such as the role of innovation management in driving
competitive advantage, models of innovation, management of research and development (R&D), managing creative
people, how and why luxury firms collaborate with other firms in networks, measuring innovation success, and how firms
can protect their innovations using intellectual property rights. The subject provides evidence of different
frameworks/approaches based on real-life examples and experiences of leading luxury firms.

GLUX905 Retail Service Design


Number of Hours (L-7 – Weekends)
The module aims to present the challenges faced by luxury companies in designing and management their distribution
chain and their stores, as well as the way the stores should be operated. In particular, the following key areas: 1) Reaching
the market through a mix of channels, 2) “Design / concept” is what differentiates brands, 3) New technologies allow
increased efficiency and effectiveness, 4) Customer identification is the key, 5) Customer tracking, 6) Revolutionizing the

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 213 | P a g e


customer experience in brick-and-mortar shops, 7) Neuro-scientific research, 8) Service behaviours, that is, behaviours
acted by frontline people, 9) Mystery shopping checklist which traces the “customer journey”

GLUX906 Brand Management


Number of Hours (L-7 – Weekends)
The Brand Management module intends to present and discuss the whole process of creating, managing and
extending/repositioning a brand, with specific focus on luxury brands. In order to do this, the course aims at sharing the
following key messages: 1) The creation and construction of a luxury brand passes through a solid development and self-
awareness of the company identity, combined with a clear understanding of the right means, messages, point of parity
and difference in order to position the brand in the customer’s mind; 2) Brands are a “living being”, i.e. they experience
a lifecycle, and must decide whether to adapt or not to external environment, trends and market requirements. In the
case of luxury such decisions are made even more complex by the central role of designer/stylists/owners/craftsmen in
the brand identity; and 3) Managing brand architecture means identifying a role and a relationships among brands in
order to provide a consistent, solid market presence, avoiding overlaps and undesired lacks of coverage.

GLUX907 Luxury Distribution


Number of Hours (L-7 – Weekends)

This module will expose students to the core areas of luxury distribution, and the most important theories, concepts,
models and tools applied by practitioners and academics in order to identify, analyse, design and evaluation diverse
solutions in this area.

GLUX908 Business Plan


Number of Hours (L-7 – Weekends)
This subject enables the students to explore the potential exploitation of their own business idea within the luxury sphere.
Students evaluate opportunities from a range of perspectives including; financial, technical and legal. They will conduct
market research on their opportunity, develop a plan for exploitation and have the opportunity to present their proposal
to a panel of experts who will provide feedback on the commercial feasibility of the chosen luxury project.

GLUX909 Project Work


Number of Hours (L-7 – Weekends)
Students will conduct a project related to Luxury Management context in order to develop their research skills. The
general aim of the final project is to apply what has been studied and learned during the two class terms of the masters,
and putting it into practice. Students will be able to explore the potential exploitation of their own business idea within
the luxury sphere. Students will evaluate opportunities from a range of perspectives including; financial, technical and
legal. They will conduct market research on the identified problem/opportunity, develop a plan for exploitation and have
the opportunity to present their proposal to a panel of experts who will provide feedback on the commercial feasibility
of the chosen luxury project.

INFO

INFO911 Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery


Number of Hours (L-4)
Introduction to Data Mining, Knowledge Discovery, and Big Data with coverage of Data Structures, role of Data Quality
and per-processing, Association Rules, Artificial Neural Networks, Support Vector methods, Tree Based Methods,

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 214 | P a g e


Clustering and Classification Methods, Regression and Statistical Methods, Overfitting and Inferential issues, Evaluation,
Use of Data Mining packages with applications for benchmark and real world situations.

ISIT

ISIT901 Information Systems and Strategy


Number of Hours (L-4)
The subject is essentially about the application of technology for competitive advantage. Throughout the subject, the
spotlight will be trained on techniques and frameworks for "thinking strategically about a company's technological
orientation'. A wide spectrum of business and technology issues will be covered that address the problems and issues
surrounding the analysis and development of an IT strategic plan.

ISIT903 Enterprise Architecture Design


Number of Hours (L-4)

The principle purpose of architecture is to translate strategy into infrastructure. An architecture provides a blueprint for
translating business strategy into a plan for IS. An infrastructure is everything that supports the flow and processing of
information in an organisation, including hardware, software, data, network components and their supporting staff and
facilities from the application level to the inter-organisational level. This subject includes an exploration of enterprise
architecture concepts, case studies and frameworks.

ISIT904 Systems Integration


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject explores enterprise architecture concepts, case studies and framework. This will equip students with the
knowledge and skills to translate enterprise information systems strategy into infrastructure that supports the flow and
processing of information in an organisation. Under an enterprise architecture, students will focus on integrating
individual disparate information system into a seamless enterprise information system. The students will learn to develop
system integration solutions by addressing issues from social, corporate, and technical perspectives.

ISIT908 IT Governance and Organisational Issues


Number of Hours (L-4)
Enterprise governance of IT resources and non-IT resources (including proper use of IT and management of project
teams) plays a critical role in achieving business goals and enabling efficiency gains or competitive advantage. This subject
explores IT governance theory and practice, including effective IT project governance and roles of IT governance in large-
scale IT-enabled change initiatives. Students will be exposed to various IT governance arrangements as well as complex
organizational issues which influence processes and outcomes of developing, monitoring and managing effective IT
governance initiatives and related change projects in today’s dynamically changing business environment.

ISIT916 Organisational Issues & Information Technology


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject aims to provide the student with an understanding of issues related to the combination of management,
workers and information technology. Students will gain an appreciation of the complexity of the issues involved in
decision making when people and technology are concerned. Students will also develop an understanding across
commerce and industry of the parallels that exist in the development, implementation and application of information
and communication technology. Effect on organisational information flows of growth in size and complexity: the

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 215 | P a g e


management and technological response; Information technology as a catalyst in codifying work procedures and creating
new organisational structures; Hierarchical versus horizontal approaches to information management; Management
theory and IT; Industrial use of IT and parallels with office sector usage. Implications of broadband networks for traffic
integration and subsequent application in commerce and industry.

ISIT917 Business Intelligence and Knowledge Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject focuses on strategies that promote knowledge creation and use within organisations. In total the subject
enables students to gain familiarity of both quantitative and qualitative approaches to knowledge management and to
develop competence in an area that is of interest to them. Student will be exposed to Business Intelligences (BI) as a
contemporary strand of knowledge management practice. In addition they will be exposed to common BI methods and
tools developing competence in one or more techniques. The subject also familiarises students with the literature in
knowledge management to assist in critical assessment of methods and tools

ISIT918 Strategic Network Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
The subject investigates the documentation and management of strategic networks. Topics to be covered include: 1.
Network Requirements: a strategic network management perspective of informational, dimensional, functional,
specification, configuration, integration, and service level requirements. 2. Managing the Network: influences on the
network, management architectures and standards, performance management, fault management, disaster
management, managing changes in a network, cost minimisation management 3. Corporate and Regulatory
Requirements: management teams, operations and support, standards and protocols.

ISIT937 Information Technology Security and Risk Management


This subject aims to provide students with a deep understanding of the security, risk management and regulatory aspects
of e-commerce facing businesses in the on-line business environment. Today most businesses compete in a global
business environment; a sound business strategy that addresses these issues is essential. This subject covers key issues
in e-commerce, including: security options, trusted authorities, secure payment systems for the Internet, the regulatory
environment and Government policy; risk management and control.

ISIT946 Project and Change Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject introduces, and overview of, the advanced knowledge of information technology (IT) project management
to facilitate optimum utilization of resources. It also focuses on the project scope change management in the context of
project management. The subject will focus on managing IT projects in the organizational context in alignment with
organizational strategy, structure, resources and culture. Topics and issues covered include project selection, project
portfolio management, project leadership, scope management, scope change management, project team, risk
management, cost estimation and budgeting, project scheduling, agile project management, resource management,
project evaluation and project closeout.
ISIT990 Professional Practice and Research Project
Number of Hours (L-4)
On successful completion of the subject students will be able to conduct critical thinking, analysis, evaluate literature,
develop a research proposal, discuss ethical consideration to conduct research, explain the role of professional code of
conduct. The dissertation is a project allowing you to pursue a particular area in depth and solve a specific practical IT
and engineering problem. Students complete a dissertation in their area of interest. The dissertation develops skills in

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 216 | P a g e


information retrieval, project planning and organization, experiment design and execution, analysis, problem solving and
effective communication of results. It involves the undertaking of an individual supervised project focused on solving a
problem relevant to the discipline area of the degree. This will allow the student to apply the knowledge and skills
acquired in the structured coursework component of the degree and thus gain valuable confidence in their ability to
practice IT and engineering at a high professional standard.The dissertation spans over two consecutive semesters. In
the first semester, this subject will introduce students to foundation knowledge in the area of research methods as
applied to emerging topics in the field of IT/ Engineering. In the first semester, the subject will cover topics on research
methodology such as: purpose of the research project, research methods, survey methods, quantitative methodologies
(Results etc), and Literature Review - critical reading, annotated bibliography and note taking, structure, writing up and
presentation skills. By the end of the first semester, students would have prepared their dissertation research proposal
under the supervision of a dedicated faculty member. In the second semester, the student will further explore his
research questions including doing proper research analysis and developing suitable solutions to the selected problem.

MARK

MARK804 Principles of Marketing Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
The subject examines the concepts underpinning the marketing process and theories relevant to the study and practice
of modern marketing science. Key concepts covered include the creation and delivery of customer value, customer
retention and return on marketing investment, marketing's role in an organisation as defined by the overall strategic
plan, and its integration with other functional disciplines within the organisation, elements of marketing plan, competitor
analysis and strategies, marketing environment, marketing research, consumer and business buying behaviour, strategic
nature of segmenting markets, targeting, and positioning brands, marketing mix decisions, and marketing ethics and
social responsibility. The subject provides a foundation for the development of effective market-oriented managerial
thinking, communication and team-work skills.

MARK901 Digital Marketing


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject deals with the issues facing digital marketers to establish the distinctly different environment in which
consumers operate on digital platforms. This grounding is then used as a basis to build an understanding of the digital
environment to key applications in marketing such as research, adding value in the areas of product, distribution, pricing
and promotion. A key focus is the link between delivering positive user experiences and developing customer
relationships over time using digital marketing platforms.

MARK904 Marketing for Strategic Decisions


Number of Hours (L-4)
The subject examines how professionals strategically manage their market offerings to create, deliver and capture value
to customers and other stakeholders, and how marketing with a social conscience is crucial to long-term business
performance, customer satisfaction and other customer and societal outcomes. Effective marketing management results
from systematic critical thinking and the reasoned application of underlying principles in a dynamic marketplace. This
subject aims to develop students’ knowledge and skills in the application of concepts, tools and frameworks for marketing
decision-making in a dynamic competitive environment. The subject covers significant areas within marketing, such as

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 217 | P a g e


marketing planning, research, buyer behaviour, customer and competitive analysis, market segmentation, targeting and
positioning, product planning, pricing, distribution and communication, and responsible marketing, with a focus on
managing those elements within an integrated marketing program.

MARK917 Business to Business Marketing


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject will give students an appreciation of the differences between organisational and consumer customers.
Organisation buying practices are different from the processes of consumers and as a result marketing strategy and
operations have distinctly different imperatives. With a much higher level of rationality in decision making, there is a far
greater focus on product management and innovation as a source of competitive advantage. There is also a far greater
focus on logistics and distribution functions as reliability of supply is a key need of customers, particularly when product
delivery has to interface directly with customer operations. The central role of personal selling in the promotional mix is
also dealt with in depth as it is critically important in generating sales and maintaining relationships with customers.

MARK920 Social Marketing


Number of Hours (L-4)
Students will design their own social marketing campaign, demonstrating the strategic choices a senior executive needs
to make when attempting to change strongly ingrained behaviour or firmly held beliefs in a manner that benefits
individuals and society at large. This subject will use a case-study approach to teaching the key concepts and skills of
social marketing, drawing on current and historic Australian and international campaigns. Examples of social marketing
include campaigns to reduce or prevent smoking, alcohol consumption, drug use, domestic violence and unsafe driving.

MARK922 Marketing Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
This is the introductory postgraduate Marketing subject. It examines the contemporary view of marketing and focuses
on the following areas: identification of market opportunities, segmentation and target marketing, marketing mix
decisions, service marketing and international marketing.

MARK935 Marketing Strategy


Number of Hours (L-4)
Marketing strategy is a process that can allow an organisation to concentrate its resources, human and financial on the
greatest opportunities to increase sales and achieve a sustainable competitive advantage. A key aspect of this subject is
that students will be treated as members of the 'senior management executive' throughout the course and will be
expected to show a thorough understanding of all the factors affecting marketing strategy decision making. Drawing
heavily from theory this subject focuses on the manner in which strategy is developed. While still having a heavy focus
on the marketplace and competitor analysis, we will examine which stakeholder influences affect strategy formulation
and how organisations are responding to the new media age where there is increasing scrutiny from a variety of special
interest stakeholder groups who expect them to act in an ethical and socially responsible manner.

MARK936 Consumer Behaviour


Number of Hours (L-4)
The subject will explore the motives of consumers during the purchase of products and services. It will investigate
sociological and psychological concepts as they specifically apply to the behaviour of consumers in order to learn how to
make more effective marketing decisions. In addition to a required text that will be used to understand the theory,
readings and case studies will be assigned for practical application of the concepts.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 218 | P a g e


MARK938 Managing Services and Relationship Marketing
Number of Hours (L-4)
The aim of the subject is to introduce the graduate student to a theoretical and practical perspective of the service
industry, its marketing implications, and managing buyer-seller relationships. The subject is intended for students who
are interested in how to cope with service competition in a customer-oriented manner. The subject will not only deal
with issues relating to managing customers in service firms, but is equally intended for manufacturers of physical goods
operating in business-to-business or consumer markets because the importance of service to success is constantly
growing for such firms. Because services and relationships are interrelated, the subject will deal with customer
relationship management and relationship marketing as well as services management.

MARK940 Marketing Communications


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject covers theoretical and practical considerations of marketing communications. It includes the range of
promotional tools an organisation may use to position the organisation’s brand in the minds of different stakeholder
audiences, relative to competing brands, and enhance the organisation’s brand equity, whether the organisation is a
commercial, non-profit, or social entity. These tools include advertising, sales promotions, direct marketing, sponsorship
programs, personal selling, publicity and public relations.

MARK956 Creating and Marketing New Products


Number of Hours (L-4)
For many companies over 40% of current sales revenue is generated by new products or services that have been
introduced within the last three years. This subject is designed to provide students with a thorough understanding of the
processes associated with the development and marketing of a new product in today’s complex environment. The focus
for this course is the role marketing plays in a systematic and multi-functional, approach to the process of ‘new product
development’ (NPD). A key aspect of this course is that students will be treated as members of top management, the
ultimate decision makers and will be expected to show a thorough understanding of all the factors affecting new product
strategy development, implementation, management and review. In particular, the increasing call for ethical and
sustainable new products and services will be a focus of the course. The topics to be covered are: new product strategy,
idea generation, opportunity identification, concept evaluation, concept testing, market testing and strategic launch
planning.

MARK957 International Marketing Strategy


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject will present various concepts and tools for analysing international marketing strategies, and evaluating the
marketplace (competitors, external environment: cultural, economic, technological, political/legal, marketing
opportunities, etc.) Specifically, the focus will be on developing, evaluating and implementing international marketing
strategic plans at the corporate, regional and local levels. By learning the theory and practice, the student will obtain a
good conceptual understanding of the field of international marketing as well as become firmly grounded in the realities
of the global marketplace and strategy development. Case studies and videos exemplifying both successful and
unsuccessful strategies are utilised as key tool learning tools.

MARK977 Research for Marketing Decisions


Number of Hours (L-4)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 219 | P a g e


This subject focuses on the role & practice of marketing research in marketing. Marketing research can be defined as the
systematic collection, analysis and interpretation of data about market-related and other consumer behaviour, using
research methods derived from the behavioural & social sciences. Marketing research is an important means through
which all types of organisations can obtain reliable and valid information about their markets, customers or clients in
order to inform their marketing-related decisions. This subject will provide an overview of marketing research as an
applied practice and will emphasize the practical aspects of doing research to meet client needs. It will cover the
marketing research process beginning with client consultation and research design, as well as data collection, data
analysis and report preparation.

MARK980 Strategic Brand Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
Brands are valuable and important assets that can be useful competitive differentiators that need to be considered and
managed strategically often over considerable periods of time and across various geographic locations. This subject
focuses on brand management that involves developing brands, managing them in the long run and measuring brand
performance to help ensure firms sustain profits. By taking this subject, students will be able to learn how to: a) identify
and establish brand positioning and values, b) plan and implement brand marketing programs, and c) measure and
interpret brand performance.

MARK997 Retail Marketing Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject will include a background to retailing, the scope of retailing, retailing strategies, merchandise and store
management. Particular emphasis will be placed on case analysis in order to bring as much of the real world as possible
into the classroom.

MBA

MBA 901 Accounting For Managerial Decision-making


Number of Hours (L-8, Weekends)
This subject informs managers on the role accounting plays in organisations and its contribution in achieving stated
objectives. It exposes students to financial reports (legislated and internal) and guides them through the process of
undertaking financial statement analysis to better support managerial decision-making. Students are introduced to the
role and construction of internal budgets, performance reporting and internal controls which all contribute to effective
and efficient operations within an organisation. Students develop their skills in communicating financial data to general
and specific audiences. Ethics, governance and risk management and effective use of accounting data for managerial
decision-making are emphasised

MBA 902 Strategic Marketing Management


Number of Hours (L-8, Weekends)
The subject critically evaluates theory and practice in the field of marketing management, provides practical concepts
and tools in the areas within marketing such as marketing planning, marketing research, customer and competitive
analysis and marketing strategy in a multichannel environment, and evaluates the effectiveness of marketing practices
across varied contexts. It covers the link between marketing budget and return on investment by considering how to
strategically invest marketing dollars. The subject challenges students to evaluate social responsibility and other
perspectives when making holistic marketing decisions.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 220 | P a g e


MBA 903 Responsible Talent Management Strategies
Number of Hours (L-8, Weekends)
This subject explores the trends and debates in employee and talent management strategies. Importantly, the subject
critically evaluates the role and limitations of various talent management theories, frameworks and approaches. It
identifies and critically evaluates key challenges to developing and maintaining effective talent management strategies
in order to promote responsible and sustainable organisations. Finally, the subject provides an understanding of how
technological developments influence effective talent management practices.

MBA 904 Design Thinking and Business Transformation


Number of Hours (L-8, Weekends)
This subject gives students the tools to understand fundamental changes in how businesses are currently conducted. It
explores business transformation with reference to operating faster, better and cheaper in environments where
disruption within industries provides new and emerging opportunities the organisational equivalent of evolution or
revolution. Students mental models are challenged using systems-thinking skills to create tomorrows businesses and to
think holistically in order to recognise the interdependencies in decisions and opportunities. Finally, students explore the
capabilities and linkages between new technologies and markets.

MBA 905 Innovation, Entrepreneurship and Commercialisation


Number of Hours (L-8, Weekends)
This subject provides a solid foundation in formulating and deploying commercialisation strategies for innovation projects
that impact markets, economies and communities. Students experiment with contemporary approaches to innovation
and collaboration (e.g. business model canvas) in start-ups and existing organisations. Students develop skills in
evaluating ambitious ideas and opportunities by examining the critical innovation and entrepreneurial challenges to
create, communicate and capture value. The subject clarifies the interaction among innovation phases, patterns of
market changes, competitive strategies, dynamic capabilities and justification related to innovation. Using case study
methods, the subject provides experiential learning opportunities to link key conceptual frameworks to practical settings
in various industries.

MBA 906 Financial Strategy and Governance


Pre-Requisites MBA 901
Number of Hours (L-8, Weekends)
This subject provides students with an understanding of the decisions made by firms and other businesses when raising
capital, making investments and rewarding their investors and other stakeholders. Students develop their abilities to
model financial decisions and strategies. They learn the main ideas of financial logic and how to apply them practically
and ethically. This understanding helps students to better articulate business strategies and the results of financial
modeling, and limitations of rational finance models and how behavioural or ethical considerations often override narrow
financial objectives and feedback from stakeholders.

MBA 907 Decision Effectiveness in Strategic Management


Number of Hours (L-8, Weekends)
This subject examines the lifecycle of strategic decision-making, allowing students to explore and analyse alternative
strategic options from a range of stakeholder perspectives. Use of evidence such as data from Bloomberg on
environmental, social and governance performance of companies is incorporated to allow students to acquire the
required skills to make informed decisions. Current strategic decision-making practices from around the global are
scrutinized to ascertain what is, and what is not, sustainable strategy.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 221 | P a g e


MBA 908 Strategic Business Project
Pre-Requisites MBA 905
Number of Hours (L-8, Weekends)
This subject enables students to integrate learning from across the course, and apply the skills and insights learned to a
real-world, contemporary workplace issue or opportunity facing an organisation. It acknowledges that to confidently
manage in complex business environments, managers need to investigate issues and opportunities from multiple
perspectives, execute projects by drawing on relevant research principles and methods, make appropriate business
decisions, and communicate effectively to relevant target audiences. Thus students conduct applied business research
and make a series of informed recommendations for addressing the issue or opportunity, delivering a written report and
presentation.

MBA 909 Responsible Leadership Effectiveness


Number of Hours (L-8, Weekends)
In this subject, students develop their personal effectiveness as a responsible leader. Reflecting on self-assessments,
experiential leadership development exercises and feedback, they heighten their self-awareness, enhance their resilience
and build on their strengths. They develop a repertoire of skills including coaching and mentoring, communication and
negotiation which enables them to responsibly lead others in a rapidly changing world. Students are required to articulate
their own vision of leadership and what it means to be a responsible leader in practice.

MBA 910 Leading Edge Management Cases


Number of Hours (L-8, Weekends)
This capstone subject applies the conceptual models and theory introduced throughout the MBA programme to real
business cases. It involves Master classes where senior business executives share real life cases and examples from their
organisations. It involves a one and half day conference where the executives present a series of challenges and
opportunities from their respective organisations. Students are formed into teams in order to explore how these can be
addressed drawing on their knowledge, and experience learned throughout their MBA and deliver a team presentation
and report.

MBA 911 Global Business Challenges


Number of Hours (L-8, Weekends)
Students will learn to “think like an economist” and to apply analytical tools to unpack, investigate, evaluate and propose
solutions that can contribute to a stronger economy, sustainable business practice and a more just society. The
characteristics of modern goods, services, labour, financial and trade markets will be examined along with the
perspectives of consumers, business, and policymakers in multiple countries. Using international economic data, students
will construct empirical econometric models to help explore, explain and predict economic relationships that will inform
evidence-based solutions to our contemporary case studies. Guest speakers, field trips and/or study tours will used to
facilitate experiential learning within this subject.

MBAS

MBAS901 Essential Elements for Business Analytics


Number of Hours (L-7, Weekends)
This subject introduces students to Statistical Learning and Business Data Analytics. Students are introduced to
theoretical concepts of Statistical Learning and how to use these concepts in complex, big data Business Analytics. A

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 222 | P a g e


specific business problem is used throughout the course to illustrate different aspects of statistical learning and business
analytics. Understanding these business analytics outcomes is the main focus of this subject. The subject provides a solid
basis from which Statistical Learning and Business Analytics techniques/tools can be applied to solve complex business
problems. In addition, Visual Analytics software tools are introduced.

MBAS902 Techniques and Tools for Business Analytics


Number of Hours (L-7, Weekends)
This subject is designed for students to further their training in Business Analytics. In-depth statistical learning and
complex big data business analytics concepts are explored. Different big data business problems are chosen to
demonstrate the in-depth concepts respectively. Techniques and tools are introduced and applied to help with the
understanding of the in-depth concepts. Exploring different software tools under different circumstances to investigate
different aspects of a big data business problem is emphasised in this subject. Interpretations and deriving conclusions
of those business analytics outcomes are the main focus of this subject. Visual Analytics software tools are used together
with data mining. In addition, predictive software tools are introduced.

MBAS903 Business Analytics for Economic and Market Environments


Number of Hours (L-7, Weekends)
This subject explores in-depth problems related to economic and market environments. Economic big data and market
environment big data related to geographical region(s) or business sector(s) are employed to explore a range of business
analytics problems. Data mining, business environment profiling and predictive forecasting are used extensively to study
different aspects of business analytics outcomes. Derivations, conclusions, extrapolations and predictions of business
analytics outcomes are therefore the main focus of the subject. Visual analytics, data mining and predictive/forecasting
software tools are used in this subject.

MBAS904 Business Analytics for Services and Operations


Number of Hours (L-7, Weekends)
This subject explores in-depth problems related to services and operations. Topics related to services include eHRM,
social media, online business and financial services. Topics related to operations include automation, manufacturing,
retails and logistics. Big business data are used to explore a range of business analytics scenarios related to services and
operations. Data mining, especially text mining, products profiling, predictive forecasting and predictive analysis are the
main focus. Visual analytics, data mining and predictive/forecasting software tools are used in this subject.

MBAS905 Advanced Business Analytics


Number of Hours (L-7, Weekends)
Quality of predictive analysis and accuracy of predictive forecasting of business analytics outcomes are the main focus in
this subject. Students explore the latest innovations and trends in Business Analytics including topics related to artificial
intelligence, machine learning, heuristics and patterns matching. New innovative techniques and tools are introduced to
cater for the need of the business analytics industry. Different business problems are chosen to illustrate the effectiveness
and applicability of these innovations and trends.

MBAS906 Business Analytics Research Capstone


Pre-Requisite Completion of 3 X900 level 6 cp Faculty of Business subjects before enrolling in this capstone
subject.
Number of Hours (L-7, Weekends)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 223 | P a g e


This subject enables students to integrate learning from across the course, and apply the skills and insights learned to a
real-world, contemporary workplace issue or opportunity facing an organisation. It acknowledges that to confidently
manage in complex business environments, managers need to investigate issues and opportunities from multiple
perspectives, execute projects by drawing on relevant research principles and methods, make appropriate business
decisions, and communicate effectively to relevant target audiences. Students conduct applied business research and
make a series of informed recommendations for addressing the issue or opportunity, finally delivering a written report
and presentation. Projects are allocated by the Subject Coordinator in collaboration with invited industry partners.
Variations may be approved by the Program Director, provided the subject and course learning outcomes are achieved.

MDT

MDT 901 Digital Transformation Strategy & Industry 4.0


Number of Hours (L-4)
Considered a pillar of the fourth industrial revolution, digital transformation is essential for companies and governments
alike. This subject aims to introduce the business context surrounding digital transformation, explain its role in the fourth
industrial revolution, and address the business and management aspects of DT, with a specific focus on digital strategy
development in organizations. Additionally, the subject provides an overview of the most prominent DT technologies.
Topics covered include digital transformation and Industry 4.0, cultural and organizational challenges and opportunities,
developing a digital transformation strategy, digital marketing, customer experience and operations management,
organizational change and leadership, data analytics and cloud computing, and digital transformation technologies.
Through this subject, students will gain a comprehensive understanding of the concepts, strategies, technologies, and
best practices involved in digital transformation. This understanding will prepare them to take a leadership role in driving
digital transformation initiatives in their organizations.

MDT 902 Cloud Foundations and Architecting


Number of Hours (L-4)
Cloud platforms offer managed services which allow for rapid design, prototyping and building of application solutions
with a robust suite of advanced tools. Cloud computing is critical for providing the computing infrastructure required to
support companies in their digital transformation journey. In this subject, students will learn the fundamentals of cloud
computing and its architecture. Specifically, the following topics will be covered: the vision of cloud computing; its
characteristics and benefits; cloud computing architecture including service-oriented architecture and mobile computing,
service and deployment models; virtualization techniques and types; cloud operations and challenges; industry
computing platforms; security in cloud computing and its future. The students will also be introduced to various cloud
services and applications, such as migrating to the cloud; accessing and communicating with the cloud; using webmail
services; cloud management. Finally, the students will be introduced to IBM cloud resources and services.

MDT 903 Artificial Intelligence Practitioner


Number of Hours (L-4)
Artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning play a key role in enabling digital transformation and powering the 4th
Industrial Revolution. Due to the ability of machines to learn from past experiences, AI is poised to open the door to
business automation. AI-powered solutions can help companies gain a competitive advantage by creating better products
and services tailored to their customers, reduce risk of failures or downtime, reduce costs thanks to predictive
maintenance, increase operational efficiency, improve safety and compliance, instantly process data, and to get a better
understanding of their customers. This subject will equip student with advanced knowledge of modern AI and enhance
their skills to appropriately choose and apply AI techniques to solve practical problems related to organizations and their

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 224 | P a g e


transformation to industry 4.0. The subject covers a variety of topics including: AI adoption approaches in the industry,
machine learning and deep learning, natural language processing, computer vision, AI ethics, and the design of AI-
powered solutions.

MDT 904 Research And Design Thinking For Digital Transformation


Number of Hours (L-4)
With the world experiencing the fourth industrial revolution, digital transformation plays a key role in reimagining
businesses in the digital age. Research and Innovation are key components in Digital Transformation, which aims at using
digital technologies to create new business processes or improve existing ones to meet the needs of clients and the
market. On one hand, research constitutes a scientific and systematic way to find answers to questions and push the
boundaries of knowledge, while innovation focuses on generating creative ideas and introducing new products, services
and operations that improve the overall quality of life. This subject combines research training with modern design
thinking skills to develop students’ ability to conduct research, analyze needs, and identify requirements for innovative
solutions. The subject covers the following topics: Introduction to research methods, ethical considerations in research,
qualitative and quantitative research methods, mixed methods approach, role of innovation in digital transformation,
Design thinking principles and Lifecyle, and applying design thinking techniques to real-life problems.

MDT 905 Data Science Practitioner


Number of Hours (L-4)
Digital transformation is a data-driven approach to business that involves the analysis of large amounts of structured and
unstructured data to inform decision-making and gain a competitive advantage in the market. This subject presents a
detailed overview of the field of data science, highlighting its role in digital transformation. It covers the fundamentals of
data science, including data acquisition, pre-processing, machine learning, and data visualization. Students will learn how
to manipulate and transform data, build and evaluate models, and gain insights through exploratory data analysis and
visualization techniques. They will also be introduced to cutting-edge technologies such as big data and distributed
computing, deep learning and neural networks, and cloud-based deployment of data models, as well as ethical
considerations in data science. By the end of this subject, students will have the skills and knowledge required to apply
data science to a range of real-world digital transformation challenges

MDT 912 Cloud Application Development


Pre-requisite MDT 902
Number of Hours (L-4)
In this subject, students will learn to develop, test, and deploy cloud-based applications. The subject covers fundamental
concepts, practical applications, and advanced topics related to cloud application development, including prominent
cloud platforms, cloud application development fundamentals, managed services, deployment, containers and
orchestration, DevOps services, securing cloud applications, and advanced topics such as microservices architecture,
serverless computing, and machine learning on the cloud. Upon completion of the subject, students will have the skills
to design, develop, and deploy cloud-based applications using various cloud platforms and tools. They will also have a
comprehensive understanding of cloud security and best practices for deploying cloud applications.

MDT 913 Internet Of Things Practitioner


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject introduces the topics, technology, and skills required to gain practice in the successful implementation of IoT
solutions. The objective of this subject is to equip students with skills required to create new solutions by combining
sensor data with information analytics and AI, relevant to specific industries, as well as extracting valuable insights that

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 225 | P a g e


can improve different aspects of operations and enable innovative, new business models. More specifically, the students
will be exposed to the following topics: Architecture and communication protocols for IoT; enabling technologies for IoT;
IoT project design, prototyping, and resource management; understanding and managing IoT projects’ security related
issues and risks; and explore various IoT applications and platforms.

MDT 914 IOT Application Development


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject introduces students to the fundamentals of Internet of Things (IoT) technologies and their applications in
industry. The subject aims to develop students' skills in applying IoT and cloud computing concepts to build solutions
based on devices connected to a cloud-based IoT platform. In this subject, students will learn about IoT technologies, IoT
device connectivity protocols and M2M architecture, and will have the opportunity to set up an IoT device using Wi-Fi
and Zigbee. Data collection and analysis for IoT is also covered, with an exercise on collecting, storing, and analyzing data
generated by an IoT device. Students will analyze IoT use cases and their related architectures, and will develop IoT
applications using REST APIs. IoT security best practices are also addressed, with a focus on data confidentiality, integrity,
and availability, as well as security risks and threats in IoT. Students will learn about IoT security standards and best
practices, and will work on securing IoT networks and data by implementing security features for an IoT system. The
course also covers developing IoT applications using flow-based programming tools, such as Node-RED. Finally, students
will learn about cloud-based IoT platforms and services and will have the opportunity to set up an IoT device and connect
it to a cloud-based IoT platform. By the end of the subject, the students would have gained practical skills and knowledge
required to develop and implement IoT applications using cloud-based IoT platforms and services

MDT 915 Blockchain Practitioner


Number of Hours (L-4)
Blockchain is disruptive technology that is expected to revolutionise the world of trusted transactions. Through a
combination of cryptographic techniques, a distributed, shared, and immutable ledger, consensus validation of
transactions, and a financial audit trail, Blockchain is poised to do for businesses what the Internet did for communication.
This subject aims at equipping the students with the skills needed to identify critical areas for the adoption of enterprise-
grade blockchain solutions, and help organizations with their digital reinvention journeys. Focusing on the Blockchain
practice, the subject topics include: the Blockchain technology benefits, current status, and use cases in finance,
healthcare, and supply chains, as well as Blockchain architecture, DApps, cryptocurrency fundamentals, and
Hyperledger/Ethereum platforms. Students will also learn about smart contracts, consensus, validation, and security
protocols, as well as Blockchain regulation and ethics.

MDT 916 Business Process Management And Automation


Number of Hours (L-4)
Business process management (BPM) paired with Robotic Process Automation (RPA) combine task and process centric
and cross-functional approach, eliminating mundane and often time-consuming tasks to improving business
performance. This subject provides students with a comprehensive understanding of managing and optimizing business
processes through automation. The subject begins with an introduction to business process management, covering
process modeling, improvement, and use cases. Students will learn about BPM architecture and methodology to
effectively manage and automate business processes. The course then introduces Robotic Process Automation (RPA),
including the tools, platforms, and design of RPA solutions. Students will also explore cognitive automation and artificial
intelligence. The subject concludes with a case study on managing and scaling RPA solutions, including implementation
and management.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 226 | P a g e


MDT 917 Cyber Security Practitioner
Number of Hours (L-4)
Cyber security constitutes a strategic objective worldwide, with the main aim of securing information and communication
assets. Organizations across all industries are faced with unmanageable levels of cyber threats brought on by a changing
threat landscape. The optimum strategy to respond to these threats is to make security an integral part of culture and
overall structure—to help organizations better prepare for digital transformation in the age of the fourth industrial
revolution. This subject aims at equipping the students with the skills needed to increase enterprise cyber resilience and
set the foundation for implementing an incident response team and a security operations Center. Focusing on the Cyber
security practice, the subject topics include: cyber resilience, threat intelligence, network security, mobile and IoT
security, application and data security, cloud security, incident management and disaster recovery, and security
operations centres. This subject prepares the students for industry certifications such as the IBM cyber security
practitioner and the CSX-P certifications.

MDT 918 Blockchain Application Development


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject covers the principles, tools, and technologies of blockchain application development. Topics include
blockchain architecture, smart contract development, tokenization, permissioned blockchains, decentralized
applications, consensus algorithms, blockchain security, as well as IPFS and distributed storage. Students will gain hands-
on experience setting up blockchain development environments, interacting with smart contracts, and deploying
blockchain-based solutions. The subject culminates in a final project where students will design and implement a
blockchain-based application.

MDT 919 Big Data Engineering


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject covers the principles, tools, and technologies of big data engineering. Topics include data collection and
storage, processing and transformation, analytics, visualization, real-time processing, success metrics, quantitative and
qualitative outcomes, validation and verification of data models, security, and deployment and management. In this
subject, students will develop the skills and knowledge needed to design, build, and manage Big Data systems that can
efficiently process, store, and analyze large amounts of data, and make informed decisions based on data insights. The
subject culminates in a final project where students will design and implement a data pipeline for a real-world use case.

MDT 999 Research Thesis


The Research Thesis subject is designed to equip students with the skills and knowledge necessary to conduct and
communicate high-quality research in their field of study. Through a combination of lectures, discussions, and practical
exercises, students will gain a comprehensive understanding of the research process, as well as develop the skills
necessary to produce a well-written and well-structured research thesis. The course will cover a range of topics, including
developing research questions, conducting literature reviews, designing research projects, collecting and analyzing data,
evaluating the strengths and limitations of research studies, and analyzing the ethical considerations in conducting
research studies and writing dissertations. In addition, students will develop effective writing and presentation skills
necessary for writing a high-quality dissertation, including organizing and structuring the dissertation, presenting findings
and discussing implications, and defending the dissertation. Upon completion of this subject, students will be able to
design and conduct a research study, evaluate the strengths and limitations of research studies, develop effective writing
and presentation skills, and analyze the ethical considerations in conducting research studies and writing dissertations.
The research study can be conducted in an academic or an industry setting

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 227 | P a g e


MGNT

MGNT803 Organisational Behaviour and Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject provides a comprehensive overview of management process and organisational behaviour for students to
understand the foundations of management theory and the nature of human behaviour operating within organisations.
The subject covers the history and contemporary analysis of management theory and concepts relating to: individual,
group and organisational processes within business contexts. This subject enhances student’s fundamental knowledge
and learning skills in problem solving and decision making required to successfully engage with and complete further
subjects within their postgraduate management degree. This subject also develops students’ communication and
teamwork skills and application of knowledge to analyse, consolidate and synthesise complex information.

MGNT900 Managerial Skills and Concepts


This foundation subject in the MBA course challenges students to think differently – about themselves and the world
around them – in a way that is not immediately obvious to others, to persuasively articulate their thinking, and to exert
influence in a business context to make business decisions. The subject requires students to consider the role of
motivation in business, the meaning of business ethics, and a world view that recognises the need for sustainable
competitive enterprise. The subject explores management skills, how management styles and leadership preferences
may be developed, and professional relationships and networks strengthened, through transferable business research
and individual communication techniques. Students are expected to critically assess the work of others, provide
constructive feedback to individuals and teams, and evaluate feedback received during class and through peer-review.
Students complete the subject with an appreciation for lifelong learning and continuing professional development.

MGNT903 Leading in Contemporary Organisations


Number of Hours (L-4)
The subject examines effective contemporary leadership principles and practices and how they apply to individuals and
organisations. It integrates the perspectives of self-directed learning and reflection to develop students in how they can
evaluate their own leadership performance and how they develop, inspire and motivate others in real-world contexts.
The aim is to equip students with life-long learning skills, so effective leadership competencies are evolved and can be
applied to both familiar and unfamiliar situations. The subject covers topics such as contemporary leadership, reflective
practice and self-awareness, communication, motivation, performance management, and management of diverse
workforces. Students are encouraged to build on their ability to think, analyse, discuss, research, and relate academic
theory to the issues they investigate and analyse. Reflective practice skills are developed, so students can learn to learn
from experiences. Students are also encouraged to link what they learn in other subjects to the knowledge and reflective
practice skills developed in this subject.

MGNT908 Human Resource Development


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject provides an advanced perspective on the use of Human Resource Development (HRD) in enhancing the social
responsibility and competitive advantage of organisations, by building up their intellectual and learning system capacities.
It covers theoretical and practical aspects of individual, group and organisational learning, with an emphasis on the
design, delivery and evaluation of workplace training and development. The concept of high level transformative learning
is also developed as a way to change organisations through their human capital and capabilities.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 228 | P a g e


MGNT910 Strategic Management
Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject introduces students to theories, concepts and practical issues associated with strategic management. Topics
examined include strategy formulation, choice and implementation; strategy, structure and the organisational context;
industry analysis; strategy and competitive advantage.

MGNT911 Organisational Behaviour


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject presents and discusses major theories and concepts in organisational behaviour, with a view to using this
knowledge to enhance management and leadership skills. The main topics for discussion include: diversity,
communication, conflict, motivation, job design, groups, teamwork, culture, leadership, decision-making, power, politics
and ethics.

MGNT915 Management of Change


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject analyses how managers can conceptualise and lead the process of organisational change. Issues under
discussion will be: organisational change theories and models; forces for change; resistance to change; coping with
change; recognising, diagnosing, planning and implementing change; organisational development; contingency
approaches to change; and aspects of cultural change management.

MGNT918 Managing Employment Relations in Organisations


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject introduces students to theories and practices of employee relations management. Students will critically
analyse theoretical perspectives of the employment relationship including the contract of employment in a statutory
context. Practical applications include differences in employment relations according to the nature of work performed
and employee type (extending to award or enterprise agreement coverage, and indirect labour, particularly through the
use of contract labour), legacy and current industrial relations, and the workplace environment. The subject explores the
role of the State, the role of management and the role of employee organisations, and the statutory rights and
protections governing the employment relationship at an individual and collective level, bargaining structures, employee
participation and industrial conflict. While comparisons will be made with employment relations structures elsewhere in
the world, the major focus will be on the Australian context.

MGNT920 Organisational Analysis


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject provides students with an understanding of the key theoretical concepts used to analyse work organisations
as complex socially constructed entities. The subject approaches organisational analysis using multiple perspectives, each
with a dominant metaphor. Emphasis is placed on the theoretical foundations of the perspectives. In conjunction with
the work of major organisational theorists, each perspective’s metaphorical roots are explored in depth. Students then
learn to use the perspectives to identify the dynamics of real organisations.

MGNT922 Business Research Project (MBus)


Number of Hours (L-4)
Students will conduct a project related to an organisational context in order to develop their research skills. Students will
communicate their findings orally and in writing. Projects will be allocated by the Subject Coordinator. Variations may be
approved by the Program Director, provided the subject and course learning outcomes are achieved.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 229 | P a g e


MGNT923 Contemporary Issues in International Business
Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject provides comprehensive analysis and exploration of probable consequences of contemporary issues in
international business environments. Rapid changes in global environments may have a potentially significant impact on
international business and the associated home and/or host nations. This subject will explore options for organisations
which need to decide how to adjust, reshape and/or reconstruct their strategic directions and their organisation and
management structures in order to meet these rapidly evolving complex challenges.

MGNT930 Strategic Human Resource Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject examines strategic management concepts and frameworks, and explores the links between strategic
management and human resource management. A number of models of strategic HRM are considered, in terms of their
theoretical foundations and practical utility. The overall focus is on using the conceptual and analytical frameworks of
strategic HRM to develop and implement effective human resource and employment relations strategies.

MGNT942 Insights into Innovation and Entrepreneurship


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject provides students with detailed knowledge of the complexities of initiating, developing, managing and
exploiting innovation and entrepreneurship opportunities within the commercial constraints of contemporary business.

MGNT943 Business Innovation Plan


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject enables students to explore the potential exploitation of their own business idea. Students evaluate
opportunities from a range of perspectives including; financial, technical and legal. They conduct market research on
their opportunity, develop a plan for exploitation and have the opportunity to present their proposal to a panel of experts
who provide feedback on the commercial feasibility of the chosen project.

MGNT944 Contemporary Leadership Skills for Entrepreneurs


Number of Hours (L-4)
In this subject students will explore skills for effective team leadership, how to create a culture conducive to innovation,
embed innovation within the strategic direction of the organisation and develop a systematic approach to leading
innovation.

MGNT949 Performance Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject addresses the performance management process including the following key aspects: identifying and
describing essential job functions and relating them to the mission and goals of the organisation, developing performance
standards; writing and communicating constructive evaluations, rewarding individual and team performance, and
planning, education and development activities to maintain and improve employee work performance. Performance
management is seen as an ongoing communication process between manager and employee.

MGNT963 Management of Workplace Health and Safety


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject examines issues associated with the establishment of programs for the effective management of workplace

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 230 | P a g e


health and safety (WHS). Topics include: the regulatory context, workplace health and safety management systems,
benefit-cost analysis, the impact of work organisation, culture and change on workplace health and safety,
multidisciplinary perspectives, technical and motivational factors, the role of the specialist, workplace health and safety
employee involvement, and training and development.

MGNT969 Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject examines contemporary issues and theory related to the environment and processes of organisational entry,
involving the key phases of job analysis, recruitment, selection and socialisation. Traditional recruitment strategies are
assessed from the perspective of the organisation and the individual in light of contemporary theoretical developments.
A range of personnel selection techniques is examined in relation to issues of reliability, validity, fairness and applicability.
In addition, there will be a focus on major challenges faced in these processes in the light of rapidly changing technologies
and globalisation. Organisational entry processes will be critically evaluated in the context of differing cultural
expectations and practices. A range of practical skills in recruitment and selection processes will also be developed.

MGNT978 Cross Cultural Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
The subject addresses key issues and problems associated with managing across cultural boundaries in a context of
increasing global contact. Topics include cross-cultural communication, technology, comparative management practices,
managing with multicultural policies, and the challenges cultural differences pose for international managers.

MGNT984 International Business Strategies


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject is a capstone subject of the MIB program which introduces foundations of global strategy and develops
knowledge in formulating strategy for firms undertaking international business. Students will apply these theoretical
concepts, models and frameworks related to business, corporate, and international level strategies, together with
knowledge acquired in their earlier studies, to address strategic issues faced by international business organisations. Case
study based teaching and learning is extensively used in class room discussion, team works, and final examinations.
Students will also be required to complete an assignment by collecting and critically analysing data relating to firms,
industries and countries using internet and library sources before making recommendations.

MIR

MIR 901 Research Methods and Design


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject is designed to provide you with an introduction to how research is conducted in international relations as
well as in political science and the social sciences more widely. We will examine how research projects are designed, how
data can be gathered and generated, a number of the specific research methods used and, finally, some of the broader
ontological, epistemological, and methodological issues researchers in these fields wrestle with. By the end of the subject,
the goal is to not only make you an 'intelligent consumer' of research using a range of different methods, but to also give
you the basics to begin designing your own research projects using both qualitative and quantitative approaches.

MIR 903 International Security


Number of Hours (L-4)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 231 | P a g e


The subject examines how key issues of international security shape the 21st century. It will: introduce students to the
way security has been studied in international relations focusing on a range of security studies approaches; examine the
causes and consequences of major recent conflicts; and look at issues surrounding the achievement of peace after
conflict. Comparative examples are drawn from a wide range of case studies, including from Africa, Europe and the Asia
Pacific to illuminate the key topic areas. Cross- cutting topics include the influence of great powers, state-building, the
rise of the human security paradigm, the role of women in conflict and post-conflict situations and the respective roles
of the UN and other influential international institutions.

MIR 904 International Law and Diplomacy


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject explores the basic concepts of international law, such as states, sovereignty and treaties, as well as examining
how diplomats and representatives of international organisations work within a global rules-based system. The subject
provides students with the theoretical tools to understand the evolution of international law as a system, how
international instruments are developed, and how such a system can be affected by an absence of a capacity for
enforcement. Case studies of diplomacy are used to illustrate how the system of international law is a dynamic area of
state and non-state action.

MIR 906 Development Studies


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject aims to provide students with the key conceptual language to understand and critically analyse debates in
global development such as global inequality. It covers the rise of industrial society, the expansion of European states
and the way this structured global development, the emergence of the Global South, competing theories of development,
and the main actors in development. The subject also surveys the role of the UN in development, as well as the UN’s
Sustainable Development Goals in its effort to balancing environment and the need for development.

MIR 908 International Environment Politics


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject investigates issues of human security and global capitalism in relation to pressing environmental challenges
of the 21st century.

MIR 910 Internship in International Relations


Number of Hours (L-0.5)
This subject allows students to develop their research, analytical, and communication skills in a workplace setting. The
internship is based on a mutually agreed partnership between the student and an external organization, and the student
is expected to carry out work on a project, which is of direct interest to the external organization. UOW has established
internship partners, and students may also be able to find their own internship which will be facilitated through the
university. All additional costs incurred by students undertaking this subject remain the responsibility of the student.
Students must have completed at least 48 credit points prior to enrolling in the internship.

MIR 913 Issues in International Relations


Number of Hours (L-4)
Issues in International Relations offers opportunities for students to engage with leading internationally- based
researchers on a particular issue, field, or problem and content will vary on an annual basis.

MIR 914 Current Dilemmas in International Relations

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 232 | P a g e


Number of Hours (L-4)
Current Dilemmas in International Relations offers opportunities for students to engage with leading internationally-
based researchers on a particular issue, field, or problem and content will vary on an annual basis.

MIR 916 Research Project in International Relations


Number of Hours (L-0.5)
The research project is a major piece of work undertaken over the period of one trimester with an academic supervisor,
culminating in an 8,000 word research report. The work is expected to include an in-depth analysis of a significant issue,
period or actor in international relations.

MIR 917 Thesis in International Relations


Number of Hours (L-0.5)
Writing a thesis is the most traditional way of demonstrating intellectual depth and professional competence at the end
of a master's degree program. The thesis needs a clear theoretical framework and the methodological approach may be
qualitative, quantitative, or mixed. The topic and scope of the thesis must be agreed with the student's advisor and the
subject convenor before the student embarks on the thesis.

MIR 943 Globalisation and Citizenship


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject examines contemporary citizenship as it’s being rethought and expanded as a result of the impact of
processes of globalisation. By charting and examining the emergence of the ‘standard’ Eurocentric understanding of
citizenship, we can begin to problematize citizenship from various angles. In gauging the dynamics of the ‘globalization’
phenomenon, we can then analyse the consequences of being ‘a citizen’ in contemporary world. Attention will be given
to the parameters of inclusion and exclusion as individuals negotiate the constricting boundaries of modern nation-state
membership while constructing their own unique forms of belonging. New ways of enacting citizenship, in practice and
in theory, emerge as possibilities beyond the confines of territorial limitations.

MIR 962 Theories in International Relations


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject is an introduction to theories of international politics with an emphasis of the Middle East. It surveys the
major theories of international relations and some of the newer approaches before examining contemporary relations
between states, peoples, and non-state actors. Realism, liberalism, Marxism, and social constructivism are viewed in
terms of contemporary global politics.

MIR 963 Terrorism and Counterterrorism


Number of Hours (L-4)
This course examines terrorism as a contemporary phenomenon representing a major threat on the international security
agenda. The course will first analyse terrorism as a concept before giving some historical perspective on the emergence
and evolution of terrorism.

MIR 964 Gender and International Relations


Number of Hours (L-4)
This course invites students to explore gendered analysis and feminist approaches to international relations so as to
become more aware of the gendered dimensions of any international issue.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 233 | P a g e


MIR 965 Geopolitics of the Gulf
Number of Hours (L-4)
This class is a geopolitical analysis of the Gulf region, spanning the area from North Africa to the Indian Ocean and
encompassing the Northern neighbouring states of the Gulf and with the UAE at its centre. Although the class’s
transdisciplinary approach borrows from various disciplines (Political Geography, History, Anthropology, International
Relations and International Law, etc.), it will use the methodology of Geopolitics to examine the ways in which tensions
crystalise at different levels of analyses (local, regional and transnational). In line with the conventions of European
Geopolitics, emphasis will be placed on the geographical framework, demographics and actors’ mental constructs (how
local populations perceive the tensions of the area in which they live).

MIR 966 Transforming MENA


Number of Hours (L-4)

The modern Middle East is a diverse geographical and political constellation of societies that seem at once committed to
Euro American modernities, and yet resistant and reactionary to many of the deeper values that underlie these
modernities. This complexity might be explained by the legacy of ‘Islamic society’ in the region, the region’s political re-
organisation into 20th century nation-states, its inability to determine an entirely independent development given its
global geopolitical importance and its unevenly distributed natural resources. Thus, there seem to be differing types of
societies, some urban and ethnically and religiously heterogeneous, while others tribal and more obviously
homogeneous, and still others combining both. In order to understand social and cultural change, the impact of processes
of globalisation, issues about urbanism, class, youth, gender, and the nature of social movements and political space, one
needs a particular set of diagnostic tools. This course is concerned with the challenge to find such tools through history
and anthropology.

MMC

MMC 900 Internship


Number of Hours (L-4)
Students who are studying full time will typically do the internship, defined as 8-10 weeks of full time work at a company
or organisation performing duties that can be considered a practical application of what has been learnt during the
Master’s program. The student will be required to maintain a portfolio of work activities in which reports, including any
special assignments, are gathered. Interns are encouraged to be constantly reflecting on these reports in the context of
the placement, the organisation and the related academic discipline. The student will submit this portfolio at the end of
the internship, produce a final contextual essay and give a presentation about their experience to their classmates. The
supervisor(s) at the organisation will be asked to submit a letter evaluating the student’s performance on the job. An
unsatisfactory evaluation by the supervisor(s) means the student cannot earn credit for the internship.

MMC 901 Data Journalism: Research and Visualization


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject provides students with the skills required to research and present major investigations. Data journalism is
one of the key buzzwords in Journalism at present, with Journalists combining strong research and investigative skills
with advanced software to present their findings in graphically stimulating and interactive ways. With data becoming
increasingly available online, it is incumbent on journalists to be able to find, interpret and present material in ways that

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 234 | P a g e


readers and viewers can readily understand. This subject – drawing on the readily accessible software - does just that. It
provides students with the skills required to be able to work in this fast moving environment.

MMC 926 Film and Cinema Studies


Number of Hours (L-4)
An in depth introduction to narrative film that covers historical milestones, major genres, and concludes with an
examination of film in the UAE and the Middle East and the developing film industry in the region. Students follow and
work with the international film festivals in Abu Dhabi, Dubai (2), and Doha, Qatar during the fall trimester and analyse
the winning films from those festivals in the spring and summer trimester.

MMC 927 Media Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
Media is a word that encompasses some of the most interesting companies in the world that affect the lives of more and
more of the world's citizens. How these companies survive in the global marketplace and how they thrive or endure in
their local markets is a function of how they are managed. This subject covers economic issues, corporate leadership,
narrow or wide focus activities, and future trends in technology that affect media management today and in the future.

MMC 928 Marketing Media


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject covers integrated marketing of media organisations and how media itself acts as marketing channel. The
dual focus provides an introduction to marketing basics and addresses the role of the media in distributing information
for itself and on behalf of others. Students identify goals of marketing, define research to provide preliminary information,
target their market segments, create marketing campaigns including advertising and public relations, work on pricing and
distribution strategies and observe the organisation’s business objectives.

MMC 936 Internship, Practicum, Thesis, Major Project, or Professional Portfolio


Number of Hours (L-0.5)
This subject provides five ways for students to demonstrate the depth of their understanding of an area of knowledge,
their skills, and their professionalism. Which one they select – from among Internship, Practicum, Thesis, Major Project,
Professional Portfolio – depends on their work situation, specialization, and prior work in the core and elective subjects.
Students will make a choice in consultation with their advisor and the program director.

MMC 938 Major Integrated Project


Pre-Requisite: Completion of core subjects.
Number of Hours (L-0.5)
Major Integrated Project is a two trimester capstone subject for students to focus on applied research & practice. During
trimester one students will develop a vision by researching a complex business, social, and/or educational issue
addressable through digital toolsets and presenting it to the academic and local community for ongoing feedback.
Students will consider social impacts; develop a project plan; establish goals and objectives; collect and analyse
information; and prepare and deliver a conceptual prototype/paradigm agreed upon by the student and faculty advisor.
During the second trimester students will implement their project from the planning stage to the realised actual media
artefact. Areas of focus include emergent media, social media, digital video production and streaming media, website
development, mobile application development, social media innovation, or as approved by supervisor. The capstone
major project is completed through a final project presentation with peers and wider community.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 235 | P a g e


MMC 940 Transmedia Storytelling
Number of Hours (L-4)
In this subject, students learn theories and practices of communication including organisational, interpersonal,
intercultural, small group, persuasion, rhetorical and conflict resolution. Current PR practice in the Middle East and
internationally is examined in the light of theories.

MMC 941 Global Mediascape


Number of Hours (L-4)
In this subject, students learn theories and practices of communication including organisational, interpersonal,
intercultural, small group, persuasion, rhetorical and conflict resolution. Current PR practice in the Middle East and
internationally is examined in the light of theories.

MMC 942 Emerging Digital Tools & Practices


Number of Hours (L-4)
Mediated spaces of the future will demand a creative workforce with the ability to critically evaluate new tools for specific
and unique communicative potential. This subject provides a fluency in both digital media-making applications and the
millennial-old concepts that guide imagery production. By exploring both traditional and emerging digital media, students
will not only learn to identify this potential but distil universal principles of aesthetics and design that can be applied to
new creative forms. What concepts guide the creation of traditional, time-based, and interactive imagery? What is the
function of the digital toolbox? Students explore a variety of tools for creative image making often in unexpected
combinations. Projects serve as departure points for the discovery and discussion of universal principles of aesthetics and
design. Special emphasis will be given to human factors of perception and interaction, as well as, the historical context
of imagery to communicate.

MMC 943 Social Media Network Culture


Number of Hours (L-4)
We click, share, rank and remix with a perverse indifference to technologies of capture. The design of devices and/or
media technology and its interfaciality are key to inviting users to participate. As a result, new media practices and forms
of contention between users and producers are established. We will examine a symbiotic yet problematic relation
between networks and social movements, and further develops the notion of organized networks. We will develop a
theoretical understanding of the development, significance and contemporary uses of social media. It fosters both critical
analysis and reflective practice in the networked digital media environment. You will critically engage with key ideas of
creativity, sharing and visibility in social media and will participate in creative and reflective practice using leading social
media tools and platforms. What is social about media? What are the implications of social media platforms for power,
the economy and politics? How meaningful is the notion of participatory culture for thinking about social media?

MMC 946 Technology, Presence & Perception


Number of Hours (L-4)
We click, share, rank and remix with a perverse indifference to technologies of capture. The design of devices and/or
media technology and its interfaciality are key to inviting users to participate. As a result, new media practices and forms
of contention between users and producers are established. We will examine a symbiotic yet problematic relation
between networks and social movements, and further develops the notion of organized networks. We will develop a
theoretical understanding of the development, significance and contemporary uses of social media. It fosters both critical
analysis and reflective practice in the networked digital media environment. You will critically engage with key ideas of
creativity, sharing and visibility in social media and will participate in creative and reflective practice using leading social

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 236 | P a g e


media tools and platforms. What is social about media? What are the implications of social media platforms for power,
the economy and politics? How meaningful is the notion of participatory culture for thinking about social media?

MMC 949 Research Methods and Design


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject will cover research methods and research design in the social sciences. It is divided into four parts: (1) the
goals of social science and elements of research design; (2) selection and application of different methodologies for
conducting research; (3) collection of primary and secondary data; and (4) analysis and synthesis of quantitative and
qualitative data in the research writing process. The ethical implications of social research will be considered throughout.
Social research is a craft, and like any other craft, it requires practice. Therefore, students will be required to put together
a research design in addition to engaging in class research workshops during the semester.

MMC 951 Advanced Design Studio


Number of Hours (L-4)
Design, design process and design outcomes are a vital part of the media world of today. Design is not only something
done by graphic designers, or artists, or architects. Design is a process and practice all people can benefit from, especially
those looking to become more efficient and effective communicators and media practitioners. This course focuses on a
process of design that leads to socially relevant and pragmatic outcomes and media artefacts. During their study, students
will practice and gain deeper understanding of universally applicable design principles and methods of ideation and
production. Emphasis is given on the practical application of design process to a real-world problem solving. The
outcomes will widen student’s knowledge in areas relevant to contemporary design practice.

MMMB

MMMB940 Advanced Project


The aim of this subject is to provide students an opportunity to learn and apply communication and technical research
skills to justify and interpret theoretical propositions, methodologies, conclusions and professional decisions to specialist
and non-specialist audiences. In addition to demonstrating the skills and knowledge required to plan and execute a
substantial research-based project, capstone experience and/or piece of scholarship.

OPS

OPS 802 Operations Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
The subject highlights the growing importance of operations management to all types of businesses/industries.
Operations management is the science and art of ensuring that goods and services are created and delivered to
customers' expectations in full and on time. Additionally, it provides early insights into the content of the Master of
Science reviewing areas such as Supply Chain Management, Quality Management and Project Management. This subject
enhances students' fundamental knowledge and learning skills required to engage within Postgraduate learning
successfully. The subject also develops students' reflective skills and ability to analyse, consolidate and synthesise
complex information in problem solving and decision making.

OPS 908 Supply Chain Management


Number of Hours (L-4)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 237 | P a g e


Increasing marketplace competitiveness driven by higher productivity levels, product variety proliferation, oversupply,
demanding customers and globalisation has ushered in the era of shape-up or get run over. End-to-end Supply Chain
Management holds the promise of effective response to such a business environment, but only if it is understood and
actually applied. This subject therefore places particular emphasis on the interfaces between the 'chain' or 'network' of
enterprises engaged in moving products, services, and information, from suppliers through intermediaries to end
users/consumers. The early part of the subject focuses on understanding the concepts and principles of supply chain
management. Specific supply chain management topics are then reviewed giving emphasis on topics such as customer
fulfilment strategies, process thinking, physical flow management, global supply chain design, cost management, alliances
and outsourcing and critical supply chain measures. Channel relationships between suppliers, manufacturers, and
distributors is also reviewed, particularly as leading organisations are now openly embracing more collaborative
behaviour for mutual benefit. Transformational change in supply chains is studied from two perspectives, i.e., re-
alignment inside the supply chain itself; and advanced forms of 'outsourcing'. Finally, people management and the
building of employee capabilities are considered as well as future supply chain innovation requirements.

OPS 909 Total Quality Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
The subject addresses quality management from a systems perspective. Students will discover the philosophy of modern
quality management systems deployed and embraced by companies and their wider supply chain. Additionally students
get to explore tools and techniques such as root cause analysis, process mapping and statistical process control to drive
quality management into businesses. The course is structured around the ISO9000 Quality Management framework in
order to assist student to apply quality management principles in their future careers.

OPS 910 Supply Chain Analytics


Number of Hours (L-4)
Todays business world is awash in data and increasingly data is replacing hard assets as the fulcrum for decision making.
Data analysis is required to be timely and providing forward-looking guidance that yields better, more-informed decisions.
Relying on traditional methods of managing the supply chain is becoming increasingly difficult, with a mix of global
operating systems, pricing pressures and ever increasing customer expectations. This subject equips students with
analytical tools and techniques to support forward-looking supply chain decision making. Data analytics is the science of
examining raw data to help draw conclusions about information. Students will be able to verify and enhance existing
operating models using quantitative techniques. The subject will cover decision analytics for supply chain problems such
as planning and resource allocation, transportation, rostering and scheduling, trend analysis and forecasting, trade-off
analysis, predictive modelling and systems optimisation.

OPS 911 Strategic Procurement Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
Procurement is increasingly being recognised as a fundamental enabler of business strategy and a preferred method for
achieving sustainable cost reduction. Controlling approximately 70-80% of all company expenditure, Procurement
functions are in a critical position to influence commercial and financial success. This subject looks at the expanded
responsibility of procurement and its integration with long-term strategic corporate planning. Topics include the
procurement of goods and services, strategic sourcing, supplier relationship management, inventory management, total
cost of ownership, negotiation planning, outsourcing and globalisation, supplier selection and evaluation, risk mitigation,
and e-procurement. Emerging procurement issues such as supplier innovation, sustainable procurement and ethical
supply chains are examined.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 238 | P a g e


OPS 913 Advanced Supply Chain Management
Number of Hours (L-4)
The subject extends the study of Supply Chain Management from the introductory study covered in OPS908 Supply Chain
Management. Students will investigate the importance of strategic alignment from an organisational strategy to
marketing and finally, supply chain strategy. The concept of value streams will be explored and students will analyse,
discuss and design highly competitive value streams for various contexts. Finally, the impact of latest innovation such as
3D printing and big data on value stream design will be explored.

OPS 922 Business Research Project (MSc)


Number of Hours (L-4)
Students will conduct a project related to an organisational context in order to develop their research skills. Students will
communicate their findings orally and in writing. Projects will be allocated by the Subject Coordinator. Variations may be
approved by the Program Director, provided the subject and course learning outcomes are achieved.

OPS 928 Logistics Systems


Pre-requisites OPS 908
Number of Hours (L-4)
Logistics Systems is an advanced course in logistics and supply chain management. It involves design and management
of supply chain systems. It prepares students for logistics management positions in manufacturing, transportation and
distribution firms. The application of analytical techniques, simulations and computer software to selected aspects of
distribution management is explored in the course. Attention will be given to areas of network planning, inventory
control, facility location, vehicle routing and scheduling of logistics systems. Mathematical models in these areas will be
discussed in terms of their ability to represent the problem and usefulness to the managers. Cases will be used to
demonstrate the nature of decision making problems managers’ face in logistics and supply chain management in
contemporary business and class discussion will take place about the repercussions of alternative decisions.

OPS 930 Operations Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject is a study of the design, analysis, decision-making and operations of activities for the production and delivery
of goods and services. Topics include: strategic issues, qualitative and quantitative forecasting, facility location, capacity
and layout, production planning, scheduling, management of quality, supply chain management and e-business, just-in-
time and lean manufacturing, and project management. Whilst some calculations will be part of this subject, the
emphasis will be more on the managerial interpretation of the methods and results.

OPS 935 Project Management


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject aims to develop knowledge of various types of projects in current business organisations. The students will
learn the different stages involved in the conception and implementation of projects, writing project proposals, carry out
feasibility studies, organising and managing project teams, understand the role of project management in business
organisations, project planning and scheduling, project finance, effective information and stakeholder management,
contractual arrangements and project supervision.

RESH
RESH900 Fundamentals for HDR Writing
Number of Hours (L-4)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 239 | P a g e


This subject is for students in their first year of a Higher Degree Research (HDR) program. It is designed to help research
students develop the first major piece of writing they need to do for a research project (recently begun or soon to
commence) - the literature review. The subject clarifies how to quickly find, critically read and discuss academic literature
in relation to a specific research topic, and guides students through a process for developing effective writing about the
literature. It helps students develop confidence and proficiency in crafting written text in English, by organising the whole
discussion, revising and refining paragraphs, and resolving grammatical and stylistic problems at sentence level. It helps
research students design and develop a coherent literature review suited to their own current and discipline-specific
needs.

RESH905 Preliminary Research Project


Number of Hours (L-4)
This is a preliminary research project undertaken for the Master of Research training pathway degree. The purpose of
the subject is to ensure candidates will have advanced knowledge and skills for professional work or future learning. The
project is undertaken under the supervision of a supervisor. The report will contain a literature review and forumulate
and scope the major research project to be undertaken in the second year of the MRes. A seminar will be presented
describing the project. This is an independent project. It is essential that this subject be conducted in the context of
regular consultation wiht your supervisor(s). The subject provides a scaffold, whereas supervisors will work with you on
your project. Please organize times to meet with supervisors regularly.

SMAH

SMAH915 Clinical Governance


Number of Hours (L-4)
Ensuring safety and providing quality care are fundamental principles used by health care professionals to guide and
structure practice. This subject provides an overview of emerging health policy with particular attention to clinical
governance. Clinical governance is one framework through which healthcare organisations are accountable for
continuously improving the quality of their services and safeguarding high standards of care. In analysing a clinical
governance framework, students will firstly consider healthcare design, analysis and improvement, error reporting and
investigation, public accountability and open disclosure. In addition, students will discuss and apply the tools needed for
healthcare improvement and examine the risks faced by health service managers and leaders. International approaches
to safety and quality in healthcare delivery are also discussed with an emphasis on error reduction and meeting national
quality and safety standards within health services settings.

SMAH917 Leading Change In Healthcare


Number of Hours (L-4)
The healthcare system of today is complex and often resistance to change. Good leadership is integral to change
management and leaders are needed to assist the workforce to build and lead change initiatives, access resources and
negotiate difficult systems. In addition, transformational leaders are critical to effectively dealing with barriers in order
to work creatively to implement innovation. This subject assists a student to explore the fundamental concepts and
modes related to change management so that they can understand and adapt health systems to achieve efficiency and
effectiveness. The subject focuses on national health reform and a range of service improvement approaches and tools
to implement change at national, state-wide and health care organisational level.

SMAH918 Emotional Intelligence


Number of Hours (L-4)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 240 | P a g e


Leadership is an important function of heathcare leadership and management and crucial to attaining and sustaining
effective healthcare environments. Successful leaders have a good understanding of how their emotions and actions
affect others and are able to manage emotions in themselves and others to achieve positive outcomes. This subject
examines emotional intelligence theories, models and practices for effective healthcare leadership. It explores
emotionally intelligent strategies for leading and managing staff, individual and organisational change, and
responding to problems. The notion of managing an effective workforce including individuals and groups, following
Goleman’s Emotional Intelligence framework, is examined and applied to personal and professional contexts. The
subject will also focus on evidence-based leadership capacity development strategies and guide students through
the creation of a development plan.

SNPG

SNPG902 Effective Management in Health


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject provides an introduction to management and leadership for new or emerging managers in health care. It
focuses on developing an awareness of each student’s strengths and abilities, and explores important aspects of
management in physical and human resources. This subject includes: Covey’s leadership theories; time management;
conflict theory; managing conflict; grievance procedures; culture; socialization; communication; change theories; change
in cultures; reality shock; individual responsibilities; management/leadership responsibilities; awareness of the
responsibilities of others; risk assessment; and risk management.

SNPG903 Developments in Nursing Care


Number of Hours (L-4)
SNPG903 Developments in Nursing Care explores the concepts of person-centred care, courage and caring within the
nursing profession. This subject focuses on caring as a nurse and encourages self-reflection in regard to individual
attributes in caring and the caring culture of health care environments. Participants are enabled to explore the historical,
social, and political underpinnings of nursing care within the cultural context of practice. Participants will be challenged
to explore their specialty area of nursing practice and consider this in the perspective of solution focused nursing,
empowering recipients of care to be the expert in their journey. The developments of nursing care and the impact this
has on the nursing workforce will be explored from a local, national and international perspective.

SNPG905 Minor Project


Number of Hours (L-4)
The main aim of this subject is to enable students to synthesise their learning throughout their course in the context of
health-related policy, practice, education or leadership. In groups, students will collaboratively develop a research based
project proposal about a contemporary issue impacting their field. Individually, students will then further develop a
specific component of the proposal for their individual project. This subject aims to enable the student to develop skills
and practice in collaborative work leading to the creation of a project proposal and output. The completed project
demonstrates students' ability to identify contemporary issues, synthesise salient information, and articulate original
ideas and thought processes to make a practical contribution to the existing body of knowledge relevant to health-
leadership, policy, practice or education. In preparing a written report, and making a presentation of their process and
outcomes, students demonstrate professional-level competence.

SNPG915 Essential Skills for Health Researchers

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 241 | P a g e


Number of Hours (L-4)
Many Health Professionals have had minimal exposure to health research methods and strategies in their undergraduate
studies, and often the exposure they have had is rather narrow. The intent of this subject is to assist students to acquire
the essential skills required to be a successful post graduate student. The topics selected for the subject are those which
have been found to be of interest and value to all post graduate students to consider and/or conduct their own small
project.

SNPG923 Legal and Professional Issues


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject is designed to assist students to deal with legal, ethical and professional issues in relation to their area of
clinical practice. Relevant legislation, appropriate case law, principles of conflict management, and examples of ethical
and moral reasoning will be used to provide a framework for clinical decision-making. Advances in scientific knowledge
and technology and demands on health care resources mean that health care professionals such as midwives and nurses
participate in decisions of legal, moral and professional significance. In order to be accountable to their clients and their
profession, health professionals need the opportunity to study legal, moral and professional issues so that they are
capable of engaging in clinical decision-making processes which take into account the inherent legal, ethical and
professional concerns. This subject is designed to assist students to think critically and creatively. It draws on different
ways of thinking and learning so that students can form connections between insights, inspiration, logic and questions.
It is built on the assumption that effective learning occurs when students are interested in resolving an issue in their own
mind. The subject design enables students to develop their inquiry skills, develop their own criteria for criticism of the
hypotheses and answers they develop, synthesize complex information and conduct intellectual simulations of their
answers. In this way the subject provides a real and relevant connection with clinical practice.

SNPG925 Effective Leadership in Health


Number of Hours (L-4)
This subject focuses on leadership that creates the climate in which people work together to achieve successful outcomes
from the challenges they confront. Each topic is designed to increase the learners’ understanding and knowledge of the
characteristics of effective leadership and the various organisational environments in which leaders operate. Learners
will be exposed to various models of leadership and encouraged to explore their own antecedent leadership
characteristics. Leadership requires an understanding of organisational culture, interpersonal relationships, processes
and systems. The Health Services environment presents unique leadership challenges which will be explored and
analysed. Specifically, the subject examines five practices of leadership identified by Kouzes and Posner, namely: model
the way, inspire a shared vision; challenge the process; enable others to act; and encourage the heart.

SNPG927 Promoting Clinical Excellence


Number of Hours (L-4)
Nurses and other leaders face important challenges in today’s health care organisations. It is important that registered
nurses have a sound understanding of many aspects of service delivery including; an appreciation of operational policies
and strategies and how to implement those strategies and policies. This subject will focus on issues of clinical governance,
in particular that of quality management within clinical governance. The aim of this subject is to introduce students to
the various aspects of service design and delivery within a clinical governance and quality assurance framework.

SNPG950 Reflection for Practice


Number of Hours (L-4)

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 242 | P a g e


This subject is designed to empower health professionals through reflection to improve health outcomes and be agents
for social change. Health care delivery begins with an awareness and understanding of self. This subject aims to help
students to contextualise that self with practice, facilitating the development of practitioners who are global in outlook,
concerned with issues such as health disparities, diversity and person centred care. Students are encouraged to develop
a practice of critical reflection through an appreciation and application of a selection of reflective theories and strategies.
This starts with technical and practical reflection and extends practitioners through a consideration of the moral, ethical
and socio- historical contexts of their practice.

SNPG959 Tools for Practice Development


Number of Hours (L-4)
The subject focuses on participatory teaching practices. Students will explore concepts of engagement and collaboration,
clinical puzzling, future focused approaches to practice change, practice development, clinical evaluation and the
evolution of cultures of learning in clinical contexts.

THES

THES912 Thesis Part Time THES


Pre-requisite : For PhD (Integrated) and professional doctorate students, completion of coursework subjects
to a satisfactory standard
This is a major research thesis undertaken for a doctoral degree. The purpose of the subject is to ensure candidates can
demonstrate expert, specialised knowledge and research skills to independently and systematically generate original
knowledge and make a substantial contribution to their discipline. The thesis is undertaken under the supervision of a
principal supervisor and a 80,000 word (or equivalent) thesis will be written as a result of the research project. The thesis
will contain sections on literature review, problem formulation, methodology, results and conclusions. The thesis is
submitted after a maximum enrolment in 192 cp of THES912/THES924 subjects. For full time students this corresponds
to 4 years of enrolment.

THES924 Thesis Full Time


Pre-requisite : For PhD (Integrated) and professional doctorate students, completion of coursework subjects
to a satisfactory standard
This is a major research thesis undertaken for a doctoral degree. The purpose of the subject is to ensure candidates can
demonstrate expert, specialised knowledge and research skills to independently and systematically generate original
knowledge and make a substantial contribution to their discipline. The thesis is undertaken under the supervision of a
principal supervisor and a 80,000 word (or equivalent) thesis will be written as a result of the research project. The thesis
will contain sections on literature review, problem formulation, methodology, results and conclusions. The thesis is
submitted after a maximum enrolment in 192 cp of THES912/THES924 subjects. For full time students this corresponds
to 4 years of enrolment.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 243 | P a g e


GRADUATION
Upon completion of the required course credits, students may apply to graduate at the next series of ceremonies. To
apply to graduate, students must login to MyUOWD, so that their graduation eligibility can be determined and accepted
by the Graduation Committee, which meets at specific intervals as detailed on the MyUOWD website. Please note that
applying to graduate is NOT the same as applying to attend the graduation ceremony. Once the student has been
approved to graduate, they may apply to attend the graduation ceremony. For more details, visit
https://my.uowdubai.ac.ae/graduation/index.php.

ALUMNI
UOWD has a dedicated Alumni Office that works with the support of the University to extend the opportunities for
graduates to engage with University life. The Office promotes communication with and amongst alumni and supports the
creation of networks and leadership groups to advance the interests of the UOWD student and graduate community. The
Alumni Office also works collaboratively to implement programs that will allow its alumni to continue to learn throughout
their lifetime.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 244 | P a g e


LIST OF FACULTY
FACULTY OF BUSINESS
Name Position Qualifications Research Interest
Dean – Inclusivity and Innovation, Leadership, Strategy
Prof Payyazhi PhD University of Delhi, MA
Faculty of and Business Transformation, Human Capital
Jayashree Psychology, BA (Hons) Psychology
Business Development.
HR management issues, specifically workplace
bullying and conflict, and national culture,
PhD in Management University of
Sustainability/SDGs, Cross-Cultural
Dr Alison Associate Waikato, New Zealand, BA University
Management, International HR Management,
Thirlwall Professor of East London, MBA Open
Diversity and Inclusion, and Organisational
University
Development.. Also, specialist in qualitative
methods but I also do quantitative.
PhD Business Policy - Indian Institute
Associate of Management, Ahmedabad,BTech Strategic management, international business
Dr Arijit Sikdar
Professor (Min Mach) Indian School of Mines, strategy, entrepreneurship
Dhanbad, India
Dr Asima Assistant PhD SZABIST Karachi,MLit
Shirazi Professor Aberdeen,BSc (Hons) Brunel
Sustainable supply chain, Digital
transformation.
PhD Indian Institute of Technology
Dr Balan Associate Blockchain and Big data analytics in Business,
Roorkee,MEngg National Institute of
Sundarakani Professor Mixed method in Supply Chain, Structural
Technology, Trichy,BEngg M. Sund
Equation Modelling, AMOS and Smart PLS
application
BA, MBA, PhD in Quality Innovation, Sustainable innovation, sustainable
Dr Flevy Assistant
Management University of Salford, business practices and organizational
Lasrado Professor
Manchester, UK excellence
PhD University of Kent, United
Kingdom,BSc(Distinction) University Time-series econometrics, Monetary Policy
Dr Florian Assistant
of Applied Sciences Karlsruje, Transmission Mechanism, Financial Crises,
Gerth Professor
Germany, Dip(Distinction), Misallocation, Firm Dynamics
MSc(Distinction)
SDG, Sustainable Finance, Natural Resource
Dr Haroon Associate
PhD Universite D' Aix- Marseille Market, Financing VC, Crowd Fund, Resources,
Khan Professor
Emerging- valued
PGCHE University of Greenwich,
London,BSc, PhD Logistics
Dr Ioannis Associate Management and Development Agrifood Supply Chain Management,
Manikas Professor Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, Sustainability, Green Logistics, Food Security
Greece,BS, MSc Cranfield University,
United Kingdom

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 245 | P a g e


Name Position Qualifications Research Interest
Corporate Governance, Family Business,
BA, MBA Strategic Management,
Dr Jaeyoung Assistant International Business, Strategic Management,
PhD Kyungpook National University,
Cho Professor Entrepreneurship, Emerging Market Firms,
Korea
Panel Data Analysis
PhD in Finance Lappeenranta
University of Technology, Finland,
Asset Pricing, Energy Economics, Risk
D.Sc. Lappeenranta University of
Management, Econometric Modelling, Asset
Dr Kashif Associate Technology Lappeenranta, Finland,
Management, Valuation, Corporate
Saleem Professor MS Swedish School of Economics and
Governance, Derivatives, and Emerging
Business Administration, Hanken,
Financial Markets.
Finland,BCom, MS University of
Punjab, Pakistan
Auditing
Corporate Governance
Dr Khairul Associate PhD Victoria University of International Accounting
Kamarudin Professor Wellington Competition
Financial Reporting
Accounting Quality
PhD in Innovation Management,
University of MontpellierMasters in Innovation Management, Types of Innovations,
Dr Marouane Assistant
Management (“Grande Ecole” Types of Organizations, Cross-sector studies,
Khallouk Professor
Program), Montpellier Business Cross-national studies, Entrepreneurship
School
Strategic Management, Business Performance,
PG Cert, PhD Business Management Organisational Efficiency, Productivity
Dr Mohan Assistant Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Improvement, Consulting ,C-suite training and
Guruswamy Professor India,Fellow of Cambridge Capability building, Corporate Governance,
University, Judge Business School Applied research (global collaboration), Special
Economic Zones
PhD in Psychology, School of
Management, Royal
Dr Mona Associate Work-Life Boundaries, Shift Work, Managing
Halloway,University of London,
Mustafa Professor Expatriates, Teleworking
UK,BA, MBA, MA University of
Hertfodshire
Brand Management ,B2B Marketing, SME
PhD Monash University, Branding, Franchising/Microfranchising,
Dr Munyar Associate
Australia,BCom(Hons), M.Com Emerging Markets, Quantitative research
Nyadzayo Professor
University of Fort Hare, SA methods, SEM/AMOS, Bootstrapping
Regression Techniques
MA, PhD International Finance,
Dr Naeem Associate
Simon Fraser University, Canada,
Muhammad Professor
BSc, MSc University of Karachi

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 246 | P a g e


Name Position Qualifications Research Interest
Accounting Regulatory Frameworks, Corporate
PhD Banasthali Vidhyapith University
Accounting and Accountability, Corporate
Dr Namrata Assistant (India), ACA Institute of Chartered
Social (and Environmental) Reporting,
Gupta Professor Accountants of India, BCom(Hons)
Corporate Social Responsibility, Islamic
Delhi University
Banking/Finance.
PhD Cass Business School, London,
Luxury Brand Management, Marketing Strategy
Dr Nermeen Assistant UK, MSc Boston University, USA
for Creative Industries, sustainability and
Mustafa Professor MA University of Greenwich UK,
innovation
BALang Petra University
PhD Information Science and
Technology, M.Phil. in Information Cross-Cultural management, International
Dr Norhayati Associate Transfer Syracuse University, USA, HRM, Management , Global Virtual teams &
Zakaria Professor BBA, Masters in Management of intercultural communication, sustainability and
Technology at Rensselaer culture
Polytechnic Institute
Services Marketing, Cross-Cultural Consumer
PhD in Marketing & Research
Behaviour, Higher Education Pedagogy, *
University of Strathclyde, UK, PG-
Dr Okey Peter Associate Financial services marketing, Online buyer
CERT Bournemouth, UK, BA(Hons)
Onyia Professor behaviour (B2B & B2C), Customer adoption of
Calabar, MBA Lagos, MPhil, Ile-Ife,
Internet Banking (IB), Customer adoption of
PGD,
Government Smart Services (GSS).
Financial Performance; Corporate Valuation;
PhD Accounting & Finance
Emerging Financial Markets; Earnings
Dr Osama Al Associate Manchester Business School, UK,
Management, Sustainability Reporting,
Hares Professor MBA/MA University of Jordan, BSc
Innovation and Entrepreneurship,
Amman University
Entrepreneurial Finance, and SME finance.
PhD Business Admin Madurai
Consulting and training include Strategic
Dr Prakash Vel Associate Kamaraj University, India, MPhil,
Marketing, Consumer Behaviour, Marketing
Kumar Shankar Professor MBA, BBA Madurai Kamaraj
communications and Events Marketing
University, India
PhD University of Melbourne,
Business Analytics, Data Science, Strategic
Dr Prithvi Assistant Australia, MAIT Monash University,
Alignment of Business-IT, Effects of Social
Bhattacharya Professor Australia, BCom University of
Media on Consumers
Calcutta, India
Assistant BCom Hons, MCom, MPhil, PhD
Dr Ritu Sehgal
Professor University of Delhi
SDG – Health & Well-being, Consumer Food
Ph.D University of Guelph, Canada, and Nutrition Choices, Health Information and
Dr Rumaila Assistant
BSc (Hons.) Lahore University of Food Choice, Marketing Communication, Brand
Abbas Professor
Management Sciences Symbols, Logos, Sustainable Food Marketing,
Intersections of Public Policy and Marketing
Dr Ruwan Assistant PhD Management University of Technology management, Future of work,
Bandara Professor Wollongong, Australia Leadership, Technology ethics, Sustainability

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 247 | P a g e


Name Position Qualifications Research Interest
BA, Master of Philosophy University
of Peradeniya, Sri Lanka
Dr Sabiha Assistant
BSc, MSc, MBA, PhD Alig. University
Mumtaz Professor
Dr Shambavi Adjunct
PhD Banasthali University
Rajagopal Lecturer
Dr
Adjunct
Venkatachalam PhD - Alagappa University
Lecturer
Ramanathan
Dr Vikash Bora Associate PhD RMIT University, Australia, Dip, Sustainable Finance, Behavioural Finance,
Ramiah Professor BSc(Hons), Mfin Applied Finance and Financial Markets
PhD MSE University of Scient and
Associate Technology of China Business Analytics, Information Systems, Data
Dr Yiyang Bian
Professor PhD Information Systems City Science, Blockchain
University of Hongkong
PhD in Accounting and Finance, His research interests include financial
Dr Muhabie
Assistant School of Accounting and Finance, accounting, bank accounting, sustainability
Mekonnen
Professor Hong Kong Polytechnic University, reporting, corporate finance, and fintech.
Mengistu
HK.
PhD in Financial Economics, City, Her research interest focuses on empirical
University of London (UK) finance, financial markets, cryptocurrencies,
MSc in Financial Economics, City, terrorist attacks and its effect on stock markets
Associate
Dr Burcu Kapar University of London (UK) and international trade.
Professor
BSc in Management Engineering,
Istanbul Technical University
(Turkey)
PhD (Management), RMIT University AI-Augmented HRM, Future of Work and HRM
Melbourne, Australia Implications, Changing world of work
Master of Business Administration (Precarious work, new forms of employment
Dr Prikshat Associate
(MBA), Punjabi University Patiala, and their impact), Digital Talent Management,
Verma Professor
India AI and Quality Education Industrie 4.0
Master of Commerce (M.Com), Readiness, IHRM/Emerging Multi-Nationals,
Punjabi University Patiala, India Graduate Work-Readiness
M Applied Science University of
Mr Sherwin Wollongong, Australia
Instructor
Fernandes BCom K.C. College, University of
Mumbai
Adjunct
Mrs Ufuk Gur PhD - Yeditepe University
Lecturer
MCom(First Division) University of
Ms Avneet
Instructor Delhi, New Delhi, India, Bcom(Hons)
Kaur
University of Delhi, New Delhi, India,

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 248 | P a g e


Name Position Qualifications Research Interest
BEd Guru Gobind Singh Indraprastha
Univerisity, New Delhi, India

MSHRM University of Wollongong,


Ms Mashid Australia,Dip Daneshgah High
Instructor
Baghestani school, Iran, BBA University of
Wollongong, Australia
Ms Nada Adjunct Master of Applied Finance and
TchanTchane Tutor Banking , UOWD
Ms Nita BCom University of Bombay, C.F.A,
Instructor
Chakravarty M.M.S University of Bombay, India
Ms Sadaf MBA Wollongong,BTech Jamia Millia
Instructor
Khurshid Islamia, New Delhi
IGCSE, BSc, MAFM Keller Graduate
Ms Yusra
Instructor School of Management under Devry
Ghani
University, USA

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 249 | P a g e


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING & SCHOOL OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

Name Position Qualifications Research Interest


Dr Haile- Head of School PhD Trinity College- Energy storage and real-time pricing, virtual
Selassie School of Cambridge power plants, energy analytics, integration of
Rajamani Engineering University, UK, MEng. renewable energy, demand side response, and
BEng energy policies. His power electronics interest is
University of Zambia, in high voltage high current switching, power
converters, flexible AC transmissions systems and
motor drives, polymer processing, advanced
signal processing research and regenerative
braking.
Dr Mai Head of School PhD, MSc, Concordia Smart cities, energy efficient solutions, emerging
ElBarachi School of Computer University, Canada, BSc, technologies, sensing infrastructures, Mobile
Science A.A.S.T. Egypt sensing as a service, Next generation networks,
advanced cloud platforms and solutions.
Dr Ciara Assistant Professor PhD, B. Eng (Honours) Sustainability, Additive manufacturing (AM), AM
O’Driscoll University of Limerick for medical applications, Experimental
Mechanics, Wearable sensors with biomedical
applications, Material testing
Dr Hock Chuan Assistant Professor PhD University of New Augmented Reality, serious games for health;
Lim South devOps.
Wales, Australia, MSc
University of New South
Wales, Australia
Dr Karol Sikora Assistant Professor PhD Glasgow Timber Engineering, Concrete technology,
Caledonian University, Composite materials, Construction Technology
Glasgow, and management.
MA Warsaw School of
Economics, Warsaw
BSc, MSc Warsaw
University of
Technology, Warsaw
Dr Mohamad Assistant Professor PhD, ME, BE in Electrical Big Data, electric vehicle and Renewable Energy
Nassereddine Engineering, Western Network, LV
Sydney Electrical Design and Commissioning, High
University, Sydney Voltage Power System, Smart Grid & Smart
Australia house, Renewable Embedded Generation, High
Voltage Substation & Transmission Mains
Design, Construction & Commissioning, Earthing
& Lightning Design for HV Infrastructure.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 250 | P a g e


Name Position Qualifications Research Interest
Dr Patrick Assistant Professor BTech, MSc, Tshwane AI (Machine Learning and Deep Learning) for
Mukala University of Data and Process analytics, Applied Analytics for
Technology, South Learning Analytics, Process-Centric Analytics,
Africa, PhD, University Healthcare Analytics and Governance analytics
of Pisa, Italy Data Engineering (Storage and Processing
Frameworks)
Software Engineering (Algorithms Engineering,
Semantic Web, Model Checking and Automata
Theory)
Dr Sana Amir Assistant Professor Ph.D. Civil (Structural) Sustainable design of concrete structures, Green
Engineering, Concrete, 3D printed materials, Punching Shear,
Netherlands, Delft Compressive Membrane Action, Finite Element
University of Analysis
Technology, M.Sc, BSc.
Civil
(Structural) Engineering,
University of
Engineering and
Technology
Dr Umar Assistant Professor PhD in Injection Polymer materials, material characterisation and
Asghar Moulding Process the material behaviour during the polymer
Control, University of engineering process. His current interest is in
Bradford, additive manufacturing.
BEng Mechanical
Engineering,
University of Bradford,
UK
Dr Zeenath Assistant Professor PhD University of Community informatics, ethics in IT and
Khan Wollongong, education, technology in education, stem for
Australia,BCS, girls; has been nominated thrice for the Research
MIB(Distinction) Excellence Award by UOWD’s Research
UOWD Committee, won Highly commended for
Research in 2021 from UOWD, and won
Research Excellence Award from European
Network for Academic Integrity 2021.
Dr. Haitham Assistant Professor 1. Ph.D. in Information - Cloud Computing
Yaish Systems (Cloud - Multi-tenant database
Computing) - Software as a Service (SaaS)
University of - Advanced database applications
Technology, Sydney – - Database as a Service (DaaS)
Australia - Database Security and Access Control
2. Master of Business in - Big Data
Information Systems - Multi-tenant applications
(Coursework – 12

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 251 | P a g e


Name Position Qualifications Research Interest
courses), - Artificial Intelligence
Victoria University – - Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)
Australia
3. Bachelor of Computer
Science, Applied Science
University - Jordan

Obada Al Assistant Professor PhD in Electrical and Wireless communications and networking with
Khatib Information current emphasis on wireless signal processing,
Engineering - University IoT, machine learning for next-generation
of Sydney, Australia, wireless networks, unmanned aerial vehicles,
MEng National cloud and edge computing, and smart cities.
University of Malaysia,
BSc Qatar University
Dr. Rahim Assistant Professor • PhD (Mechatronics) Soft Robotics, Industry 4.0, Additive
Mutlu - Mechatronic • Master of Engineering Manufacturing
Engineering (Mechatronics)
• Bachelor of
Mechanical Engineering
• Bachelor of Business
Administration
Dr Abdellatif Associate Professor PhD Setif University, MA Quantitative research methods, econometrics
Tchantchane Arizona and computational math.
State University, BSc
Case Western Reserve
University
Dr Abdsamad Associate Professor PhD, The Queen's High performance computing using Field
Benkrid University of Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs), GPGPUs and
Belfast, BEng (Honours), multiprocessors platforms, digital signal
Ecole processing, Artificial Intelligence, robotics,
Nationale embedded systems, and development of
Polytechnique d’Alger, highlevel hardware description languages.
Algeria
Dr Assane Lo Associate Professor PhD MSc, University of PDE methods in mathematical physics and
Arizona, BSc, University statistical physics; control theory.
(UCAD) of Dakar

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 252 | P a g e


Name Position Qualifications Research Interest
Dr Halim M Associate Professor PhD Illinois Institute of Cybersecurity Risk management, Agile
Khelalfa Technology, Cryptography, Ransomware
Ingeniorat Algiers, MS detection/prevention ,
American digital forensics, Blockchain security, Adversarial
University Washington CHAPGPT, Medical Internet of Things Security,
DC V2X security, Agile cryptography, medical drones
cybersecurity
Digital forensics of small digital devices, malicious
software, intrusion prevention, security of
healthcare information systems, performance
evaluation of networks.
Dr Hazem Associate Professor PhD University of Sustainable urban drainage systems, Water and
Gouda Bradford, UK, wastewater management, Asset management
MSc University of for water infrastructure using life cycle
Newcastle, UK. PG assessment approach, Decision support systems
Diploma, IHE Delft, for sustainable water infrastructure, managing
Holland urban drainage systems using remote sensors
and Environmental risk assessment.
Dr Kamal Associate Professor PhD Cambridge Digital Transformation in Project Management,
Jaafar University, MBA, BSc, Building Information Modelling and Smart
Structures, Automation and use of AI in
construction industry.
Dr Mama Associate Professor BSc, MSc, PhD Aix- Numerical fluid, heat and mass transfer; stability
Chacha Marseille University, analysis; multiphase, free surface and boundary
France layer flows; energy conversion and storage;
enhanced oil recovery; material and
environmental sciences.
Dr Mohd Associate Professor PhD Electrical Applied engineering, including applied
Fareq Malek Engineering (Applied electromagnetic, telecommunication
Electromagnetic) engineering, antenna, microwave absorbers from
University of agricultural wastes (rice husks, sugar cane
Liverpool UK, BEng bagasse, banana leaves), microwave drying,
(Hons) effects of RF on health, RF energy harvesting,
University of and wireless communication. He believes in
Birmingham UK hybrid, multi-disciplinary teamwork and
collaboration with researchers from other
disciplines.
Dr Soly Associate Professor PhD Banasthali Machine learning, IoT sensor and AI technology
Mathew Biju University, MCS, BSc, in healthcare, data security, cryptography,
University of Pune, India innovations in teaching, agile software
development, network security and
programming techniques.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 253 | P a g e


Name Position Qualifications Research Interest
Dr. Manoj Associate Professor PhD (Computer Science) Information Security, Digital Forensics, Image
Kumar The Northcap analysis/forensics, Computer Networks, Machine
University,Gurugram Learning,
Master of Science
Institute of Technology
Blanchardstown, Dublin
(Ireland) Master of
Technology Gurugram
Computer Science
Engineering from ITM
University Gurgaon
Bachelor of
Technology,Kurukshetra
University
Dr Stephen Director Research PhD, MSc, MSci Imperial Sustainability and environmental technologies,
Philip College, London geology and geotechnical engineering focusing
Wilkinson PGCertHE University of on micro-mechanics, micro imaging techniques
Liverpool and image analysis approaches. Microstructure
FCIHT, FGS, FRMS, FHEA and Engineering Behaviour (Including
micromechanics), The development of
measurement techniques and regimes for
problem solving and monitoring, Advanced
imaging and micro-imaging techniques, Applied
Geomicrobiology, Influence of Past Human
Activities on Current Design Problems (including
Brownfield Design & incorporating old
foundations and structures into current design),
Sustainability and Environmental Awareness in
Engineering Practice.
Abdalqader Instructor Bachelor of Science in Fluid Mechanics,Computational Fluid Dynamic
Hassan Mechanical Analysis (CFD).
Engineering. Aerospace Engineering.
Minor in Aerospace Renewable Energy.
Engineering. Thermodynamic & Turbomachinery.
Master of Science in
Mechanical Engineering
Dr Abeer El Instructor BSc, MSc Ain Shams Data analysis, Machine Learning and Artificial
Khouly University, Cairo, Egypt, Intelligence
PhD Computer
Engineering programme
- Universiti Malaysia
Perlis, Malaysia

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 254 | P a g e


Name Position Qualifications Research Interest
Mr Mohamad Instructor BEng, University of • Structural engineering
AlRifai Sharjah, MSc, American • Concrete technology
University of Sharjah • Sustainability and green design
• Durability and materials
• Fiber-reinforced composites
Mr Instructor BEng, University of Material science, 4D printing, Shape memory
Mohammad Sharjah, MSc, American polymers, Smart structures.
Yousuf University of Sharjah
Mr Ziad Instructor BSc Mathematics ,MBA fuzzy logic, game theory, and microgrid energy
Choucair (Distinction) , PhD management.
Operation Research
(expected 2024)
Ms Sonia Hajri Instructor Baccalaureate Degree in Programming and Cyber Security
Dagou Computer Science,
Institut Superieur de
Gestion University of
Tunis
Ms Thahsin Instructor BTech, MTech Computational design, structural dynamics and
Saidarakath Government College of earthquake engineering, Composite structures
Engineering, India
Obaid Ullah Instructor Masters In Computer Deep Learning, Reinforcement Learning,
Science Autonomous Driving.
Pradnya Instructor MS in Healthcare IS
Bhagwat Telecommunications
and Software
Engineering
Tauqeer Faiz Instructor Masters in Computer Gamification,Augmented and Virtual Reality,Data
Science Analytics,Machine Learning,Mobile Computing
MS Tina Instructor Master of Network IoT,Cybersecurity,Digital Twins
Thomas (Computer Science - Computing
Cybersecurity) Bachelor of Internet
Science and Technology
(Internet Applications)
Kiyan Afsari Lab Engineer Bachelors of Robotics, Image processing, Biomedical signal
Engineering processing
Ms Ayesha Lab Engineer BEng (Hons) Electrical Antennas and Propagation, Metamaterials,
Wasim and Electronic Electromagnetics, Wearable Antennas, Machine
Qureshi Engineering Learning.
Currently enrolled in
MSc/PhD program in
Universiti Malaysia
Perlis
Omar Daoudi Lab Engineer Bachelor of Computer Artificial Intelligence and Big Data
Science

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 255 | P a g e


Name Position Qualifications Research Interest
Prof Farhad Professor PhD Syracuse Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, Natural
Oroumchian University, MSc Sharif Language processing
University of
Technology, BSc
National University

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 256 | P a g e


SCHOOL OF HUMANITIES, SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HEALTH
Name Position Qualifications Research Interest
DPhil, Oxford University, BA London, Citizenship as practice and identity in
Dr Feras
Head of School MPhil, PhD Oxford University emerging societies such as that of
Hamza
the UAE.
BA, MA University of California, Santa Film and Media Theory and
Dr Aaron Associate
Cruz, USA, CPhil, PhD University of Production, Writing for the Screen
Anderson Professor
California, San Diego, USA
Master of Arts Columbia University, EdD Teacher Education, Teacher Training,
Dr Afnan Assistant University of Washington, USA; Student Teaching Experience,
Boutrid Professor Culturally Relevant Pedagogy and
Student-centered Teaching.
PhD Western Sydney University , Oncology/cancer, Migrants health,
Dr Ibrahim Assistant Australia, Master degree , university of Patient needs and quality of life
Alananzeh Professor Sydney, Australia, BS Jordan University
of Science & Technology, Jordan
PhD International Relations/Political Comparative politics, Islam in the
Science - Graduate Institute of West, Diaspora Studies, Extremism
Assistant
Dr Imene Ajala International and Development Studies and Terrorism
Professor
in Geneva, Switzerland, BA Grenoble
Institute of Political Studies, France, MA
PhD in Nursing, University of Pittsburgh, Dr. Yousef’s research effort focuses
USA, MSN, University of Jordan, Jordan, on predicting secondary
Dr Khalil Associate
BSN, Hashemite University, Jordan complications after neurological
Yousef Professor
injury, particularly, after
subarachnoid haemorrhage
MFA, Art Center College of Design, Media Design, Innovation and Start-
Pasadena, California, BA, Otis College of up Culture, Emergent Technologies,
Art and Design, Los Angeles, California, and Digital Pedagogy.
BA, National College of Photography,
Dr Ludmil Assistant
Sofia, Bulgaria, Certificate, Human-
Trenekov Professor
Computer Interaction for User
Experience Design, Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, Executive
Program, USA
BS Portland State University, MA Digital & Social Media, Media
Dr Michael Assistant
Switzerland, PhD European Graduate Landscapes, User/Audience
Mallory Professor
School, Saas Fee, Switzerland Experience
MPhil, PhD University of Cambridge, Education, blended learning, teacher
United Kingdom, BA, MSpecEd(Hons) education, literacy, education for
Associate
Dr Muna Amr University of Jordan, Jordan refugee children and educational
Professor
policies and reform in the Middle
East.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 257 | P a g e


Name Position Qualifications Research Interest
PhD RMIT University, Australia, MTeach Inclusive Education (UDL), Culturally
Monash University, Australia, BAppSci Responsive Pedagogy, Visual
Dr Noor Assistant RMIT University, Australia Communication & User Experience
Yussoff Professor Design, Visual Cultures, Gamification,
Intellectual Identity and Social
Semiotics.
PhD University of Adelaide, Australia, Governance structures that enable/
BHSc New England University stimulate clinical excellence;
Dr Suzanne Mindfulness as a prevention strategy
Associate
Robertson- for ‘Burnout’ in healthcare
Professor
Malt professionals; Compassion Based
Resilience skill development and the
Fundamentals of Care.
Ph D in History, University of Tolouse- Le UAE's foreign policy, diplomacy and
Dr William Assistant
Mirail, Masteral in History (Political international cooperation.
Gueraiche Professor
History)- University of Tolouse- France;
Master of Public Health from Michigan Prevalence of depression among
State University, USA, M.B.B.S from UHS, South Asian migrant workers after
Pakistan the Covid-19 pandemic, Prevalence
Ms Amina of suicidal ideation among migrant
Instructor
Khan workers after the Covid-19
pandemic, Impact of COVID-19 on
mental health in South Asian
migrants.
Ms Dana BA American University in Dubai, UAE,
Instructor MA University of Wollongong, UAE.
Charkaoui
BA Film and TV Brunel University
Ms Negin
Instructor London, MA Media and Communications
Chabook
UOWD

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 258 | P a g e


UNIVERSITY OF WOLLONGONG IN DUBAI BOARD
Board Members Affiliations
• Director of the UOW Global Enterprises Board
• Member of the UOWGE People & Remuneration
Committee
• Chair of the UOWD Ltd Board
Mr Robert Ryan (Chair) • Member of the UOWD External Advisory Council
• Member of the UOWCHK Board of Governors
• Member of the UOWCHK Investment Advisory
Committee

• Director of the UOW Global Enterprises Board


• Director of the UOWD Ltd Board
• Chair of the UOWD Academic Board
Prof Joe Chicharo OM • Member of the UOWD External Advisory Council
• Member of the UOWCHK Board of Governors

• Director of the UOW Global Enterprises Board


• Director of the UOWC Ltd Board
• Director of the UOWD Ltd Board
• Member of the UOWD Ceremonial and Honorary
Prof Alex Frino Awards Committee
• Member of the UOWD External Advisory Council
• Member of the UOWCHK Board of Governors
• Chair of the UOWCHK College Council

• Director of the UOW Global Enterprises Board


• Member of the UOWGE Nominations Committee
• Chair of the UOWGE Diversity and Equity
Committee
• Director of the UOWC Ltd Board
• Member of the UOWC Ltd Academic Board
• Director of the UOWD Ltd Board
• Member of the UOWD External Advisory Council
• Member of the UOWD Academic Board
Ms Marisa Mastroianni • Member of the UOWD Ceremonial & Honorary
Awards Committee
• Member of the UOWCHK Board of Governors
• Member of the UOWCHK College Council
• Member of the UOWCHK Investment Advisory
Committee
• Member of the UOWCHK Property Advisory
Committee

• President of the University of Wollongong in


Prof Mohamed-Vall Mohamed-Salem
Dubai

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 259 | P a g e


• University of Wollongong Pro Vice-Chancellor
Middle East and North Africa [PVC(MENA)]
• Member of the UOWD External Advisory Council
• Founding member of the Council of Deans of
Engineering in the UAE

• Director General of the Smart Dubai Office


• leads the creation of ‘The Smart City Index’
• represents Smart Dubai in City Protocol Society,
Smart City Expo World Congress and GSMA.
H.E. Dr. Aisha Bin Bishr • member of the World Economic Forum’s Global
Future Councils; The Fourth Industrial Revolution’
• Non-Executive Director at Emaar Properties

• Chief Community Engagement Officer at Expo


Manal AlBayat 2020 Dubai

COOPERATIVE RELATIONSHIPS
UOWD has Memorandums of Understanding with a range of government and corporate entities. These
collaborative arrangements cover a broad range of operations, including:
▪ Academic associations: joint or collaborative research and study abroad agreements;
▪ Government and industry associations: collaboration, research activities, and professional development; and
▪ English language associations: delivery of tailored English language programs and assessments.
Faculty encourages collaboration with researchers in UOW and other international and local universities, which
is reflected in the number of joint external grants. In order to enhance these collaborations, the Faculty will be
exploring the establishment of Cooperative Agreements with other local and International universities for the
following benefits (including research collaborations) to students and faculty.

Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 260 | P a g e


Academic Catalogue 2023 - 2024 261 | P a g e
GLOSSARY
0-10
000 Level Subjects Are Undergraduate subjects at foundation level
100 Level Subjects Are Undergraduate subjects at first year level
200 Level Subjects Are Undergraduate subjects at second year level
300 Level Subjects Are Undergraduate subjects at third year level
400 Level Subjects Are Undergraduate subjects at fourth year level
800 & 900 Level Subjects Are at Postgraduate level
A
Academic Advisor Any academic staff member, usually the Associate Dean(Education) or
Program Director, who is designated by the Faculty to assist students with
regard to enrolment, academic performance, and referral to student
services.
Academic Year Refers to the period comprising the Autumn trimester, the following
Spring trimester and Summer trimester.
Active Course Status Course status on which a student commences their studies and the
course status applied where a student on a course status of ‘referral’ has
achieved the MRP requirements.
Advanced Standing Approved credit given, to study undertaken prior to commencement of
course.
C
Comprehensive Exam An exam conducted at the conclusion of the coursework component of
the HDR Degree. The exam contains both a written and oral component
and both must be passed in order for a student to progress to the
research component of the doctoral program.
Concentration A concentration is best thought of as a grouping of courses which
represent a sub-specialization taken within the major field of study
Course A program of study consisting of a combination of subjects and other
requirements, whether leading to a specific higher education award or
not.
Course Status Category of enrolment determined by assessed minimum rate of
progress.
Credit Points Measure of workload allocated to subjects studied.
The credit points system used by UOW DUBAI (UOWD) and UOW
Australia (UOWA) is defined as follows:
• Credit points refer to the value attached to each subject undertaken
as part of a degree; Credit points are also a guide to the number of
hours per week a student should be studying for a subject. Most
subjects are single session (half-yearly) duration, offered in autumn or
spring session, and normally have a value of 6 credit points.
• Each credit point has an implied workload of 26 hours over the
duration of the subject. For example, for a 6 credit point single session
subject, a student should spend a total of 12 hours per week in
attending classes and working on his own for that subject (i.e. 6 credit
points x 26 hours ÷ 13 weeks = 12 hours). A subject that has a weight
of 12 credit points will require a student effort per week of 24 hours,
inclusive of class contact hours.
• Each subject has different contact hours depending on the level of the
subject, and the nature of topics covered.
E
Enrolment The action of enrolling, or being enrolled in a degree program or course.
Excluded Course Status Course status where a student on a course status of ‘restricted’ has not
achieved satisfactory progress in the previous trimester and has been
excluded from the University.
G
Graduate Certificate Graduate certificates are short programs of study designed to meet the
supplemental education needs of professionals. It provides professionals
the option to build needed skills in their industry or to gain new skills to
transition to a new field in a relatively shorter period of time through a
course of study in a specific area.
H
Higher Degree Research Postgraduate Research e.g. PhD or Masters by Research.
(HDR)
I
Intervention Strategy Systematic plan of action, adapted to assist students on a course status
of ‘referral’ or ‘restricted’ in meeting MRP requirements. The strategy
may include restricting a student’s enrolment, requiring students to make
use of support services, and other measures deemed appropriate by the
Academic Advisor.
L
Lapsed Student A student whose enrolment in a course has lapsed due to non-enrolment
in one or more academic year, and who does not have granted and
approve leave of absence.
Leave of absence A period of approved leave granted to a student by the University.
M
Majors The majors for a program is defined as the specific area of study the
student specializes in. Students are required to complete 48 credit points
to be awarded a major in a particular program. Students opting for double
majors are required to complete an additional 48 cp of subjects from the
second specialization
Minimum Rate of Progress The minimum requirement, in credit points, in any trimester of study that
(MRP) a student must pass in order to be considered successfully advancing
towards the completion of their course.
Minors A minor is a secondary academic specialization, which allows students to
gain skills in additional areas. The minor would not have to relate to the
major or the program, and students would be able to explore other
subjects without having to declare another major. Students are required
to complete 24 credit points to be awarded a major in a particular
program.
MyUOWD The E-Learning platform used by students and academics.

N
Non award Refers to those courses that do not lead to a higher education award at
the University.
P
Pending Course Status Course status where a student has been deemed to have incomplete
results for a study period (e.g. while awaiting Supplementary results).
Pre-requisite Subject A subject that must be completed satisfactorily before the subject for
which it is prescribed may be taken.
R
Referral Course Status Course status imposed where a student on a course status of ‘active’ in
the previous trimester has not achieved satisfactory progress and the
course status applied where a student on a course status of ‘restricted’
has achieved the MRP requirements.
Restricted Course Status Course status where a student on a course status of ‘referral’ has not
achieved satisfactory progress in the previous trimester.
S
Standard Load Based on one year full time study (equivalent to 48 credit points).
StartSmart A compulsory online program for all new undergraduate students
providing them with the skills necessary to find academic information
from resources provided free by the University's Library.
Student A person enrolled in any program (including non-award) of study offered
by the University.
Study Plan Suggested arrangement of subjects and support services to improve
student progress.
Subject A self-contained unit of study identified by a unique code.
Suspension A penalty whereby a student is prevented from enrolling for a defined
period.
T
Testamur An official document issued by the concerned authority and imprinted
with the University Seal, issued to students upon the conferral of their
degree/award.
Transcript An official statement detailing a student's academic record for the period
of enrolment at the University.
Trimester A period in which subjects are offered and students enrol in.
W
Weighted Average Mark An average mark calculated from a student's results using a special
(WAM) formula.
University of Wollongong in Dubai FZ-LLC
UOWD Building, Dubai Knowledge Park
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
P.O. Box 20183
Toll-free 800-UOWD or +971 4 278 1800

info@uowdubai.ac

You might also like